******************************************************************************* VERSION NUMBER REVISION CHANGE NEW VERSION = 2022.6.9.22 * = File Change N = New release of web file ! = New File F = Final release of web file # = Nees to run update P = New Pragma version U = Update contains new/changed files R = Refreshed without file changes TO PRINT THIS, THE FILE NAME IS VERSION.CHG LOC (Y/n) OR I STORE # (NUMBER, 0=ONE LOCATION. ep get file, ep transfer, cd transfer, file changes/names, folders; direct deposit files ep/cashdisb(payroll)/year/filename need to debug ar fixed inv - dups export/cashdisb(payroll)/pospay(dirdep)/year payroll also has year/w2. positive pay=temp payroll/ecr need to differentiate between positive pay, direct deposit and check ****************************************************************************** 41 08/08/22 Modified . to update the audit file with LOG ON and LOG OFF 40 08/08/22 Modified OPERATOR CHANGE to show logged in information. * 39 08/08/22 Modified OPERATOR FILE to use new noun - LOGGED ON TIME instead of TIME ON. TIME ON is used in auditing. OPERATOR FILE LOGGED IN TIME 38 08/03/22 Modified instructions in AP INVOICE ENTER for balance transfers 37 08/03/22 Fixed cosmetics in BANK RECON IMPORT CAP ON if no import file selected. 36 08/03/22 Fixed IN FILE to make SORT A = . if F10 hit. 35 04/14/22 Fixed VIEW LOG which shows the CustomWare version and previous version with option to view or search change log file. 34 04/06/22 Fixed AR INVOICE FIXED CHECK for correct invoice # for fixed invoices that were invoiced and voided and are to be re-invoiced 33 03/08/22 Fixed and modified AR INVOICE FIXED CHECK, AR INVOICE FIXED TRANS, AR INVOICE CREATE (processed after checking for fixed), AR INVOICE PROCESS, AR INVOICE PRINT 32 03/08/22 Modified AR INVOICE FIXED CHECK to check if an invoice has been previously invoiced and voided. If so, you are asked if you wish to re-invoice. If so, the invoice number will have the fixed invoice number with an "R" in back of it: what was: NAME becomes: 31 03/08/22 Added PRE PMT INFO TO TEMP AR INVOICE FIXED to the file. Randomly pulled up last pre-payment info when transferring to TEMP AR INVOICE TEMP AR INVOICE FIXED PRE PMT INFO 30 02/07/22 Modified AP INVOICE FIXED LIST to choose all, A/P or credit card listings. 29 02/01/22 Modified AR INVOICE FIXED CHANGE to show invoice amount 28 01/05/22 New report for fleet vehicles: export cost per month/per mile to text (excel) file. 27 01/04/22 Modified the system program, updatenew, in the install/new directory to update the customware.zip file and upload to web if selected. The program does not add new pragma files to the zip unless manually copied to the folder first. 26 01/03/22 Modified ENTER DISTRIBUTION to put the remaining amount to be distributed in the default amount if the default amount is 0. When using preset accounts and amounts, skipping the preset account number would make the default amount 0. 25 01/03/22 Fixed GL YEAR END CENTER for cosmetics: destroyed screen in all cases and started center over again. 24 01/03/22 Modified all programs using the color noun CMA (magenta) to use I LIST HDGS B (currently my settings). EXHANGED ALL 23 01/03/22 Fixed GL TRIAL BALANCE to ask for financial statement notes when PDF is selected. Error occurs in CEN HDGS which changes P/S to S. ******************************************************************************* N 01/01/22 VERSION 2022.6.9.22 ******************************************************************************* 22 12/12/21 Forgot EDI SERVICE file. This was replaced with the EDI FILE. Modified programs for the noun names and forgot unused nouns. 21 12/12/21 Modified EDI SERVICE CHANGE and INQUIRE to be up to date on options. Modems are no longer supported and all modem settings were removed. 20 12/12/21 Added option to EDI IN FTP TYPE for copying files to Windows drives. This will be an option for Positive Pay, Direct Deposit, Cash Disbursements, and Payroll tax files to be uploaded. 19 12/11/21 Fixed SET UP PERIPHERALS for screen loss. 18 12/11/21 Modified IN FILE to show and allow moving up directories. May go as high as /home. 17 12/11/21 Added programs to copy files from/to windows/usb drives and to view drive contents. ND COPY, ND LIST DIR 16 12/10/21 Added NETWORK DRIVE ADD, MOUNT INDIVIDUALLY, MOUNT ALL, UNMOUNT INDIVIDUALL, UNMOUNT ALL. Supports Windows drives and user's folders and USB drives. For Windows a credentials file is created in the mount directory. The path is: /home/windows/xxx where xxx is the name you give the mounted drive. When mounting the credentials file is read and mounts the drive. In the CENTER there are instructions on manually adding a drive and how to activate the Administrator account in Windows. Data needed: IP Address (recommended the Windows computer has static address Login name (recommend Administrator) Login password Drive letter of Windows drive Directory of user (if mounting just the data in the user's folder. It will need a minimum of the user's name and if only a single folder is wanted, like Documents, that can be added as well: /Users/Ron/Documents. You cannot mount multiple folders for a single user. If you also want downloads that need to be another "mount point". Examples of mount points: windows/acctpayc (mounts all files and folders for drive c) windows/acctpayron (mounts only /Users/Ron with all files and folders.) windows/acctpayrondoc (mounts only the Documents folder for Ron) windows/acctpayrondown (mounts only the Downloads folder for Ron) USB drives are listed in the /home/extdrives directory. The are usb drives that are plugged into the Linux server. Their naming convention is usbc1 (c1 is the drive). Whatever the 1st usb drive plugged in will be "c1" the next, "d1" and so on. USB drives should be unmounted before removing from the server. No IP address or login credentials are needed. 15 12/09/21 Fixed AR INVOICE FIXED CREATE: begin at head iso reference to determine next fixed number. 14 12/09/21 Modifications to getting electronic payment files for cash disbursements, positive pay, direct deposit, W2s and Federal/ State files to be uploaded. This includes modification to the EDI SERVICES system. All electronic submitted forms will be in the directory "ep" and then the structure is: cash disbursements year payroll year month (checks) positive pay direct deposit w2 (not the fed forms but the html/pdf W2s for web or printing) forms (941, state forms etc.) ssnvs (Social Security Name Verication System) received sent Reports will go to the export file but legal forms to be uploaded will go to the ep structure. 13 12/09/21 Modified PAYROLL to ask about deductions. Your options are to deduct everything as usual, take no deductions or choose which things you want to deduct. TAXES WILL BE TAKEN OUT regardless. If you select to take some deductions, the Items you may deduct are: 1. Draw Repayment 5. Cafeteria 1 2. Health insurance 6. Cafeteria 2 3. Advances 7. Cafeteria 3 4. 401k 8. Garnishments 12 12/09/21 Added NETWORK DRIVES CENTER to SET UP PERIPHERALS Gives instructions on how to find and mount drives manually. 11 12/08/21 New program to auto mount network drives when entering MASTER CENTER. Currently this is not set up excect for CustomWare Designs. When needed, will need: IP Address of Windows computer Login name of user on computer. Preferably Administrator Password for user, preferably "admin" The Linux login user may need to enter their password. Currently this is used in transferring electronic payroll and cash disbursements files from Linux to a Windows computer for manual upload when auto uploads from Linux are not possible. Future set up would include destination folder with different computers set up with logins. The new center, when created, will have instructions on nomenclature and how to activate the Administrator login. Other Windows settings may need to be changed and if so, documented. This center would also be used to mount USB drives or external drives on the Linux computer. 10 12/02/21 Changed AP INVOICE FIXED DELETE to use GET AP FIXED and to show the description upon confirmation of delete. 09 12/02/21 New program GT AP FIXED which shows the vendor name instead of asking for it. Same program as GET AP FIXED with the skip on getting the vendor. 08 12/02/21 Modified AP INVOICE FIXED CHANGE to allow changing multiple invoices for same vendor without having to re-enter the vendor name. 07 12/02/21 Fixed AP INVOICE FIXED CHANGED when changing the description. It was using wrong noun for input and resaving 06 11/26/21 New program AP INVOICE POST CC which posts the imported credit card information and creates an invoice for reference purposes. This is explained in revision 02 below. The DESCRIPTION field will be packed and the AP INVOICE INQUIRE program will need to be changed to reflect that for journal entry numbers beginning with "CC". The DESCRIPTION field will be: VENDOR Number the charge is assigned to * DESCRIPTION of the charge from the CARD EXPENSE file * dollar amount of this line item >< The Vendor number is used instead of the name in case the name changes. 05 11/26/21 Modified TEMP 2 FILE for new field. TEMP 2 FILE TP4 04 11/21/21 Added new programs to list the vendords tied to a credit card import description: CARD EXP VEN DESC LIST which gives all the vendors that are tied to a description. 03 11/21/21 Modified CARD EXP CREATE and CARD EXP CHANGE and CARD EXP LIST to add or delete a specific vendor to a charge descrption. * 02 11/21/21 Added a field to the CARD EXP file to tie a vendor to the description. This will create an invoice for all charges on the credit card that the descipription is tied to a vendor. This allows tracking expenses to a specific vendor such as advertisers or restaurants or State or Federal fees and taxes when those expenses are paid on a credit card. The invoice that will be created will have as the invoice number the credit card invoice number with "CC" on the end. The journal entry number will have "CC" to indicate there is no journal entry. For example: credit statement from American Express. There is a charge from Office Depot. A regular invoice will be made for American Express with the invoice number YYMM. Another invoice for Office Depot will be made with all charges by Office Depot with an invoice number of YYMM"CC" (no quotes) and balance due of 0. To view spending at Office Depot you look up the history for Office Depot. Each charge will be listed and the total distribution. There will be no cash disbursment on file and will be skipped from auditing programs for A/P invoices and the GL. CARD EXP V# 01 11/21/21 Modified PSH to take out "to change printer" for the F9 description as that instruction is above the choices list. ******************************************************************************* U 11/10/21 VERSION 2021.6.9.00 ******************************************************************************* 99 11/10/21 Modified RSF (reprint spooler file) to ask for file name when the option is for a specific file name. 98 11/10/21 Modified RSF (reprint spooler file) when displaying on screen to take out printer codes. New program RSF REPLACE CODES. 97 08/20/21 Added PRINTER FILE number to HDGS verb. This is for reprinting purposes. Cuts off after 100 characters. Also changed ASF N 96 08/13/21 Fixed AR INVOICE ENTER HANDwrites to ask for distribution if it null. This can happen when non-inventory items are entered elsewhere but no distribution set up (customer inventory file) 95 08/13/21 Added option in AR INVOICE ENTER HANDwrites to compute next invoice number, modified cosmetics for options and replaced H option for history with F3 94 07/22/21 Fixed CARD EXP IMPORT BARCLAY to allow for 3 lines in an expense. Previously allowed for 2. 93 07/22/21 Fixed CARD EXP FIND, CARD EXP CREATE to not use EMP. EMP gets changed when CEN HDGS is used to update operator activity. 92 07/02/21 Modified AR INVOICE FIXED CHANGE and AR INVOICE FIXED CHECK to inactivate a fixed invoice without deleting it. Changing the LIFE to 0 will inactivate the invoice. An instruction was put on the change screen for changing the life of the invoice. 91 06/16/21 New program to inquire deleted customers: CUSTOMER INQUIRED and modified CUSTOMER INQUIRE. Added to CUSTOMER CENTER 90 06/16/21 New program to change deleted customers: CUSTOMER CHANGE D and modified CUSTOMER CHANGE. Added to CUSTOMER CENTER 89 06/16/21 Modified CUSTOMER CONSOLIDATE to inclue the SHIP TO FILE. New program: CUSTOMER CONSOLIDATE SHIP TO. 88 06/16/21 Modified GET CUSTOMER D (deleted customers) to search by customer number. 87 06/08/21 Modified CLEAN ALL SV OPERATOR, CLEAN ALL to save Customware info as vendor and customer as well as ONE TIME vendor and customer. New program: ZERO VENDOR *#86 06/06/21 Updated inflation rates table with CPI index from 1929 through 2021 INFLATION RATES 85 05/31/21 Modified ZERO TOTALS, ADD SUB TOTALS to increase number of total nouns from 35 to 45 for inquiring employee checks. * 84 05/30/21 Modified EMPLOYEE CHECK REGISTER by adding REG PAY and OT PAY, rearranged the fields for easier review, stored RATE. EMPLOYEE CHECK REGISTER REG PAY OT PAY TEMP PAYROLL REG PAY OT PAY 83 05/27/21 Modifications to EMPLOYEE INQUIRE CHECK programs. Added definitions to EMPLOYEE CHECK REGISTER, EP ELECT CHECK type. Restructure for printer and HTML options and making a PDF option 82 05/25/21 Modified O to not print underlined data. Temp stored in NT ******************************************************************************* U 05/12/21 VERSION = VOCAB.zip ******************************************************************************* 81 05/12/21 Modified CLEAN ALL and CLEAN ALL SV EOF to include "new" files that were not in the clean. BACKUPRX INVENTORY WARRANTY CODES TAX RATES TIME CARDS TIME CARD HISTORY TIME CLOCK TIME CLOCK HISTORY UPS RATES UPS SURCHARGE UPS ZONES WORK ORDER HISTORY WWW FILE WWW EXCEPTIONS WWW USER FILE !#80 05/12/21 Created a file for E-verify but no programs as yet. EVERIFY *#79 05/12/21 Modified PROFIT CENTER FILE system file from DEPTFILE to GLPC PROFIT CENTER FILE 78 05/12/21 Selective save of all unused programs and files. Modified . to keep unused or unknown programs that would have been deleted. ZERO M W2 HTML STYLE 4 ORIGINAL W2 HTML STYLE 41 W2 HTML STYLE 4A1 W2 JPG P 15 TIME CARD LIST SCREEN H TIME CARD LIST SCREEN W TIME CLOCK LINE HTML 1 PAD NBSP OT CAFET TYPE PAD NBSP TL GET CUSTOMER D DRS1 CUSTOMER D CONSOLIDATE CASH REC CUSTOMER D CONSOLIDATE INV CUSTOMER CONSOLIDATE DELETED CASH DISB EXPORT CHECK CASH DISB EXPORT INVOICE CASH DISB EXPORT VENDOR BI FORM LINE PR AR INVOICE EXPORT CASH REC ADD DELETE CHANGE 1 1095C CALC SHIP VIA FILE 77 05/12/21 Rebuilt the update files - they had duplicats which made all U**** programs bad. The previous final update has the original U programs. All U programs selective saved out. All PFM files not in use for the U program updates selective saved out. No update program needed to run as the UPDATEFL.PFM and UPDATENL.PFM files are automatically written over. 76 05/11/21 New programs UPDATE FRESH 1-5 to rebuild the UPDATE FILE and UPDATE FILE NEW from scratch - from the VERSION.CHG file. Will completely mess with the Uxxxx programs for updating the system as the file numbers are not the same for the update program names. 75 05/09/21 Modified and rebuilt the VERSION.CHG file in prep for fixing the UPDATE VERSION program. 74 05/09/21 Modified CHECK MESSAGES to default to NO for questions. 73 05/09/21 Modified UP OP to use alphabet file for duplicates to not have to wait 1 second for fast operators. 72 05/08/21 Added new program VIEW FILE which will read system text files. Needs a bit of work. ******************************************************************************* N 05/12/21 VERSION = VOCAB.zip ******************************************************************************* ******************************************************************************* F 05/12/21 VERSION = VOCAB20216871.zip ******************************************************************************* 71 05/08/21 Fixed SET UP CHECK to include missing accounts. 70 05/08/21 Modified PRINTER DEVS BUILD to not need to be logged in as root. The program was modified to use "sudo" to get the printer listing from cups. * 69 05/08/21 Added COMPANY EMAIL to company trans file. Modified company set up and the sequence of changing the information. I COMPANY TRANS COMPANY EMAIL 68 05/08/21 Modified CLEAN TRANS to set the default for printing journal entries and distibution registers to Yes. 67 05/08/21 Modified SET UP GL to put account account number options in order (made bank charges number 13 and moved the others down) 66 05/07/21 Modified various programs to replace "department" with "profit center" in set up new system programs. Modified SET UP NEW and SET UP NEW GL ACCT to allow for a profit center length to be other than 1 (profit center 0 - could be up to 10 digits). 65 05/07/21 Fixed SET UP WARRANTY to not use a KEYED GL file with errors and gtf in i inventory trans to set the correct data 64 05/07/21 Modified SET UP WWW PATHS to null out all options for new company. Removed default values. 63 05/07/21 Added F10 abort to SET UP NEW GL ACCT and SET UP NEW. 62 05/07/21 Fixed SET UP NEW GL ACCT to use ob2 not ob1 when testing account length. 61 05/07/21 Fixed CLEAN TRANS (new company setup) to null out I BANK CHARGES 60 05/03/21 Modified all barcode programs to work correctly and not double up on code. 59 05/03/21 Modified MOVE PRN FILES to delete the file if it exists and DCW in the program before making the new one. 58 05/27/21 Modified ENTER DISTRIBUTION to null out standard descrption if a different account number than the default is entered. Put profit center description on same line as acct desc. 57 04/27/21 Fixed AR INVOICE FIXED CHECK to allow annual invoices to be invoiced in current year as in when it is set up. 56 04/27/21 Fixed AR INVOICE POST for duplicate invoice numbers coming from FIXED AR INVOICES & NOTES. The invoice date is added to the reference. * 55 04/20/21 Fixed AR INVOICE ENTER OE LINES to use L WARR instead of QTY when packing lines. Also changed subtracting qty from on order fields to delivered. 54 04/18/21 Began modification of LABELS. Separating barcode labels from non-barcode labels. Will still support dot matrix. * 53 04/16/21 Modified inventory transaction file to include a noun for barcode ID. Normal is 80 or 81. Modified SET UP BARCODE. Modified SET UP BARCODE to select 80/81 or other input and set the BARCODE ON noun to the correct number. I INVENTORY TRANS I BARCODE ID 52 04/12/21 Fixed AR INVOICE FIXED CHANGE when changing day due - it is a date, not a day. Changed HI (numeric input) to CHANGE DATE. The month and year of day due is not important 51 04/12/21 Fixed CASH REC POST DEPOSIT to skip over "DD" checks. Direct Deposit checks are the same as any other - it is one deposit that may be applied to more than one invoice and should not show up on the bank reconcilliation as a seperate deposit for each invoice as scanned check (SD) would. 50 04/10/21 Fixed GL TRANSFER YEAR END to delete & save gl ref in GL ALL if already there. After the save, GET THIS in gl so the balance and M13 fields are correctly updated and the total to go to RETAINED EARNINGS is correct. 49 04/10/21 Fixed GL TRIAL BALANCE for PDF option to destroy screen 1. Previously only destroyed screen if test flag was 2. 48 04/08/21 Modified BANK RECON PRINT STMT to show total number of checks and deposits along with amounts. 47 04/08/21 Fixed BANK RECON IMPORT CAPONE to distinquish between a Zelle payment and deposit. 46 04/08/21 Fixed BANK RECON IMPORT MATCH DEPOSIT to not skip type 10. 45 04/08/21 Fixed BANK RECON IMPORT MATCH to utilize type 10 - Zell deposit 44 04/08/21 Fixed BANK RECON TYPE OT to reflect Zelle payment and deposit correctly. 43 04/06/21 Changed OE COMPUTE AMT order in which tax and freight are computed, added CALC FRT, used CALC TAX. 42 04/06/21 Changed OE CHANGE LINE 1 skipped over OE RECALC as calc freight and calc tax are in OE COMPUTE AMT 41 04/06/21 Fixed OE RECALC to use CALC TAX program and to calculate freight before computing tax (in case frt is taxed). 40 04/04/21 Modified PAYROLL ENTER by showing YTD draw when prompting for draw repayment. 39 04/04/21 Modified SAVE JE REF by replacing ERROR CORRECT with ERROR 2. 38 04/04/21 Fixed PAYROLL JE for GARNISHMENTS. 37 04/04/21 Modified EMPLOYEE CHANGE and EMPLOYEE GARNISHMENTS for cosmetics. 36 04/02/21 Modified AR INVOICE ENTER to null out SPEC INST before entering. These can come from the OE MASTER or some other file depending on which options are flagged to use. 35 04/02/21 Modified BANK RECON IMPORT CHASE TYPE 1 for deposits and card purchases to reflect change in their statement conversion from PDF to text. 34 03/30/21 Modified CASH REC ENTER to allow for multiple deposites to be entered without having to re-enter the customer. "SD" for Scanned Deposit as the 1st 2 digits of the check # will make a single deposit for that check and allow for another check from that same customer to be entered as a separate deposit on the same day. Also allows for "DD" to be added to the check number for Direct Deposit with the same function. An instruction is above the prompt for the check number as a reminder. 33 03/29/21 Modified GTN NUMBER to allow for a 1 digit increase. Previously the lowest number of digits was 3. Also modified GTN ALPHA. 32 03/29/21 Modified CASH REC POST DEPOSIT, POST DEPOSIT and CASH REC ENTER to allow for phone deposits. This is used when each check is listed on the bank statement as a separate deposit. The flag is using "ED" (Electronic Deposit) or "DD" (Direct Deposit) as the 1st part of the check #. This is so the bank reconciliation will match the deposits. The maximum number of deposits per second is 62 after which the program will delay for 1 second. # 31 03/25/21 Modified PAYROLL MISCELLANEOUS entries for mulitple entries. Changed the format of the description noun to include a total of each amount - may have more than 1 GL account distribution. 30 03/24/21 Modified for draws in payroll: ZERO EMPLOYEE, EMPLOYEE CHANGE, EMPLOYEE CREATE, EMPLOYEE INQUIRE *#29 03/24/21 Added Draw option to payroll. Not yet implemented, only files have been updated. This allows for a draw to be paid to commissioned sales reps and to be repaid. Options in PAYROLL SET UP allow for a draw to be paid in addtion to a commission or if a commission is paid no draw will be given. Draws are paid back when a commission is paid. This applies to salaried commissioned sales reps as well - salary and commission paid or only commission paid. EMPLOYEE DRAW YTD DRAW (can span years) EMPLOYEE CHECK REGISTER DRAW AMT DRAW PMT TEMP EMPLOYEE DRAW YTD DRAW DRAW AMT DRAW PMT I PAYROLL TRANS DRAW PD W COMM DRAW PD W SAL 28 03/22/21 Added option to clean up credit card expense file. This file is used to import credit card statements and automatically assign GL distribution. Credit card history is expected to be in the directory: import/hist/creditcards/YY where YY is the year. Any description not used in the searched files will be listed and you given the opportunity to delete them. 27 03/19/21 Modified CHANGE CITY to allow for 1st entry (overwriting city) to be the zip code. Programs changed for SVT: EDI SERVICE CHANGE, EMPLOYEE CHANGE, OE CHANGE, PO CHANGE, STORE CHANGE, VENDOR CHANGE. 26 03/18/21 Modified ENTER CITY to allow for the 1st entry to be a city (from there the program is unchanged) or the zip code. If the input is in the ZIP CODE FILE it will fill in the city and state. If there are alternate cities besides the primary city, you will be given a list to choose from. Only one program changed: SSNVS CHANGE !#25 03/18/21 Added a ZIP CODE file with cities, gps coordinates, state, county, area codes. Imported from a modified file. downloaded from: http://www.uszipcodelist.com/download.html zip, primary_city, acceptable_cities, state, county, timezone, area_codes, latitude, longitude. Program to use: IMPORT ZIP CODES which is in the ZIP CODE CENTER which is in SET UP. ZIP CODES 24 03/18/21 Modified CALC FED to take out EXTRA FEDERAL W/H even if Step 3 has "1" in it which exempts the employee from calculated federal income tax. This allows a person to have the exact amount taken out each payroll regardless of gross. "1" in Step 3 exempts and only extra federal is added. Modified COMPUTE TEMP TAX, EMPLOYEE CREATE, EMPLOYEE CHANGE, EMPLOYEE INQUIRE for cosmetic and instructional clarifications. 23 03/14/21 Modified ORDER ENTRY programs to allow for QUOTES. Hitting the F2 key when entering a customer in the CREATE/NEW Order option will make it a quote. If the quote is for a new customer, you might use ONE TIME CUSTOMER until the order is invoiced. 22 03/13/21 Modified ORDER ENTRY CREATE and CHANGE to ask if you want the order printed. 21 03/06/21 Modified EMPLOYEE CREATE, CHANGE, INQUIRE and CALC FED to allow for exemption status. Also took out decimal input and output for W4 amounts and extra withholding for fed and state. Using "1" for Step 3 (a deduction from gross) flags the employee as EXEMPT. Other amounts may be entered as written on W4. Employee must write "EXEMPT" on W4. Recommended that Step 3 has the correct amount on the form but enter "1" in the system. 20 03/03/21 Fixed BANK RECON IMPORT FIND to close and open file for each find. It is usually looking for headings and if the headings are not there it goes through the entire file and nothing after that will be found. 19 03/02/21 Fixed BANK RECON IMPORT TYPE to remove the dollar sign and space on fees charged. 18 03/02/21 Fixed BANK RECON IMPORT CAPONE to add interest paid to BANK ADJ CR. 17 03/01/21 Added ZERO TOTALS if test flag is not 0 in CUSTOMER INQUIRE HISTORY 16 02/03/21 Fixed HTML HDGS to not print timer section in hdgs if making a PDF 15 01/22/21 Modified EMPLOYEE INQUIRE CHECK OT for cosmetics and to show all information including vacation, holiday, sick info. * 14 01/22/21 Modified files to use CHECK STATE instead of STATE EMPLOYEE CHECK REGISTER EMPLOYEE CHECK REGISTER LY (not necessary but for legacy) 13 01/19/21 Modified TIME CLOCK LIST programs to work correctly. 12 01/19/21 Modified PAYROLL REGISTER summary screen for cosmetics. 11 01/19/21 Modified PAYROLL POST to move TIME CLOCK data to history 10 01/19/21 Modified CALC TIME CARDS to not show summary if TEST FLAG=1 09 01/19/21 Modified PAYROLL INIT to put in abort if F10 is hit anywhere 08 01/19/21 Fixed TIME CARD LIST to delete the TEMP NN file and not the TEMP 1 FIL 07 01/19/21 Modified TIME CARD LIST to keep original printer number if html is used. 06 01/19/21 Modified PAYROLL INIT to compute period ending date based on number of pay periods - 52/26/24 - all others will be null. 05 01/19/21 Modified EP GET FILE for cosmetics showing which program - CASH DISBURSEMENTS or PAYROLL for the check information 04 01/19/21 Modified TIME CARD LIST to not show every employee that has no hours during payroll run. 03 01/19/21 Fixed EP GET FILE to have correct FILE NAME 1 02 01/19/21 Modified PAYROLL - took out EP GET FILE before processing - this is done in the init program. 01 01/19/21 Modified PAYROLL INIT to plug SORT A (all employees) when running TIME CARD LIST ******************************************************************************* U 01/19/21 VERSION 2021.6.8.00 ******************************************************************************* 99 01/19/21 Modified PAYROLL ENTER MISC for cosmetics on vacation/holiday/ sick hours. 98 01/18/21 Modified PAYROLL MISC HTML for cosmetics. 97 01/13/21 Modified CALC TIME 1 to convert from hundredths to minutes. Modified CALC TIME CARD taking out 100th minute calcuations as the time had already been converted to 60 minutes. 96 01/13/21 Modified CALC TIME 1 to use 24 hr clock *#95 01/13/21 Modified TEMP NN to increase unit size from 128 to 512. 94 01/13/21 Modified TIME CARD HTML. This program will be used in the TIME CARD LIST and PAYROLL HTML. Complete revamp of program. 93 01/13/21 Modified SET UP PAYROLL to show description of number of pay periods, i.e., Semi-Monthly, Weekly, etc. 92 01/13/21 Modified TIME CARD LIST SCREEN - complete revamp. 91 01/13/21 Modified TIME CARD LIST print option - complete revamp. * 90 01/12/21 Modified TIME CARDS and TIME CARD HISTORY to have a new field - CLOCK INFO. This stores the time clock history by day. TIME CARDS TIME CARD HISTORY CLOCK INFO * 89 01/12/21 Modified TEMP PAYROLL and EMPLOYEE CHECK REGISTER to include new field: H TIME which is history time. It stores the data from the TIME CARDS file and the TIME CLOCK FILE in case the history of those files gets deleted or corrupt. TEMP PAYROLL H TIME EMPLOYEE CHECK REGISTER H TIME 88 01/12/21 Modified TIME CARD LIST to show vacation, holiday, and sick time 87 01/12/21 Modified PAYROLL TIME CARD to use CALC TIME 86 01/12/21 New program: CALC TIME that calculates regular and overtime hours on a per week basis. Standardized. 85 01/12/21 Modified CALC TIME to be named CALC TIME MANually. 84 01/12/21 Modified BANK RECON IMPORT CHASE and BANK RECON IMPORT CAPONE to reflect changes in saving the PDF to text. Kept the old versions just in case. *#83 01/11/21 Modified TEMP RECON to increase unit size from 256 to 512 82 01/10/21 Modified EMPLOYEE PURCH CREATE and EMPLOYEE PURCH LINES. This allows for COMMISSION DRAWS to be entered. Rather than having a draw and ytd draw, etc. in the EMPLOYEE file, etc., draws are entered as employee purchases and added to the ADVANCES in the employee file. This also gives an audit trail of the draws as well as history. All employee purhases and draws are assigned to the customer EMPLOYEE PURCHASES. When entering a draw or purchase, the invoice amount is the advance amount with no balance due. This is flaged for payroll types 2,4, and 5 which are types of commissioned employees. For any reason a draw or portion of draw is to be forgiven, a credit purchase (draw) should be entered to offset the balance in the employee ADVANCES amount. THIS NEEDS TO BE REDONE!!! ADVANCES ARE DEDUCTED, NO DISTINGUISHING BETWEEN DRAW REPAYMENT AND TAKING A DRAW. MUST ADD DRAWS TO SYSTEM. 81 01/10/21 Modified PAYROLL MAINT CENTER by creating PAYROLL TIME CARD CENTER. In this new center an explanation of time cards vs time clocks has been added along with how hours and overtime are computed. 80 01/10/21 Fixed MS DS (utlity) to use default screen color when there is an indent. 79 01/10/21 Modified TIME CARD MOVE to move from TIME CARDS and TIME CLOCK FILE or history files back and forth - added TIME CLOCK FILES 78 01/10/21 Modified PAYROLL ENTER to begin in the employee file instead of PAYROLL. 77 01/10/21 Fixed TIME CARD CREATE to include holiday hours in the options. Put menu in instead of a key entry for v/h/s hours. 76 01/10/21 Modified PAYROLL ENTER to show hours from time cards, to explain that the hours entered will be added to the time card hours. 75 01/10/21 Modified PAYROLL ENTER MISC and PAYROLL ENTER to zero vacation, holiday and sick hours in PAYROLL ENTER because if time cards are used and those hours are in there, they will get zeroed out. 74 01/10/21 Fixed CALC FED if amount is less than 0 to quit program. 73 01/09/21 Fixed PAYROLL TIME CARDS for hour computation. While stored in decimal format, they are minutes not tenths. Added minutes separately and when finished, rounded to nearest quarter hour. Also distinquished between work hours and vacation, holiday, and sick hours. 72 01/09/21 Fixed TIME CLOCK LIST 1 which computes the time and stores it in the TIME CARD FILE for payroll processing. Changed the : to a . for continuity between manual entry and clock entry. 71 01/09/21 New utlitiy program: DS TIME CARDS 70 01/09/21 Fixed ASF H (utility) to correctly compute file name when there no second parameter. 69 01/09/21 Fixed and modified POSITIVE PAY for correct error messages and creating a correct file. 68 01/09/21 Fixed MK DIR to use IS instead of XE to determine if a directory should be made. 67 01/09/21 Modified DIRECT DEPOSIT to change permissions on the file before writing data to the file. 66 01/09/21 Modified EP GET FILE to not add 1 to EP CHECK for processing. 65 01/09/21 Modified PAYROLL CHECKS LT to take out form feed after check. It was printing a blank page (skipping a form) between checks 64 01/09/21 Modified MACRO LOAD for better testing of printing signature on payroll/cash disbursement checks. 63 01/08/21 Modified PAYROLL MISC REGISTER and took out HEALTH deduction. 62 01/08/21 Modified PAYROLL DED REGISTER to include health deductions and advances. Changed the headings to STANDARD deductions as the miscellenous deductions (misc t/nt add, t/nt ded, garnishments) are on the miscellenous deduction register. 61 01/08/21 Fixed PAYROLL CHECKS LT to skip electronic deposit checks 60 01/08/21 Fixed STATE INFO file by taking out STATE EX. 59 01/08/21 Modified STATE TAX FILES to add UTAH to non-standard computa- tions. CALC STATE now uses CALC STATE UT. 58 01/08/21 Modified TAX FILES OT 57 01/08/21 Modified and fixed PAYROLL ENTER MISC (sv, goto l) 56 01/08/21 Modified utlity program DS TEMP PAYROLL 55 01/08/21 Fixed TEMP PAYROLL and added W4 INFO 54 01/07/21 Modified PAYROLL ENTER to check if employee is already in the temp file and if so, allow deletion or skipping. 53 01/07/21 Fixed DIRECT DEPOSIT to create the FILE NAME not the DIRECTORY 52 01/07/21 Fixed PAYROLL INIT for getting electronic check numbers and EDI file references. If not on file and you add one, option to update the I EDI TRANS file. 51 01/07/21 Fixed PAYROLL PROCESS for storing the correct check number for printed and electronic checks. 50 01/07/21 Fixed GTN CHECK for printed checks. 49 01/06/21 Modified AP INVOICE EXPORT for more detail and totals. 48 01/06/21 Modified/Fixed SORT SELECT by taking ZERO TOTALS out. This programs begins and gets the next item in files and should not be zeroing totals. 47 01/05/21 Fixed AR INVOICE FIXED CHECK to null out discounts and pre- payment information. 46 01/05/21 New utility program - DS MENU MANY. This menu program allows for any number options to choose from (up to 16?) and allows for multiple selections or all. The data is packed with option num * option desc . Currently does not allow for more than one column. 45 01/05/21 Fixed and modified AR INVOICE EXPORT. Some fields eliminated some added. Ship to information was taken out among others. 44 01/05/21 Fixed CASH REC MISC CREATE to set INVOICE TYPE to 11 (new type) 43 01/03/21 Modified CHECK REGISTER EXPORT for better layout and options when making an Excel file. 42 01/03/21 Modified STATE EMPLOYEE REPORT BY PROFIT CENTER by changing nomenclature from "department" to "profit center" ******************************************************************************* U 01/01/21 VERSION 2021.6.7.42 ******************************************************************************* 41 12/31/20 Fixed GL INCOME STATEMENT, GL BALANCE SHEET, GL TRIAL BALANCE when exporting to a file to change the permissions to all read write and the naming convention - took out spaces in name. 40 12/31/20 Fixed MASTER to set the GL YR DESC 39 12/31/20 Fixed merged version TRIAL BALANCE for PDF 38 12/31/20 Modified GL TRIAL BALANCE for cosmetic changes when selecting output to conform to the income statement and balance sheet screens. 37 12/31/20 Modified GL INCOME STATEMENT for cosmetic changes when selecting output. 36 12/31/20 Modified GL BALANCE SHEET for cosmetic changes when selecting output. 35 12/31/20 Fixed GL BS COMBINE to show correct description - same as Trial Balance. 34 12/31/20 Fixed GL TRIAL BALANCE COMBINE to show the description of the first account that has a balance. It was using the last account profit center regardless if there was a balance. This only pertains to the merged trial balance. 33 12/29/20 Modified GL ACCOUNT INQUIRE for cosmetics. !#32 12/29/20 Added new file: GL ALL which contains all the GL accounts for previous years. This will eliminate the limitation of 15 years of GL information (plus previous year's info). Added to when year end transfer of M13 data is performed (contains ending balances of all accounts). Modified GL TRANSFER YEAR END, all M GL programs (uses all previous GL files). GL ALL 31 12/28/20 Modified GL BALANCE SHEET for screen and text file options. 30 12/28/20 Modified GL INCOME STATEMENT and all related programs for screen output to create a text file option. 29 12/28/20 Modified GL TRIAL BALANCE and GL TRIAL BALANCE SCREEN for option to export to text file. 28 12/19/20 Added program to PROFIT CENTER to add 1 or more accounts to a Profit Center. 27 11/27/20 Modified CASH RECEIPTS REGISTER to show totals on screen 26 11/27/20 Modified CASH DISB REGISTER TOTAL, CASH DISB REGISTER to show totals on screen. 25 11/27/20 Modified PAYROLL REGISTER ADD, PAYROLL REGISTER to show totals on screen, adding Sick, Holiday & Vacation hours & pay plus employer health insurance contribution. 24 11/27/20 Modified AR INVOICE REGISTER TOT and AP INVOICE REGISTER to display totals on screen. This is for remote workers printing at office or a quicker way to verify totals. 23 10/30/20 Fixed GL JE SEARCH MISSING, GL JE SOURCE DETAIL, GTN HIST FILE GL JE SOURCE DETAIL 1 to eliminate the EMPLOYEE CHECK REGISTER LY file which should have been eliminated per update U6567. 22 10/28/20 Fixed DISK MAINT DDB SET UP to create directories if they do not exist 21 10/18/20 Redid changes 13, 14, 15, 16, and 17. 20 10/18/20 Fixed verious employee related programs such as FORM 941 which used the wrong flag for getting an employee. The bad flag was ECR YR instead of EMP YR. The ECR YR is used for the employee check register file and the EMP YR is used for the employee file 19 10/18/20 A slow burn system crash deleted the version change logs as well as the programs. Because the system was on a slow burn, the compressed backups were corrupted. The last good backup was from August 1st. All changes made after 9/23 were lost, even as to what they were. Lost changes 2020.6.7.13 thru 17 18 09/23/20 Fixed AP TOTAL to properly match the GL balance with the month that is running. The total in AP is calculated but if the posting month is less than invoices that have been posted in later months, the total through the posting month will also be shown and this is the amount that should balance to the GL. 17 09/13/20 Added instructions and example for creating customized checks. 16 09/07/20 Modified the GENERAL LEDGER DEPARTMENT files to be PROFIT CENTERS Having inventory departents (such as department store) and GL departments can be confusing. Renaming GL DEPT to PROFIT CENTER clarifies the usage and meaning of what the profit center is. Most programs have been updated asking for PROFIT CENTER or printing PROFIT CENTER instead of DEPARTMENT but not all. This will be ongoing as discovered. Modified INIT ENTER NOUNS to used the correct terms. Other than renaming the files and programs, no updates are needed and no other program changes made. 15 09/05/20 Modified FLEET V CHANGE to allow changing the beginning odometer reading (when purchased) 14 09/05/20 Fixed FLEET FU when entering fuel for 1st time on a new vehicle uses the purchase miles if no fuel entered 13 09/03/20 Fixed BANK RECON IMPORT CHASE TYPE to find the 1st depost which is on the same line as a heading in the converted PDF file. Also modified BANK RECON IMPORT CHASE that to not miss the 1st deposit. Modified BANK RECON IMPORT MATCH to correctly describe a deposit mismatch instead of "Already cleared" 12 08/28/20 Modified PAYROLL checks to print a 3 section laser check with check portion in the middle. Previously this was not programmed. This check uses the CUSTOM check file and modifications can be made to the PCLM check form. The nomenclature of the custom check referece is P or C for Payroll or Cash disbursements, then the printer number from the printer file. If there is more than one form set up for that printer an identifying string of up to 8 characters must be added. There are 4 pre-set up custom checks which are based on the existing check options in SET UP. All but the PCL check are based on option 3 in SET UP. The program name for PCL is PAYROLL CHECK L and for option 3 it is PAYROLL CHECK LT. PAYROLL CHECK L is a 2 section check with the check in the top portion. The name is printed, then money in words, then the name and address. PAYROLL CHECK LT the money in words is printed first, then the date, number, and amount on 1 line and then the name, address. 1 - PCL which is based on option 2 in SETUP 2 - PCLB which is based on option 3 in SETUP - a 3 section check with the check printed on the bottom section 3 - PCLM which is based on option 3 in SETUP - a 3 section check with the check printed in the middle section 4 - PCLT which is based on option 3 in SETUP - a 3 section check with the check printed in the top section. 11 08/28/20 Fixed EMPLOYEE INQUIRE YTD to show info on 401k, cafeteria 10 08/28/20 Modified PAYROLL CHECKS LASER that prints the check on the top portion. The detail section was moved to a separate program and the following changes made: On the 1st line, W4 information added Standard deductions such as health, 401k, cafeteria were put on a single line with YTD on a second line and printed in condensed On first line check # and check amount were fixed to be in correct position. Pay rate was added to 1st line Fixed garnishment information and separate line if there are advances or an SDI tax !#09 08/27/20 Added option for creating customized PAYROLL CHECKS for laser printers. The pay stubs remain as is. The check may be in the top, middle, or bottom portion of the check. The current 2 options PAYROLL CHECKS L and PAYROLL CHECKS LT are set up. They may be modified or, new formats created. CUSTOM CHECK FILE 08 08/18/20 Modifications to the UPDATE CUSTOMWARE program. 07 08/11/20 Fixed BANK RECON JE to have the correct description for the journal entry (if one is made). 06 08/01/20 Modified AR INVOICE FIXED CHANGE to: 1) give an error if the customer has no fixed receivables, 2) if the customer has only 1 fixed receivable it pulls it up, 3) if the customer has 2 or more fixed receivables you have to enter a fixed number and an option added to produce a full list (F2), 4) options to show lines and distribution. 05 07/09/20 Modified CUSTOMER LIST, CUSTOMER LIST 1, and CUSTOMER EXPORT to have option for DELETED CUSTOMERS 04 07/08/20 Added program to IMPORT CUSTOMERS. May import into current or deleted customers. May choose columns. MUST be TAB delimited. 03 07/08/20 Added ADDRESS, ADD2, CITY to ZERO CUSTOMER 02 06/26/20 Modified CUSTOMER DELETE, created CUSTOMER CONSOLIDATE DELETED to consolidate duplicate deleted customers. Modified CUSTOMER CREATE to check the deleted customer file and COMPUTE CUSTOMER NUMBER to ensure the customer # is not used in the deleted customer file. Various other programs tweaked for usage of the CUSTOMER DELETED file. !*01 06/26/20 Added a file to keep deleted or archived customers. Instead of merging to ONE TIME CUSTOMER, the invoices are kept with the original customer # in the AR INVOICE ARCHIVE file. CUSTOMER DELETED ******************************************************************************* R 05/28/20 VERSION 2020.6.7.00 ******************************************************************************* * 99 05/28/20 Added a noun for the IP address of a user logging in to the Terminals file. The LOC DEV and LOC IP nouns are from the /etc/hosts file. Depending on the Linux version and settings pragma may not read the converted ip to name field in the file. This allows for checking both. GET NET TERMINAL and GET TERMINAL DHCP were modified to check for both. TERMINALS LOC IP ******************************************************************************* N 05/21/18 VERSION = VOCAB.zip ******************************************************************************* ******************************************************************************* U 04/08/20 VERSION 2020.6.6.98 ******************************************************************************* 98 04/08/20 Added option for creating a journal entry in BANK RECONCILLIATION. Accounts are verified. * 97 04/07/20 Added field for bank charges in SET UP GL. This is to be used in BANK RECONCILLIATION to auto create journal entry for bank fees. Modified the SET UP GL center for descriptions. I GL TRANS I BANK CHARGES 96 04/04/20 Modifications to import programs for bank reconcilliations: BANK RECON IMPORT CAPONE, BANK RECON IMPORT CHASE TYPE, BANK RECON IMPORT CHASE 95 04/04/20 Modified CONVERT MONTH ABBR to convert month number to month abbreviation. Changed prompts to indicate can convert an abbreviation to a number or vice *#94 03/25/20 Modified Fixed Receivables and Notes Receivables to keep the last date invoiced (notice of payment due). Modified AR INVOICE POST to reduce balance on fixed receivable. Modified inquiry programs to show last date invoiced. AR INVOICE FIXED LS DATE AR NOTES LS DATE TEMP AR FIXED INVOICE HOLD INV 1 TEMP AR INVOICE HOLD INV 1 93 03/25/20 Fixed AR INVOICE FIXED CREATE to use NON DIST instead of T1 for entering distribution for non-inventory items. 92 03/19/20 Imported perl program py.cgi and began preparation for uploading payroll stubs, W2's, and documents to web. 91 03/19/20 Modified PAYROLL HTML program for better graphics, uses all payroll options and does not use those not in use. 90 03/19/20 Modified PAYROLL CAFETERIA set up. 89 03/17/20 Modified I COMPANY TRANS - renamed I EXTRA 1 to be I WWW BASE RF renamed I EXTRA 2 to be I WWW CSS, I EXTRA 3 to be I www PAYROLL in preparation for modifying payroll files and documents to web 88 03/17/20 Modifed PAYROLL PROCESS WAGES, PAYROLL VOID POST, PAYROLL POST PAYROLL PROCESS. *#87 03/17/20 Modified EMPLOYEE CHECK REGISTER to include RATE, REG PAY, OT PAY. Modified PAYROLL PROCESS to use REG PAY and OT PAY. EMPLOYEE CHECK REGISTER RATE C REG PAY OT PAY TEMP PAYROLL REG PAY OT PAY 86 03/17/20 Modified EMPLOYEE INQUIRE and EMPLOYEE INQUIRE YTD to show which year is being displayed on the YTD screen. 85 03/01/20 Added statement date to PDF AR statements. Changed naming convention of PDF statements to include the statement date in the file name: ccccc-yymmdd-STMT.pdf 84 02/28/20 Fixed cosmetics on BANK RECON CHECKS so the first entry of a check number will not show a bogus amount. 83 02/28/20 Fixed GL JE REVERSE ENTER to use correct key (2) 82 02/23/20 Added Form 1095C which prints to PDF. The HTML version does not line up (differences from H2P program that converts HTML to PDF. 81 02/05/20 System modification for PDF printing. You must install the PDF printer which creates a driver: sudo apt-get -y install cups-pdf this creates a printer: PDF . basically a driver Add new printer, use driver as Generic -> PDF Recommended that the printer name have pdf or PDF in it, e.g. phaserpdf or hp1200PDF 80 02/05/20 Added to W2 4 up PDF option. This prints 4 W2s for 1 employee and converts the HTML (not usable for web) to PDF. Can be printed IF the PDF printer is added AND PDF printers are added that have the PDF driver. The name of the printer should have "pdf" or "PDF" in it. If that printer is selected when printing the W2s no question will be asked. If not, you'll be asked if the printer selected has the PDF driver. If you do not have the PDF driver printer, it will not work. The PDF file CAN be used for the web. 79 01/13/20 Modified W2 to include a Macro option. Currently prints 1 copy using the 2019 W2 form (PDF saved as JPG in Adobe Acrobat, cropped with Paint Shop, macro sized to 50% (-s50)). Grouped initialization of W2 options into new program: W2 INIT, new program to calculate the totals: W2 CALC, uses EMPLOYEE TOTAL. 78 01/05/20 Modified TEMP STATEMENT 1 and AR STATEMENT PMT HIST HTML so the PDF statements will correctly show the payment history information. TEMP STATEMENT 1 AGE 77 01/02/20 Fixed Y2K to not have a limit of 2020 when calculating century. New limit set to 40. 76 01/01/20 Added program to import IRS CSV file for updating federal income tax tables ******************************************************************************* U 01/01/20 VERSION 2020.6.6.75 ******************************************************************************* 75 12/31/19 Modified PAYROLL PROCESS so that if the NET amount is 0 or less it will give an error. If there is EXTRA FEDERAL WITHHOLDING this amount will be adjusted so that the new net is .01 *#74 12/30/19 Added fields to EMPLOYEE file for 2020 W-4 form. Modified programs and files to use 2 tax tables for federal calcuation EMPLOYEE W4 INFO 73 12/24/19 Added field for 1095C macro file in SET UP PAYROLL. Modified screen. I PAYROLL TRANS I MACRO FILE 1095C 72 12/10/19 Added 1095C1 PRINTER program to print the 1095C forms. The other option is for the web making PDF files. Uses a macro (no rotation, 147% of scanned image. The printer uses 12cpi and prints in landscape. 71 12/02/19 Modified PRINT MONEY (print money in words) to go up to 999,999,999.99 - up from 9 million. * 70 11/17/19 Added printing signature macro to CASH DISBURSMENT CHECKS. I AP TRANS I USE MACRO I MACRO FILE *#69 11/13/19 Added a MACRO program to create, list, test macro files using picture files for exact placement on a form. Can be used for letterhead, watermarks, signatures on checks, etc. This requires a 3rd party program called mkpcl. Mkpcl auto creates the macro for upload to a laser printer. The default placement for the executable is cw/programs/mkdpcl. The MACRO CREATE/CHANGE program is in the main SETUP Center. The demo version of mkdpcl is included in this update. For purchase information see /cw/programs/mkdpcl/order.pdf MACRO FILE * 68 11/13/19 Modified payroll checks to print a macro file for a signature on the check. The macro needs to be a .pcl file with proper placement on the check. The stored file reference is the MACRO FILE as the macro on and off codes are stored there as well as the location of the macro file. I PAYROLL TRANS I USE MACRO I MACRO FILE 67 11/12/19 Modified TIME CARD CALC to enter Sick, Holiday, and Vacation pay. *#66 09/20/19 Modified CARD EXP to have negate field for items that appear as charges such as rebates. CARD EXP NEGATE 65 09/17/19 Modified AP INVOICE FIXED LIST to have multiple listings: 1. Alphabetical 2. By period totals, no detail (monthly, quarterly, etc.) 3. By period with alphabetical detail. *#64 09/16/19 Modified FLEET FILE to include lien information. It is presumed that the balance on the loan is the lien balance but there can be more than one lien. FLEET FILE LIEN INFO 63 09/16/19 Modified PRINT JPG to include height and width parameters. This is in inches whereas the placement on page is in dots per inch. 62 09/16/19 Modified PATTERN PRINT to include pictures on the spec sheet. This is not designed for printing all patterns but one at a time and the picture can be set to not only placement on the page but also setting the height and width of the picture. 61 09/16/19 Modified INVENTORY CHANGE to have a separate program INVENTORY CHANGE JPG which allows for directory searching for full path and file name. The full path and file name are stored in JPG !#60 09/06/19 Added MACRO SET UP to SET UP options. This creates a macro to print signatures on checks or pictures in catalogs, etc. It uses MKPCL which is a program that needs to be purchased ($100) and installed on your linix system or may be included in your CustomWare package. MACRO FILE *#59 09/01/19 Modified, overhauled SALES TAX system. TAX RATES 58 08/27/19 Modified FLEET INQUIRE, FLEET EXPORT. Fleet inquire to include trade in information and reformatting to fit screen. Fleet export to have only one comprehensive export which includes the html and pdf versions, including summary of maintenance items. *# 57 08/25/19 Added Trade In field to fleet file FLEET FILE TRADE IN 56 06/18/19 Modified AP INVOICE CORRECT to allow for change or delete from temp files. 55 06/04/19 Fixed VENDOR CHANGE to show phone # in list of things to change *#54 06/04/19 Added field to AP INVOICE FIXED to allow entry of non-accounts payable invoices to be listed. This is used for items charged on credit cards through auto-payments and if for information only. AP INVOICE FIXED AP TYPE 53 05/01/19 Modified SET UP AR FORMS to ask for description length of part description if custom form is selected. 52 04/26/19 Modified - started - BANK RECON IMPORT CAPONE for new statement structure. Not enough data to complete. 51 04/26/19 Modified BANK RECON IMPORT CHASE for new statement structure. 50 04/15/19 Modified TERMINAL CLEAR and GET TERMINAL to simplify and use 'who am i' system call. * 49 04/13/19 Added noun to TERMINALS for DHCP. Usually for outer offices, the LOCATION DEVICE is the modem's IP Address. The LOCATION NAME will be the name of the computer at that office. WHO DHCP will be Y. TERMINALS WHO DHCP 48 04/13/19 Modified CALC AGE to use 30 instead of 20 to determine whether to use 19 or 20 as century. 47 04/12/19 Modified TERMINAL CREATE to allow 15 characters for location name, 40 for printer dev and location dev 46 04/11/19 Added field to OPERATOR FILE to assign a terminal # by operator rather than the /etc/hosts file. With more systems using DHCP and NAT addressing, knowing who should be assigned to which terminal gets complicated. The default is null for the operator. if the operator file is changed, this terminal will be assigned regardless of ip address origin. OPERATOR FILE PREF TERMINAL 45 04/02/19 Fixed SET UP AR TERMS menu to show # 4 not 5 for return check fee 44 02/04/19 Added USAA credit card processing to AP INVOICE ENTER. Not tested for transactions but fees, payments and interest are correct. 43 01/26/19 Modified SET UP PAYROLL to condense the options, rearrange the menu items for more consistent cosmetics. 42 01/25/19 Added option in FLEET INQUIRE VEHICLE HISTORY to pull up a specific date for full detail on the maintenance. 41 01/17/19 Added USAA to bank statements. 40 01/15/19 Fixed GL CLEAN to copy TRANSACTION Number to M13 Transaction no and 0 to TRANSACTION number 39 01/12/19 Modified SET UP TRANS to use M13 Transaction numbers if the posting year is less than the system year AND the GL has been cleaned regardless of M13 Flag. Testing. 38 01/11/19 Fix SET UP TRANS to verify that the new transaction # is not already on file. ******************************************************************************* U 01/01/19 VERSION 2019.6.6.38 ******************************************************************************* 37 12/04/18 Modify GL INCOME STATEMENT LINE to preserve the description of the first account # in a series when running a combined statement 36 10/28/18 Add audit program for A/R invoices. Checks Invoice amount against distribution; invoice amount less line items, tax, freight, discounts and promotional discounts. Creates an export file with problem invoices. 35 10/19/18 Added new SALES TAX EXPORT program. This is computed differently than the current one and is only exported. Totals by locale. * 34 10/18/18 Added noun to TAX RATES for gl account numbers that are exempt from sales tax. This is used when there are more than 8 part #'s for labor or freight, etc., and is a catch-all for miscellaneous exempt sales. TAX RATES TAX E ACCT * 33 10/17/18 Added nouns to TAX RATES in anticipation of using sales tax for all interstate sales TAX RATES TAX STATE TAX COUNTY TAX ZIP 32 10/14/18 Modified SALES TAX REPORT for option to run report for just one tax code (like a State). 31 10/10/18 Modified invoicing programs to use DIST FIX GL DEPT. This replaces the department number from the TAX RATES file in distribution. The account number in distribution must be in the GL to change it. 30 10/10/18 Modified CALC TAX to substitute sales tax value from TAX RATES file *#29 10/10/18 Added GL DEPARTMENT noun to TAX RATES TAX RATES GL DEPT 28 10/09/18 Imported combined sales rates for Utah. 27 10/09/18 Modified GET TAX RATE and GT TAX RATE to accommodate checking first for State, then City, then Zip code. 26 10/09/18 Fixed SALES TAX RATE IMPORT to use the \ character instead of / 25 10/09/18 Modified GET TAX RATE to use Zip Code, City, or State, in that order. 24 10/07/18 Fixed the usage of the old I EDI TRANS file. Exchanged all so that the new file is used instead of the old one. 23 09/26/18 Added CITI - COSTCO format to importing credit/debit cards into AP INVOICE ENTER. *!22 09/22/18 Added file to store vendors for statement card importing. CARD EXP VENDOR *!21 09/22/18 Added option to import vendor statements (credit or debit cards) when entering vendor invoices. The system will be built as you go going off of the charge description. Changing the description to a generic store helps (ARBYS STORE12334 should be ARBYS). The CENTER for this is in the AP INVOICE CENTER. There will be a vendor card file set up in the future. This will tell the program which statement processing file to use. Files must be converted from PDF to text CARD EXP 20 09/06/18 Started computation for garnishments for lesser of 3 option. Modified garnishment calculation to ensure that with multiple garnishemnts, the total garnishments does not exceed the maximum percent of net. *#19 09/06/18 Added federal minimum wage as a system settings. This is used for some federal and state reports as well as computing federal garnishments when the option is the "lesser of 3". I PAYROLL TRANS MIN WAGE 18 08/11/18 Check numbers are calculated by the gl bank account #. You may have a payroll or two and a cash disbursements or two on the same day for the same bank account. The Batch # (alphabet letter) will be incremental as well as the check #. If you do cash disbursements check #'s 1 through 5 and then payroll, the 1st check # for payroll will be 6 and the batch # 2 (B). Then if you another cash disbursement and your payroll check # ended with check # 41, the first cash disbursment check # will be 42 with a batch # of 3 (C). Different bank accounts will always start with check # 1 and batch # 1 (A). *#17 08/09/18 Modified and replaced I EDI TRANS using AP and AR TRANS files I EDI TRANS (EDITRANS.PFM) I EDI TRANS OLD (EDITRANO.PFM) I AP TRANS I AR TRANS *#16 08/06/18 Merged I EDI TRANS and EDI FILE into new file EDI FILE. EDI FILE (EDI.PFM) EDI FILE OLD (EDISERV.PFM) * 15 08/05/18 Moved banking information nouns from I COMPANY TRANS to EDI FILE I COMPANY TRANS EDI FILE 14 08/05/18 Added programs to view DIRECT DEPOSIT ACH files for Payroll and CASH DISBURSEMENTS ACH files for Cash Disbursements. Programs to create files and load data not yet implemented. * 13 08/05/18 Started removal of all MODEM related programs and files, RSS programs and files. The use of modems is defunct and will be replaced by EDI type services using sftp, ftp, curl, etc. 12 08/04/18 Added VIEW POSITIVE PAY file in PAYROLL REPORT CENTER 11 06/29/18 Modified IN SORT which is used to determing what types of invoices are viewed in inquiries to have option for entire current year. * 10 06/05/18 Fixed TEMP PAYROLL to include the YTD 401K noun. 09 06/01/18 Modified REPLACE to abort if the item to replace is null. This stops an endless loop. 08 06/01/18 Added new program in searching for data in print files to reprint. Modified RSF. May view and/or print. * 07 05/26/18 Modified the system to allow for options to use (view menus) for Inventory and Payroll. I INVENTORY TRANS I USE INVENTORY I PAYROLL TRANS I USE PAYROLL ******************************************************************************* N 05/21/18 VERSION = VOCAB.zip ******************************************************************************* ******************************************************************************* F 05/21/18 VERSION = VOCABMODEM.EXE ******************************************************************************* 06 05/21/18 Added program for first time installation of CustomWare. This asks certain questions for which systems to use and sets up GL account numbers and puts them into integration files. 05 05/19/18 Fixed various programs in PAYROLL with YTD and TD calculations. Modified various programs to work more efficiently. Fixed Files with duplicate or missing nouns. 04 05/18/18 Fixed PAYROLL for calculating YTD. Programs used ECR YR for employees when it should have been using EMP YR. When the ECR YR was correctly set to the current year, M EMP would set it to 1 and not total any ytd amounts. Several programs changed including SET VALUES which will set the EMP YR to 1 (current). 03 05/18/18 Fixed PAYROLL ENTER to zero YTD amounts before computing the YTD amounts. Also zeroed all other nouns that could be entered at time of entering payroll information. Tested YTD on check stubs. 02 05/18/18 Fixed PAYROLL ENTER to calculate EMPLOYEE TOTAL because of YTD adjusting of FICA * 01 05/18/18 Fixed PAYROLL PROCESS WAGES with regards to 401K. The 401K AMT was not being saved for processing (deduction = 401K DED). TEMP PAYROLL 401K AMT ******************************************************************************* U 05/18/18 VERSION 2018.6.6.00 ******************************************************************************* *#99 05/18/18 Added and modified APP TREE SITE UPLOAD, changed the APP TREE CENTER menu options. Taking out option for all customers. CGI 98 05/15/18 Fixed EMPLOYEE INQUIRE HISTORY to check for the year of the check. * 97 05/13/18 Added API Test key so that a file may be tested for errors if an upload does not take. I EDI TRANS API TEST KEY * 96 05/10/18 Added API Key to the EDI transaction file which is used in the APP TREE CENTER in the EDI CENTER. I EDI TRANS API KEY 95 05/08/18 Added program to EMPLOYEE INQUIRE to show years that the employee has worked. On the earnings screen the F5 will allow you to view the selected year's earnings information. * 94 05/07/18 Modifed EMPLOYEE to put TD 401K back in the file. Without going through the entire employee check register, no way to get total 401k value. Since no one has updated to this version yet, no additional update needed. The update program moving the employee records has been modified. EMPLOYEE TD 401K 93 05/05/18 Modified EMPLOYEE INQUIRE to allow user to view previous year's payroll information. 92 05/05/18 Fixed EMPLOYEE TOTAL. 91 05/05/18 Fixed GET EMPLOYEE to use EMP YR instead of ECR YR 90 05/05/18 Added program to EMPLOYEE CENTER to move old employee from history to current employee file. 89 05/04/18 Fixed PAYROLL PROCESS WAGES to use 401K AMT instead of 401K DED when getting the 401k data. 88 05/04/18 Fixed PAYROLL REGISTER HDGS C1, PAYROLL REGISTER LINE C1 to show CAFETERIA 1 in register, to move HEALTH INSURANCE to normal area deductions. 87 05/01/18 Modifed PAYROLL CHECKS LT to include CAFET 1 DEDuctions on check stub. 86 05/01/18 Modified SET UP PAYROLL CAFET to have 10 menu options when using. Option 1 is now Health Insurance, 2 is Child Dependant Care. Descriptions are correctly displayed. #!85 04/28/18 Added SITE NO to SHIP TO FILE. This is used to identify a specific ship to physical location used in the AppTree programs. SHIP TO FILE SITE NO * 84 04/28/18 Modified scripts for APP TREE - added putting customers and equipment. Equipment requires site ID which must be more than the customer number. CGI 83 04/28/18 Added programs for data upload to APPTREE for Taylor Freezer users. 82 03/26/18 Modified FLEET INQUIRE HISTORY and INQUIRE MAINTENANCE HISTORY programs to first select the items you want to skip. 81 03/25/18 Added "Z" to AP HANDWRITE ENTER for check #/calculating date. Z is for Zelle payments. Modified DS CHECK CODES and reduced program size. 80 03/24/18 Modified CASH DISB CHECK 2 to print 1/8 line after PRINT MONEY to move date line down a bit and should also move the 1st line of the stub down a bit so it is readable. 79 03/24/18 Modified CASH DISB CREATE and CASH DISB CHECKS to put the ASF N program in CASH DISB CHECKS * 78 03/24/18 Modified TEMP CASH DISB by putting nouns in logical order. TEMP CASH DISB 77 03/05/18 Modified PAYROLL CHECKS LT (option 3) to move down 1 line on check. 76 03/02/18 Added E W2 UT 17 for electronic filing of W2's for the state of utah for less than 250 employees. This file is tab delimeted. I recommend opening Notepad, CTRL-A (select all) CTRL-C (copy) and then with cursor in state excel file first ssn field, CTRL-V (paste). 75 03/01/18 Fixed CHECK SYSTEM to plug 0 for XE if reading the file results with null in XE. (Used for backups) *#74 02/22/18 Added APP TREE programs for web integration for inventory. API files added to CGI file with "C" type (new type) and prefix of "AT". App Tree Center added to EDI CENTER. CGI 73 02/22/18 Modified CGI VIEW to add new type - C for custom. * 72 02/21/18 Added YTD HEALTH to TEMP PAYROLL so correct ytd shows on check. TEMP PAYROLL YTD HEALTH 71 01/31/18 Modified TAX FILES CREATE to allow for the changing of just one line item in a table. 70 01/31/18 Modified ENTER DISTRIBUTION to not ask to update the vendor file if the distribution amount that is stored for that account number changes. (More trouble and cumbersome that it was worth) 69 01/30/18 Modified SSNVS CONFIRM program for new format. 68 01/30/18 Modified SSNVS CREATE program for new format. !#67 01/29/18 Modified (made new) EMPLOYEE file and EMPLOYEE CHECK REGISTER file. All checks for all years will be stored in the EMPLOYEE check register and YTD totals will be added according to POST DATE YEAR. Year end cleaning will no longer be necessary. The only field that is never cleaned is TD 401K which is the total a person has since employment began in the 401K account. A check will be added for each employee that has an amount in TD 401k which will have all zeros except for the 401K deduction which will be from the previous payroll year. Current TD 401K will be the default and then all 401k deductions for this year will be deducted. A new program EMPLOYEE TOTAL will calculate the YTD, QTR, etc. fields everytime a report or inquiry is made. EMPLOYEE YTD and QTR fields deleted, fields re-arranged. EMPLOYEE CHECK REGISTER changed to a KEY file for storage by year for quicker computations 66 01/28/18 Added FLASH program to IN SPEC INST. This emphasizes the fact that hitting ENTER when there are contents will erase the current contents. FLASH is rather intense, as it is intended to be. 65 01/23/18 Modified E W2 RW 15 to replace 12 blanks with 11 zeros and 1 blank for Permitted Benefits Under a Qualified Small Employer Health Reimbursement Arrangement (Code FF) 64 01/22/18 Modified ERROR to flash the message 10 times before displaying to further gain attention to the error. 63 01/17/18 Modified M TRANSS (save transactions) to not save in TRANS file and, if there's a duplicate, to allow for the input of 40 characters for the references instead of 15 62 01/17/18 Fixed EMPLOYEE INQUIRE to print if paper is selected. 61 01/15/18 Modified PO PRINT HDGS to use the print file name with PO-po # 60 01/15/18 Fixed AR STATEMENT HDGS to use the actualy posting date for the printer file name instead of "TD" 59 01/12/18 Fixed PAYROLL REGISTER ADD to not print a product of hours. This error moved the next line of the next employee over 4 spaces causing mis-alignment. 58 01/12/18 Fixed FORM 941 to skip over employees that and the report if there is nothing to print. This happens when the POSTING DATE is set to a different year than the EMPLOYEE CHECK REGISTER check dates. Usually in January when the operator forgets to change the posting date to 12/31/xx. 57 01/12/08 Modified PAYROLL CHECKS LT to have same spacing as CASH DISB CHECKS 2 (laser checks, name at top) 56 01/09/18 Fixed cosmetics on DEPOSIT TRANSFER which showed the from acct # instead of the to account #. Program transferred correctly - cosmetic fix only. 55 01/09/18 Fixed PRINTER DEVS BUILD to not create a ./ printer for termprint. 54 01/09/18 Fixed GL CLEAN to not skip moving/create previous years' files and took out PRESS GO prompts. 53 01/09/18 Fixed GL TRIAL BALANCE to not lose screen when making PDF. 52 01/09/18 Fixed GL ACCOUNT INQUIRE to not set TRANS YR to 0 nor to change the GL YR to current year. 51 01/09/18 Fixed GL ACCOUNT INQUIRE TRANS to correctly keep TRANS YR as set in the MASTER CENTER via entering posting date 50 01/08/18 Modified PRINTER SELECT PORT (device) to show all raw queue printers. 49 01/08/18 Modified and updated PRINTER DEVS BUILD to correctly identify printers in CUPS. * 48 01/08/18 Modified PRINTER DEVS to have a new field - URI which is the port or device's connection information. PRINTER DEVS URI 47 01/08/18 Modified CASH DISB CHECKS 2 (laser checks, name at top) to not print recipient's name on date line (is on the address line) and to move down the "print money" line by 1 46 01/08/18 Took ASF MK DIR out of ASF and added to PSF 45 01/05/18 Modified INVENTORY COUNT SHEET PRINT to break the program up into smaller segments - INIitalize and HDGs. 44 01/05/18 Modified ASF MK DIR to be inactive. Used in ASF, it performs a system call which blows where the program is in a file. 43 01/05/18 Added option to CASH DISBURSENTS and PAYROLL to reprint checks on blank paper. Laser Checks may have remittance stubs but not a copy of the actual check. 42 01/05/18 Modified PAYROLL CHECKS to separate the continuous form checks into a separate program. 41 01/05/18 Modified cosmetics in SET UP PAYROLL to accommodate longer descriptions of selected options. 40 01/05/18 Added new type of laser payroll check - IC Group LC-1 which is 3 sections, name at the top - same as the cash disbursements check. Added option for LC-7 which is name at bottom but the program is not written. 39 01/05/18 Fixed PO PRINT and PO REPRINT to actually print. Moved BG command after PO PRINT HDGS. ASF has a system call to make directories which puts the BG at the end of the file. ******************************************************************************* U 01/01/18 VERSION 2018.6.5.24 ******************************************************************************* 38 12/30/17 Added option for alternate (custom) PAYROLL REGISTER. Option 2 = custom, any other = standard I PAYROLL TRANS I PAYROLL REGISTER 37 12/23/17 Modified VENDOR INQUIRE to show better layout of GL account distribution. 36 12/03/17 Fix GL ACCOUNT INQUIRE TRANS to restore the correct value for TRANS YR 35 11/09/17 Modified GET NET TERMINAL to simplify process. 34 11/08/17 Added Linux Mint 17/18 options for obtaining a terminal info. GET NET TERMINAL. 33 10/05/17 Modified BANK RECON DEPOSIT LIST to not show cleared deposits after import. 32 10/05/17 Added deposit criteria to Chase bank reconciliation import. 31 09/23/17 Added option for inquiring vendor history and invoices in Handwrite Cash Disbursements 30 09/15/17 Modified options for printing packing slips in matrix format. There are now 3 options: 1. Do not print in matrix - 1 line per part # 2. Print in matrix with 1 line per style/color. This will work for up to 8 sizes per style/color 3. Print in matrix with muliple lines per style/color. This will work for unlimited sizes per style/color as it will go to a new line when needed. The option to print packing slips in matrix is changed to be in sync when changing this option: 1=N, 2 or 3=Y. Found in SET UP INVOICES 29 09/13/17 Fixed HT - the program that creates html code. Changed if ob9 (bold/width, etc) from testing TL to test HD. 28 09/12/17 Modified AR INVOICE RS CREATE for TAYLOR FREEZER companies to show error if trying to invoice in an incorrect posting month for bi-monthly and semi-annually. 27 09/12/17 Modified creating a terminal to use the F2 key to list available printer devices (ports) 26 09/12/17 Fixed GET NET TERMINAL to use the Linux method instead of the SCO UNIX method for determining terminal number. SCO is OSN1 type 1, Linux is 2x where "x" is which type of Linux (Suse, Mint, etc.) * 25 09/10/17 Added 2 nouns to the PRINTER DEVS file - Model and Location. This shows the connection port (IP or Windows Network, etc.) and what the model of the print driver is. Note that if it is NOT "Raw Queue" it should not be selected as it may cause trouble with the printer accepting the print codes. The PRINTER DEVS BUILD program was modified to require that root be logged in. The PRINTER DEVS LIST program was changed to show the information now stored. The PRINTER SELECT PORT program was changed to show the info as well so that there is no confusion. Currently all printer devs are deleted and this new build comes from the /etc/cups/printers.conf file. PRINTER DEV MODEL LOCation ******************************************************************************* U 09/08/17 VERSION 2017.6.5.24 ******************************************************************************* 24 09/08/17 Added option to CUSTOMER LIST and modified list for INACTIVE customers. You may select the number of months since their last invoice and you may print out either only those that are either currently listed as inactive or calculate those that have not been invoiced in "x" months. The option also exists to update those printed as inactive. The option also to print out all SHIP TO addresses. This list also prints the # of months since their last invoice, the invoice # and the invoice amount. 23 09/04/17 Added option for printing 4 extra spaces on plain paper AR INVOICEs to accommodate check type envelopes. Changed SET UP AR FORMS, AR DOC HDGS, AR INVOICE PRINT HDGS 22 08/01/17 Modified except file for backups. Modified RBU file creation. 21 06/17/17 Modified EMPLOYEE ENTER NAME to not allow a comma during entry. A comma will be replaced with NULL, an error message will indicate change. 20 06/10/17 Modified bank reconcilliation import program for CHASE for new version of convert to text. 19 03/27/17 Fixed OE CREATE to not use Qty pricing if price level is not 2. 18 03/24/17 Fixed OE UPDATE to get customer in customer file to retrieve the column pricing field when all customers are selected to update. 17 03/24/17 Fixed OE RECALC. It was compute qty pricing for fixed column as well. Now only calculates if qty price option is set. 16 03/09/17 Fixed IN W9 to allow option 8 (skip) to work. 15 03/01/17 Fixed CALC FREIGHT (CALC FRT) to not skip adding % of merchandise if the freight amount is 0. 14 03/01/17 Added option for changing SUGGESTED RETAIL price when updating prices by style & size. *#13 01/30/17 Added a field for 1095-C information. Renamed EMP EX 2 to be 1095C INFO. This will contain the coverage decline date and additional covered members. This information will be name, social security # and date of birth. EMPLOYEE EMPLOYEE LY 1095C INFO 12 01/30/17 Started programs to calculate and print for web 1095-C forms required by ACA. The form requires downloading the form from the IRS.GOV site and saving as a JPG file. The file should then be copied or saved to ..cw/web/payroll/f1095c1.jpg *#11 01/16/17 Added noun to RECURRIN JE for special instructions. This allows comments about running a JE solo or to run it after posting others, etc. Also changed the significant length from 112 to 256 RECURRING JE SPEC INST 10 01/15/17 Modified MOVE PRN FILES and MOVE PRN FILES 1 to correctly move printer, html and pdf files to the correct history folders. 09 01/15/17 Modified & fixed RECURRING JOURNAL ENTRY system. Costmetic as well as design changes. Changed the definition and value of the FIXED noun. Will now compute an amount that is out of balance if the line item is set to that value (O). 08 01/13/17 Modified E W2 RW 15, W2 HTML, W2 LINE LASER 1E4PP to add EMPLOYER health portion to EMPLOYEE deduction for total premium paid. 07 01/11/17 Modified the SALES DETAIL REPORT (Inventory Report Center) to give option for all or a selective customer. 06 01/09/17 Fixed GL JE REBUILD BLD to not have duplicate references. 05 01/08/17 Modified FS NOTES in GL to store by year. Option when printing Financial Statement Notes is all notes, the default is for current year only. 04 01/08/17 Fixed GL BALANCE SHEET HTML to compute correct balances. 03 01/08/17 Fixed GET YTD BALANCE for month 0 (beginning of year). 02 01/07/17 Modified IN SHIP TO and question for default answer for SHIP TO ADDRESS: If the setting is "-" then the default is set to the bill to address and the question is not asked. 01 01/07/17 Modified GL JE POST to allow re-entry of keys for TRANS ALL if a duplicate reference. ******************************************************************************* U 01/01/17 VERSION 2017.6.5.00 ******************************************************************************* 48 12/20/16 Fixed CUSTOMER EXPORT to not hang in endless loop when running export for all salesmen. 47 12/17/16 Added search option to GL JE SEARCH. Searches for missing transaction #'s and if wanted, searches all source files for for those transaction #'s. * 46 12/12/16 Added an auditing noun OP TERM Temp for use in reconstruction. TEMP JE OP TERM T 45 12/12/16 Merged PRVOCAB into clean PRVOCAB to reduce size and defragment vocabulary. #!44 12/08/16 Added new file TRANS ALL (will be renamed on next update) to put all transactions for all years in one file. This eliminates the need limit of 15 years of history. This update will be set aside as a required update before doing any more updates after this one, as the 16 Transaction files will be deleted on the update after this one. TRANS ALL 43 12/07/16 Added SCS - a System Call program to create a new window that is destroyed after the system call. This is for cosmetics. 42 11/28/16 Added an expanded version of the Export Fleet History program. Added option for creating an HTML (web browser) file and PDF. 41 11/16/16 Modified BANK RECON IMPORT CHASE to allow for conversion from different Adobe programs. 40 11/03/16 Performed SELECTIVE SAVE to discard unused or truncated programs 38 10/04/16 Fixed GET OE P to check for bad XE (no EOF ~ in file) and stop if true. 37 09/28/16 Modified FLEET VEHICLE HISTORY printing: formatting, what goes where, alignment, etc. Changed the wording in the report menu for printing vehicle log REPORTING (record information on) sheets. * 36 09/27/16 Added vehicle codes (key, radio, paint, etc.) to Fleet File. FLEET FILE CODES * 35 09/06/16 Added option in SET UP AR FORMS to use 2 lines on the packing slip for matrix options. This is used when there are more than 8 sizes in a style. The 2 lines option will allow up to 13. If more are needed, notify me and I will make it unlimited sizes per style with multiple lines. I AR TRANS I PS 2 LINES 34 09/02/16 Modified all programs that use LOAD DOC. 33 09/01/16 Modified several programs to store original printer type and device (port) and return to original settings upon program exit. Need to finish tracing LOAD DOC where the settings are saved and restore in programs. 32 08/21/16 Modified ENTER DISTRIBUTION to allow for update of standard distribution if a fixed amount has changed in the VENDOR file. 31 08/20/16 Fixed VERIFY GL to skip detail on invoices => post yr/month 30 08/15/16 Added option for DHCP terminal assignment. The 1st 4 characters of LOC NAME in the TERMINALS file must be DHCP. The LOC DEV must match the IP Address from the hosts file (usually just the modem address). 29 06/29/16 Modified programs to keep original printer after switching for forms: LOAD DOC, AR INVOICE CREATE, AR INVOICE CREATE OE 28 04/19/16 Modified MATRIX PACKING SLIPS to print quantities on a separate line. This expands the number of sizes per line from 8 to 13ish. 27 04/18/16 Fixed AR STATEMENTS AGED to skip over first invoice if it is 0. If the customer # is bad, will show error and skip. 26 04/13/16 Fixed AR SALES REPORT LINE to allow for more than one letter or non-numeric digits for invoice #. Will only mess up the calculation on consecutive (missing) invoice numbers. 25 04/06/16 Modified DL TEMP STATEMENT 1 to leave EOF marker (~). 24 04/05/16 Fixed BANK RECON OPEN CHECKS to correctly default to "." when there are no more open checks instead of the first check that cleared the bank statement. * 23 04/05/16 Fixed the use of STATEMENT DATE to be only in BANK RECON programs. New noun - STMT DATE used in CHECK REGISTER programs. 22 03/11/16 Modified (fixed?) PS PRINT HDGS MATRIX where it was printing TEMP 1 twice (size). Not sure why it was doing this. 21 03/10/16 Fixed AP INVOICE VOID ENTER to allow invoice numbers greater than 10 digits - overdraft protection uses 11. Changed to allow 15 digits. 20 03/03/16 Modified IN SPEC INST (standard input program for multiple line input) to show "F4 Delete" if editing the data. Also fixed the program to continue if there is a blank line between data. 19 02/24/16 Modified PO RECEIVE to not ask for cost when the costing method is LAST COST. The last cost will be used for PO cost. #*18 02/21/16 Modified ADDRESSES file to have fields separated by tabs instead of asterisks. Added field for headings and type. Modified list and import, added inquire. 17 02/12/16 Resort menu options for EXPORT center. Added export options. 16 02/12/16 Resort menu options in SET UP GL. Renamed I USE JE to be I PRINT JE (more accurate). # 15 02/12/16 Added standard nouns ENTER EMAIL and DS EMAIL to have stardarized prompts. 14 02/07/16 Added 2 new formats for W2's. The existing format is created from scratch. The 2 new ones use a JPG of the current year's W2. This file needs to be uploaded to the web. Option 2 of the W2's creates strictly and HTML file with the JPG as the background. This does not convert to HTML well. The last option creates an HTML file then converts it to PDF. The html file this option creates does not line up but the PDF converts correctly. 13 02/05/16 Modified PSF HT (create html, convert to pdf) to print to a printer the pdf file IF the printer port is not set to null or raw queue. Some pdf files print, some freeze some printers. It may be that non-color printers do not accept pdf files with color or perhaps graphics. No solution at this juncture. *#12 02/05/16 Added option and program to identify printers that have drivers that are not 'raw queue.' This will determine if a PDF file can be directly printed. 11 01/21/16 Added option to W2 to create an excel (tab delimited) file named w2excel.txt 10 01/21/16 Modified name of W2 file to W2trans.txt (transmittal file) 09 01/14/16 Modified INVENTORY COUNT SHEET PRINT when printing by STYLE, to print the style description in the headings. 08 01/14/16 Modified INVENTORY COUNT SHEET PRINT/ADJ/REG to check line count at 55 instead of 58 for headings. On laser printers it sometimes form feeds and extra sheet. 07 01/13/16 Modified SET UP menus to use standardized verb for line options. 06 01/13/16 Added option to import SALES TAX RATES. 05 01/13/16 Fixed INVENTORY EXPORT to chmod 666 on all export TXT files. 04 01/13/16 Fixed INVENTORY EXPORT WRITE and INVENTORY EXPORT DETAIL to not used the noun LAST unless it is the last item from the series. 03 01/13/16 Fixed SDTWN to write the object if the layout is 0. 02 01/12/16 Fixed INVENTORY SET REORDER to check for and show duplicates when building TEMP file. This should not occur as there should only be 1 blank per size, color, style. 01 01/05/16 Modification and fixes to GL FS YEAR END income statement, html to pdf changes. ******************************************************************************* R 01/03/16 VERSION 2016.6.4.00 ******************************************************************************* 99 01/03/16 Added option to GL FS YEAR END for PDF and changing printers. 98 01/03/16 Fixed INCOME STATEMENT, BALANCE SHEET and TRIAL BALANCE so that when running in PDF mode, will work properly. 97 01/03/16 Fixed PSF HT for right header page information. 96 01/02/16 Fixed PAYROLL MAINTENANCE CENTER to maintain screens when changing year end flag. ******************************************************************************* U 01/01/16 VERSION 2016.6.3.95 ******************************************************************************* *#95 12/31/15 Modified COMPANY TRANS and PAYROLL TRANS files for W-2 submitter information. Moved I SSA PIN from COMPANY TRANS to PAYROLL TRANS. Put in place I C EXTRA where I SSA PIN was in COMPANY TRANS. Added fields in PAYROLL TRANS for all submitter information. I SUBMITTERM EMP = employee # if the submitter is an employee or null if an outside firm (E W2 RA 15 changed). Changed unit size of PAYROLL TRANS from 176 to 1024) I COMPANY TRANS I C EXTRA (added in place of I SSA PIN) I SSA PIN (moved to I PAYROLL TRANS) I PAYROLL TRANS I SSA PIN I SSA SUBMITTER TIN I SSA SUBMITTER NAME I SSA SUBMITTER ADD I SSA SUBMITTER ADD 2 I SSA SUBMITTER CITY I SSA SUBMITTER STATE I SSA SUBMITTER ZIP I SSA SUBMITTER PHONE I SSA SUBMITTER EMAIL 94 12/29/15 Modified Electronic W2s: chmod to rw, error if can't create, fixed totals display at end. 93 12/28/15 Modified adding GL account by limiting input of new account to specified account length +1. Modified display of account break down. * 92 12/15/15 Added field to SET UP PAYROLL for Social Security Administration registration - employee attesting to accuracy. Only the employee name will appear on the submittal - the company address, etc. will be used. The employee's social security number will be used as well - the submitter's EIN. I PAYROLL TRANS I SSA SUBMITTER EMP 91 12/13/15 Added VIEW ELECTRONIC W2 file to report center. 90 12/09/15 Added Electronic W2 for 2015. Set up new record RS for state. 89 12/07/15 Fixed BANK RECON DEPOSITS to not show a deposit that is already in the TEMP RECON file (deposits imported). 88 12/07/15 Modified importing bank reconcilliations for Chase and Capital One. Screens for what was imported, what was matched and what was not matched. Auto receive the matched ones. 87 11/26/15 Modified PRINTER DEVS LIST to build PRINTER DEVS file from printers directory. # 86 11/26/15 Added TERMPRINT1 as an alternative to TERMPRINT. Uses tput instead of decimal codes. 85 11/26/15 Modification of remote backup programs and files. 84 11/23/15 Modified WO EDI UPLOAD to delete file "batch" for batch creation chmod on EDI FILE NAME to 666 83 11/22/15 Added option to delete departments for customers, eliminate duplicates and departments that are no longer in use. 82 11/22/15 Fixed IN DEPTS for screen errors. 81 11/21/15 Modifications to Taylor Work Order EDI system. Bulletin look up, cosmetic changes, detail examination of service bulletin files. 80 11/20/15 Added 2 codes to EDI TABLE - SBM for Service Bulletin by model, SBR for Service Bulletin by paRt. 79 11/20/15 Fixed IN NATIONAL CHAIN for screen cosmetics. 78 11/20/15 Modified Work Order Center by replacing TABLE IMPORT with TABLE LIST. Added Table Import to WO EDI CENTER. 77 11/20/15 Added WO EDI DELETE which allows for the deletion of temporary Work Order EDI files before creating batch file to send. 76 11/20/15 Modified IN FILE to allow F10 Abort on every selection screen. 75 11/19/15 Fixes and modifications to Work Order Receiving, Creating, Changing & EDI file creation. 74 11/09/15 Modified WO EDI TABLE LIST to create screen if test flat=0. 73 11/09/15 Modified WO EDI TABLE IMPORT to include downloading from Taylor, rename files and import all tables at once and list tables. 72 11/09/15 Fixed WO EDI LABOR to negate quantity if -1. 71 11/09/15 Work Order Center - took out EDI SERVICE CHANGE for option 14 and replaced it with WO EDI TABLE IMPORT. 70 10/21/15 Added option for from/to dates in WORK ORDER INQUIRE when Specific Customer is selected. 69 10/21/15 Fixed OT LINES for work order codes - if first one is "Indirect Failure". 68 10/15/15 Added preview screen with detail inquiry on Work Order EDI files to see what is being sent and verify data before sending. 67 10/08/15 Fixed WO RECEIVE ENTER LINES 3 to not store the +~ fields on the part taken out. 66 10/08/15 Fixed WO EDI PARTS to negate (make positive) all negative quantities. 65 10/08/15 Modified VENDOR USAGE SEARCH to include date parameters 64 10/07/15 Fixed GT LS ITEM which pulls up the last item in a string that is separated by specified character(s). 63 10/06/15 Fixed SALES DETAIL RPT 1 to not hang on N4 (price). 62 10/02/15 Fixed PRINTER DEVS CREATE to correctly change the permissions on newly create print programs. 61 09/30/15 Fixed WO CHANGE PARTS to accept the 0 option on a line item (delete the line) and fixed the repacking to actually delete it. 60 09/29/15 Fixed WOCD to test L PART for + 59 09/24/15 Fixed GET HAND TOTAL to not count T LOC as part of on hand with certain options set. 58 09/23/15 Modified WO CREATE to require 5 characters for service requested. 57 09/23/15 Added WO RECEIVE ENTER LINES 3 to enter replacement part when a part is installed on a work order. 56 09/21/15 Fixed WO EDI to property fill SORT A when using option 1. 55 09/21/15 Fixed WORK ORDER PARTS when finding last placement date in previous work orders - formatted date correctly. 54 09/20/15 Added always entering an INDIRECT FAILURE CODE (IFC) on all parts. 53 09/18/15 Fixed CALC FICA to cp sm to FICA APP instead of FICA Gross. Copied FICA APP for amount for employer portion of FICA. 52 09/18/15 Modified WO RECEIVE ENTER LINES 2 to skip over IF statements as to when to not run the program. Will always add Indirect Labor. 51 09/18/15 Fixed WO EDI BATCH CREATE to not skip first work order. Added dialogue. 50 09/18/15 Modified WO EDI GET FILE to use SORT A (work order #). 49 09/18/15 Added "mv edis1/temp/*.txt sent" in mvedi program. 48 09/18/15 Modified EDI UPLOAD to search for USER= instead of HOSTNAME= because the system call env produces different info than the command prompt env. Added dialogue. Forced user of "shop" if no user found. Skip over creating new script file. 47 09/10/15 Added import options to BANK RECONCILLIATION. Currently, only CHASE and CAPITAL ONE banks are supported. Chase statements must be downloaded then converted from PDF to either Plain Text or Accessible Text formats. Imports Statement ending date, ending balance, service fees, deposits, checks, electronic payments (bill pay and external), ATM withdrawals. Matches by amount. *#46 07/25/15 Modified reference length from 96 to 192 in TEMP 2 FILE. 45 07/23/15 Added batch program for EDI Work Orders. Modified programs to rename singular files with a number, the batch file will use the vendor's parameters. Created single files in temp folder. Modified the move file programs to move both the batch and the single files. 44 07/08/15 Modified input of part number from 12 characters to 20. The file was already set up for 20. May mess up printing and display formats. Report as needed. 43 06/23/15 Added program to change part #'s en mass. This will only change the last "x" characters of the part number. Bar code change is optional. Audit file remains intact, with change, Order Entry, Purchasing, etc. will update. 42 06/18/15 Modified AR LEDGER to show beginning balance, net change and fixed headings when printing. 41 06/17/15 Added audit report for CASH RECEIPTS in the AUDIT CENTER. This program reconstructs cash receipts from the printed registers (in prfiles/hist/xxx) and creates a text file that should be opened in Excel. 40 06/16/15 Fixed AR SALES REPORT to not show same item twice. 39 06/16/15 Added PRINTER NO to headings after terminal. When stripping a print file for diags, etc., will know which print codes to strip 38 06/14/15 Fixed & modified various programs computing and rebuilding commissions and printing commissions. Did not review PDF version. 37 06/14/15 Added option to COMMISSION INQUIRE to select commission from list for a given salesman. 36 05/24/15 Fixed FLEET FU (entering fuel usage) to take out test for XE as the fleet file is not a native file. 35 05/22/15 Modified CHECK SYSTEM (how many users are currently running pragma) to set to 0 if the count is less than zero). 34 05/19/15 Modified UP OP to update the audit file even if the system is set to NO operator login. 33 05/19/15 Modified AUDIT REPORT to have a screen option. 32 05/19/15 Modified BAD DEBT CREATE, BAD DEBT RECOVER, BAD CHECK CREATE to reset the HDGS FLAG to 0 when prematurely aborting the program. 31 05/19/15 Modified posting headings in POST CASH REC to indicate what is being posted (for better auditing in the audit file) 30 05/19/15 Added UP OP (update operator audit file) to DL TEMP CASH REC 29 05/17/15 Added TERMINAL CLEAR to GET TERMINAL (before terminal assignment). Question asked if you are logged into a terminal #, if so, will not ask again when getting terminal (using "y" for logged on iso "Y". *#28 05/11/15 Added to EMPLOYEE file, YTD SICK, VACATION and HOLIDAY pay. Added to EMPLOYEE CHECK REGISTER sick, holiday and vacation pay. Modified payroll programs to allow for these types of payments. Added options to PAYROLL SET UP to use SICK, HOLIDAY, VACATION. I PAYROLL TRANS ALT PAY EMPLOYEE EMPLOYEE LY YTD SICK PAY YTD HOLIDAY PAY YTD VACATION PAY TEMP PAYROLL YTD SICK PAY YTD HOLIDAY PAY YTD VACATION PAY SICK PAY HOLIDAY PAY VACATION PAY EMPLOYEE CHECK REGISTER EMPLOYEE CHECK REGISTER LY SICK PAY HOLIDAY PAY VACATION PAY 27 05/11/15 Modified TIME CARD MOVE to allow for types and date ranges, etc. 26 05/10/15 Modified DISK TO DISK BACKUP MENU for cosmetics AND new option to have different backup folders for compressed or non- compressed. Also added option for compressed backups to make a for the year. Examples: Uncompressed backup folder: backup/uncompressed Compressed backup folder NO YEAR: backup Compressed backup folder WITH YEAR: backup/$Y The "$Y" must be exact when entering the folder path. * 25 05/08/15 Added (renamed emp ex 1) EMP DOCS field. This field is for storing a path to photos/scans of employee documents such as face pic, passport, ssn, green card, etc. By default, the folder for pictures will be /home/cw/documents/images. You may choose a different folder but when searching, documents/images will be the default. EMPLOYEE EMPLOYEE LY EMP DOCS <- EMP EX 1 24 05/03/15 Fixed PAYROLL ENTER MISC for 401k toggleing. 23 05/03/15 Modified EP GET FILE - cosmetics 22 05/02/15 Fixed program that transfers inventory out of locations. 21 05/02/15 Modified EMPLOYEE CREATE to enter I9 information. May be skipped using F10. 20 04/30/15 Added exportation of payroll reports 940 & 941. These files will contain all data to confirm/audit the taxes due and paid. 19 04/30/15 Modified payroll reports 940 & 941. *#18 04/30/15 Added nouns to EMPLOYEE CHECK REGISTER to make reporting & auditing better, fix not updating LAST YEAR's file. EMPLOYEE CHECK REGISTER HEALTH EMPLOYER AMT CHECK STATE FUTA TAX 1 EMPLOYEE CHECK REGISTER LY HEALTH EMPLOYER AMT CHECK STATE FUTA TAX 1 17 04/30/15 Modified VOID & HANDWRITE PAYROLL CHECKS. 16 04/30/15 Modified PAYROLL ADD to use YTD FUTA 1. 15 04/30/15 Modified PAYROLL ENTER MISC to allow toggleing of HEALTH, 401k and CAFETERIA deductions. 14 04/30/15 Modified CALC FUTA fixing the 2 rate computations and ytd. 13 04/30/15 Added total nouns (to T35). Modified ZERO TOTALS, ADD SUB TOTALS * 12 04/30/15 Added nouns to TEMP file. Modified ZERO TEMP, ZERO TEMP NULL TEMP N19 ... N35 * 11 04/30/15 Added FUTA TAX 1 to TEMP PAYROLL file. TEMP PAYROLL FUTA TAX 1 *#10 04/30/15 Fixed EMPLOYEE LY to have missing nouns EMPLOYEE LY YTD HEALTH EMP GARNISHMENTS BIRTH DATE GENDER SSNVS SS EMP EX 1 (duplicate) EMP EX 2 (duplicate) YTD FUTA 1 I9 * 09 04/30/15 Fixed EMLPOYEE file - took out duplicate nouns. EMPLOYEE EMPLOYEE LY HEALTH EMP - EX1 YTD HEALTH EMP - EX2 08 04/30/15 Changed some default answers in PAYROLL ENTER (from N to Y) 07 04/30/15 Added standard noun TABS to INIT NOUNS. 06 04/20/15 Added option for PDF headings - left heading may be "Invoice #: 12345" for AR invoicing. Other options will follow. Suggestions are welcome. # 05 04/19/15 Added option to PDF creation for a BASE reference. This makes using local paths easier. For example: BASE = /home/cw/web/ and the full path for the css file would be: cw.css or for an image: images/logo.gif. Instead of /home/cw/web/cw.css or /home/cw/web/images/logo.gif. Also added option for top left header - it was set to company name but you now have the option of No upper left header, Company Name, Today's Date or your input. Future options will be document # (like INVOICE # 12345) 04 04/17/15 Modifed TERMINAL SELECT to log out the operator/terminal IF you are selecting a new terminal once logged in. Other modifca- tions to terminal assignment/choices. 03 04/14/15 Modified SET UP INVENTORY to change cost methods and use any of weighted average (current), last cost (not recommended), fifo or lifo. When this update is performed, data will be converted as needed to comply with the new formats for ON HAND, BACKROOM, SECONDS and LOCATIONS (other warehouses/trucks/etc.). The program will convert inventory from any method to any method. This option will not be available until all the programs using on hand, etc., have been updated and tested (future revision change). 02 04/12/15 Fixed STORE CREATE & STORE CHANGE to save KEY iso STORE NAME. Cleaned up the programs. *#01 04/09/15 Added I USE LOCation to the set up. This is used when there is more than one location to store inventory (warehouse/mfg plant) It should be used in conjuction with I INVOICE LOC. If USE LOC is set to Yes, INVOICE LOC can be set to NO so that all inventory comes from the main location when invoicing - you won't be asked on every invoice where the item is coming from. ******************************************************************************* U 04/09/15 VERSION 2014.6.3.00 ******************************************************************************* 99 04/09/15 Modified the use of I STORE # by replacing it with I INVOICE LOC. If invoice location is not in use, there are no other inventory places. Replaced I STORE with I STORE # as I STORE is not in any TRANS file. 98 04/09/15 Modified INVENTORY TRANSFER to use a new noun, STORE TRANS to make reading and debugging easier. Updates regarding BACKROOM qty and USE BACKROOM. 97 04/08/15 Modified VIEW LOG/VERSION screent to allow for search. Search string is not case sensitive but will look for exactly that pattern. *#96 04/03/15 Added option in A/R SHIPPING options for printing barcodes on PACKING SLIPS. If set, This will print the barcode in place of the PART # & QUANTITY. Barcode size & font are set in either SET UP INVENTORY or SET UP AR SHIPPING. Will NOT print in MATRIX I AR TRANS I PS BARCODE 95 04/03/15 Fixed resetting of barcode font. Printer Port/Dev must not be termprint. The printer type must have the barcode on/off codes in the RED ON/OFF options for the printer. 94 03/31/15 Modified WO CHANGE PARTS DS to show option numbers in color. Cosmetic fix for no AT codes, etc., but IFC code. 93 03/29/15 Modified DISK TO DISK BACKUP MENU. The options have been placed at the beginning of the menu, then backup items, then restore. Option 6 - the most common - compressed backup with exceptions - has been kept as option 6. 92 03/28/15 Modified PRINTER SELECT menu: took out option to toggle spooler unless there is an lp0 device. Re-ordered the options after option 6. Modified & fixed re-printing spooled files options and searches. 91 03/28/15 Modified & fixed printer files search & view. Modified EDI V TEST FLAG to be the default list directory. 90 03/28/15 Modified CASH FLOW ANALYSIS with the option for detail of the aging. This will show each open invoice for customers and vendors. 89 03/26/15 Modified/fixed CASH FLOW ANALYSIS for cosmetics and accuracy. 88 03/21/15 Modified TERMINAL LIST to give options whether the security is set to YES or not. Modified logged on terminals to fkey colors instead of forced to magenta/white. 87 03/21/15 Modifications to GET NET TERMINAL when logging in. Rather than assume a terminal is already in use, the operation is asked to confirm they are on (an)other terminal(s). 86 03/21/15 Modifications to DISK MAINT CENTER - replacing last span disk backup with last remote backup. * 85 03/21/15 Added option to auto check for change in Leap Year. When the year changes status, it will ask if you wish to update the Julian file (see version 83). If you answer No, you will be asked if you want to be asked again. If you never want to be asked again, answer No. Otherwise, you will be asked for which month you wish to be asked again (February or March, for example). This will effect aging by one day for all years previous as the calendar switches from 365 or 366 days per year to 366 or 365. I GL TRANS I LEAP YEAR 84 03/20/15 Added option to rebuild JULIAN FILE for Leap Year Maintenance. If Leap Year is added (Feb 29) there will be 366 days in the year which is used for calculating dates and aging. If not, 365 days per year. 83 03/19/15 Added WORK ORDER CHANGE in order to update work order codes, etc. 82 03/16/15 Modified WO EDI PARTS to write a qty of 1 if the delivery qty is 0 AND the next item starts with +~. 81 03/16/15 Modified AR INVOICE PRINT LINES C1 to not print a line IF: 1) the delivery qty is 0 AND, 2) the next line item begins with +~ (a work order code/status). 80 03/16/15 Fixed and renamed WO CODES OT, WO INQUIRE, WO EDI TABLE LIST. 79 03/13/15 Fixed CASH REC POST to only save in AR INVOICE HISTORY if the invoice is not already there. This would be due to a power outage, etc., when a temp file did not finish posting/deleting. 78 03/13/15 Fixed WO RECEIVE ENTER LINES 2 to force .25 indirect labor time on all parts. 77 03/13/15 Modified various programs to take out MS-DOS option commands. Modified search program in Work Orders. 76 03/10/15 Fixed AR INVOICE PRINT LINES (C1) to test >1 iso L PART for +~ and skip. 75 02/27/15 Modified IN FILE to go up directories if the exit key (.) is entered. 74 02/25/15 Modified GET ACCT and ENTER DISTRIBUTION for cosmetic changes. 73 02/22/15 Modified various set up menus for cosmetic changes. *#72 02/22/15 Modified VENDOR file to include web and internet information. VENDOR WWW SITE WEB LOGIN WEB PASSWORD V COMMENTS *#71 02/22/15 Modified VENDOR TAX ID field to be W9 field. The update will convert all vendors according to name & existing TAX ID information. VENDOR TAX ID renamed to W9 *#70 02/18/15 Added option to security: Instead of returning to operating system for a security breach, you may select: 1) return to operating system, 2) return to menu or, 3) return to the START screen. This is accessed in SET UP/SET UP COMPANY/SECURITY LOG IN. If you currently are using security, you must set it to NO, then back to YES. I COMPANY TRANS SECURITY OPTION 1 69 02/17/15 Fixed RECURRING INVOICING in regards to discounts. Nulled out all discount fields. 68 02/11/15 Modified WO RECEIVE to check for National Chain if DEPTS is not null. 67 02/11/15 New program to check and fix Taylor National Chain accounts. 66 02/10/15 Fixed the drill down on detail while inquiring account # information (JE SOURCE DETAIL 1). In GL ACCOUNT INQUIRE you may view transactions (F3) and then view the source detail (invoice, cash receipt, etc. for any journal transaction (F2). When selecting from the list, the correct item will now display. 65 02/10/15 Added option to Fleet Inquire MPG & History to begin at specified date. Totals will be from that date forward. 64 02/09/15 Fixed REPLACEMENT DATE in EDI OPEN PARTS. 63 02/09/15 Added per month costs to vehicle's grand totals on the inquire screen. 62 02/08/15 Various fixes to Taylor EDI - PMs, New, Deliver. 61 01/31/15 Fixed EDI WO for Delivery. 60 01/31/15 Modified IN DEPTS (national chains for Taylor Freezer) to be able to list national chains alphabetically by a specific starting place. Cosmetic changes. 59 01/31/15 Added federal FORM 940 to the payroll reports. 58 01/29/15 Added exportation of excel file for INVENTORY TOTAL. File name is in export, it-date/time stamp 57 01/29/15 Modified Work Order EDI to not use travel time 2 ways and to not count travel time as part of total time. Set travel time to quantity of 1 if its in a "ZONE". 56 01/28/15 Fixed INVENTORY TOTAL (quick total) to properly show data. 55 01/26/15 Modified RECURRING JOURNAL ENTRIES to allow for two more types of repeating JE's: 1. Used for annual journal entries you may enter account numbers that will take the current balance and post the sum to a single account. This means you may have as many credits as you like, but only one debit, or vice versa. 2. The same as 1 except that it takes the month's net transactions. *#54 01/23/15 Modified DEPRECIATION to account for ACRS. The old ACRS needed updates to get new tables, the new adds as you go. DEPR BONUS ACRS 53 01/14/15 Added report to fleet: COST PER YEAR TO OPERATE. * 52 01/14/15 Added PAYMENT AMOUNT to fleet file. This is for computing cost to operate per year. FLEET FILE 51 01/09/15 Fixed WO EDI PARTS and WO RECEIVE ENTER LINES & WOCD to ask for and use Indirect Labor Charge if no parts are used on work order. 50 01/09/15 Took out Location Center from Master Center if the option to use location inventory is not set to Yes. 49 01/08/15 Fixed CALC TAX (was zeroing TAXABLE which was also the object in AR INVOICE ENTER). 48 01/06/15 Modified WOCD to only calc amt to distribute if warr flag is 5 47 01/06/15 Modified CALC TAX WARRANTY to compute tax on warranty labor and regular sales tax. Took CALC TAX out of WO RECEIVE ENTER. 46 01/04/14 Modified GT PART to check for key 1 if the part is not on file with key 0. 45 01/03/14 Took out batch mode (combining EDI files) in Work Orders. 44 01/03/14 Fixed WOCD to skip work order labor charges (+~ part #). Various cosmetic fixes. 43 01/01/15 Added options to view the GL TRANSaction file for up to 15 years ago. This makes a total of 16 year's data one can retrieve. 42 01/01/15 Added options to view General Ledger data up to 15 years ago. This makes a total of 16 year's data one can retrieve. ******************************************************************************* U 01/01/15 VERSION 2015.6.2.41 ******************************************************************************* 41 12/23/14 Fixes to EDI Work order file & viewing program. 40 12/23/14 Took out option for old EDI format when sending work orders. 39 12/12/14 Modified AR Sales Report to export to text file all options. 38 12/23/14 Fix Taylor EDI to use letters iso numbers for IPL type. 37 12/22/14 Updated Taylor EDI work order programs. Pre-test # 36 12/21/14 Updated EDI TABLES for Taylor Freezer Company EDI TABLE 35 12/20/14 Modified PO PRINT H (pdf) to space up 10 lines between po total and line for authorized signature. 34 12/20/14 Modified PO PRINT HDGS to not print "price, extension" if option set to not print PO pricing. 33 11/21/14 Modified WO EDI & WO EDI RESEND to ignore a numerical sequence for EDI file numbers and replace that number with a date/time stamp. 32 11/04/14 Modified RETURN BAD CHECK (cash receipts) to check for posting date and void date. There can only be one entry for cash receipt or bad checks per day per invoice. This will warn you so you can abort and change the posting date to tomorrow. 31 11/02/14 Added posting date check against posting date in AP/AR when verifying GL balance against detail. This program runs after AP/AR invoicing or payments. 30 10/30/14 Fixed AR INVOICE PRINT LM BUILD FIX (if in TEMP NN, add item) 29 10/24/14 Modified PO CLEAN. Added option to delete (move to history) a PO regardless of receiving an AP Invoice, and an option to keep a P.O. open if one line item has not been received or deleting all regardless of receipt status. Any line items that have been received will be moved to the history file. 28 10/24/14 Fix AR INVOICE PRINT LM BUILD FIX to use L COST. Fix AR INVOICE PRINT LINES MATRIX H 27 10/20/14 Fixed OE LIST - forced 1 to SORT G if not in use. 26 10/16/14 Modified PO CREATE OE to allow multiple vendors, only get reorder vendor if the reorder part is "B " for blank, allow for multiple PO's based on reorder vendors used in entire order/invoice. 25 10/16/14 Fixed PO REPRINT to print more than 1 PO at a time (PSF loses file placement). 24 10/14/14 Modified INVENTORY LIST and INVENTORY LIST NX GROUP to take out SZ10 (limits number size to 7 digits plus 2 decimals) and replace with .2 23 10/13/14 Added option in PO CENTER to create purchase orders from either open A/R orders or A/R invoices. 22 10/09/14 Added PayPal to pre payment options. *#21 09/26/14 Increased SIGNIFICANT LENGTH of the EDI table due to duplicate service bulletins/sequence numbers. EDI TABLES 20 09/23/14 Modifications to IN DEPT for TAYLOR FREEZER customers - uses NATIONAL CHAIN codes. Modifications to Work order EDI input and export. 19 05/02/14 Fixed MSU LINES to check NAME DROP for * 18 05/01/14 Modification and fixes to Royalty/MFG system & reporting. 17 05/01/14 Modification to AR SALES REPORT for Royalty/MFG report option. 16 04/28/14 Fixed spelling of SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS in OE PRINT HDGS 1 HTML (pdf) 15 04/24/14 Fixed AR INVOICE PRINT LM BUILD FIX to test if item is in TEMP NN 14 04/19/14 Fixed AR INVOICE PRINT HDGS MATRIX H to use UNPACK LINE instead of UNPACK 6. 13 04/16/14 Fixed TIME CARD LIST to print full listings. 12 04/02/14 Modified CUSTOMER ROYALTY/MANUFACTURING OVERRIDE program to be more efficient. !#11 03/31/14 Added the CUSTOMER ROYALTY/MANUFACTURING OVERRIDE file for the royalty/manufacturing listings. Royalty overrides are stored in the PATTERNS file, manufacturing fee overrides are stored in the STYLE FILE. Maintenance added to the CUSTOMER INVENTORY CENTER. CUSTOMER ROY MFG 10 03/27/14 Added RELEASE to SORT SELECT to not hang when inquiring customer or vendor history 09 03/12/14 Added option to ORDER ENTRY LINE LIST to have all matrix items (designs/patterns) instead of just one. OELL INIT, SORT *#08 03/08/14 Modified Work Order system. Specific to Taylor Freezer. Add National Account codes to customer's DEPTartment field. EDI TABLES OE MASTER WO CODES WORK ORDER HISTORY WO CODES 07 02/17/14 Modified Remote Backup commands and structure. 06 02/02/14 Modified PRESS GO to use CTRL F1 (two keys hit at once) to bring up the calculator (used in Putty on Linux systems). 05 01/30/14 Modifying all programs (gradually) to take out the MS-DOS options so that CustomWare runs almost exclusively on linux. 04 01/28/14 Modified Inventory SALES DETAIL REPORT to give optin for Matrix list (designs) to list separately for each price items sold for. 03 01/22/14 Added exemption to VENDOR FORM 1099 to skip LLC names. Added option to find out who and how many forms will be printed. Fixed error of no ASF for printing. 02 01/13/14 Modifed PRESS GO to copy HOLD NOUN 1 to LK in all cases. 01 01/11/14 Added option in AP HANDWRITE to import handwritten checks. ******************************************************************************* U 01/09/14 VERSION 2014.6.2.00 ******************************************************************************* # 99 01/09/14 Modified printer directories: renamed from upper case to lower case. 98 01/07/14 Fixed Bank Recon Open Checks to not get stuck in endless loop. ******************************************************************************* U 01/01/14 VERSION 2014.6.1.97 ******************************************************************************* 97 12/09/13 Fixed WO RECEIVE ENTER LINES, WO INVOICE REGISTER LINE and CALC TAX WARRANTY for correct warranty designation: 5 = customer pays, not 3. 96 12/09/13 Fixed GET SLSMN for technician lookup. *#95 11/01/13 Added field for MANUFACTURING FEE to the STYLE FILE. This is used in custom manufacturing/royalty report. 94 10/12/13 Modified EDI MOVE SENT to include full path if mvedi did not work. 93 10/12/13 Modified WO EDI PARTS to pad machine part #'s to 4 (custom) 92 09/25/13 Fixed AR STATEMENT PMT HIST HTML to correctly create the last payment amount. 91 09/25/13 Fixed PDF statements by not using AR DOC HDGS HTML (uses a line for invoice amt). 90 09/13/13 Modified EDI MOVE SENT to test and retry if files not moved to the sent folder. 89 09/13/13 Modified WO EDI OPEN to pad model #'s to 4 digits if less than 4 88 08/30/13 Fixed AR SALES RPT and INVENTORY SALES RPT to test for One Time Customer to skip address line. *#87 08/23/13 Added new federal payroll tax: Additional Medicare Tax. This tax goes into effect Jan 1, 2013 and is applied to wages over a certain threshold. I PAYROLL TRANS I MED ADD ******************************************************************************* P 08/03/13 VERSION 4.45 ******************************************************************************* 86 07/30/13 Modified LP STAT to allow for printer name of 20 characters instead of 10 85 07/27/13 Added option to SALES TAX REPORT to run it for one customer. This will allow "proof of tax payment" for sales tax auditing authorities. * 84 07/23/13 Added option to make/not make purchase order used parts in the work order system when the part used is warrantied by vendor. I AP TRANS I USE PO WARRANTY 83 07/22/13 Fixed WO EDI PARTS & LABOR to use unpack line iso unpack 6. 82 07/22/13 Fixed Work Order Register Lines to show amount entered, not pricing or costs from file. 81 07/18/13 Fixed line packing in WO RECEIVE ENTER LINES for warranty. Various other fixes. 80 07/18/13 Fixed WOCD (work order compute distribution) to not add item to invoice amount unless customer pays. *#79 07/16/13 Added ROYALTY FEE to patterns file. PATTERNS ROYALTY FEE 78 07/09/13 Fixed various programs that had UNPACK 6 iso UNPACK LINE. 77 07/08/13 Modified WO EDI to have option to re-create an EDI file from a work order (as opposed to resending an already created file) 76 07/08/13 Modified WO RECEIVE ENTER LINES to add option for CUSTOMER PAYS CUSTOMER PAYS ALL on every line instead of just if the price is 0. 75 07/08/13 Fixed WO EDI, WO EDI PARTS, WO EDI LABOR to use UNPACK LINE (7) iso UNPACK 6 and to use proper nouns in the programs. ******************************************************************************* P 07/07/13 VERSION 4.44 ******************************************************************************* * 74 06/23/13 Added the option to use BACK ROOM quantity or not. All programs not updated. I INVENTORY TRANS I USE BACKROOM 73 06/21/13 Added export to text (Excel) file option in Sales Detail Report (Inventory Reports Center). 72 06/20/13 Modified, fixed and tested AR SALES REPORT for all options: with/without sls rep, paper, screen and exported txt file. Did not test with GL Distribution. 71 06/14/13 Modified & Fixed SALES DETAIL RPT for exporting alignment. 70 06/14/13 Fixed AR SALES REPORT (option 1) export & screen/paper formatting. 69 06/07/13 Fixed AP REPORT CENTER to show SALES TAX REPORT if the tax rate is not 0 or if it is determined by zip code. * 68 06/06/13 Modified employee purchases temp file to store ship from information (inventory location). Added IN SHIP FROM in program that enters employee purchases. TEMP EMP PURCH 67 06/06/13 Modified POST INVENTORY with new program: UPDATE IA which is a universal program to update the inventory audit file. Changing posting programs (out & in) to use the same programs. * 66 06/05/13 Modified INVENTORY AUDIT to have the field SECONDS HAND. INVENTORY AUDIT 65 06/05/13 Modified I COST METH options. 1 is still weighted average, 2 is last cost, 3 is fifo, 4 is lifo. Added new programs, changed others but the cost method is currently inactive as it is unfinished. 64 06/05/13 Modified ROYALTY REPORT to add additional names for reduced manufacturing fee. 63 06/04/13 Fixed ROYALTY REPORT to not hang on a voided invoice. 62 06/04/13 Fixed OE PRINT to copy the PO AMT to the INV AMT so that OE PRINT HDGS 1 will print the correct amount at the top of the acknowledgement 61 06/02/13 Modified CUSTOMWARE UPDATE to tell the operator to run the update program after all checks, downloads and updatels update. 60 05/30/13 Modified SECURITY to return to START instead of the operating system (log off server) when security is breached. 59 05/30/13 Added OE PRINT HDGS 2 to not print INVOICE AMOUNT at top of invoice on custom invoice form 1. 58 05/29/13 Modified (begin) menu displays for security. An item should not show up on a menu unless the operator has permission to run it. 57 05/29/13 Fixed ASF N to not display duplicates. 56 05/28/13 Fixed ASF N (assigns printer file names) to CONTINUE to check for duplicate file name. If the file is already used, it attached the time to the file name. If THAT file name is used, it will continue to get a new time. This could slow down the 3rd time something is printed by 1 second. This is a Linux fix only. 55 05/28/13 Fixed adding new security to existing security ******************************************************************************* U 05/27/13 VERSION 2012.6.1.54 ******************************************************************************* 54 05/27/13 Modified operator access maintenance. *#53 05/26/13 Modified Security. Operator access to programs has been greatly modified. Each program has its own security and must be set up to allow each operator to access it. To make things a little easier, if an operator can do anything in Accounts Receivable, you will give access to A/R and then when the next screen comes up you can give Unlimited Access to the A/R center. You may give unlimited access to any center and any program in any center. You must give access to each program in each center (or unlimited in each center or sub-center) for each operator. The conversion program will update the access for each operator. 52 05/24/13 New laser check format with the name (check) on the bottom. This is form LC-7 from IC Group (800-733-4277) 51 05/24/13 New PRINT MONEY RA to right align the printed amount to a specific right margin. 50 05/24/13 Fixed & modified PRINT MONEY to correctly print the dollar amount and to expand the amount of dollars to millions (1-9) 49 05/14/13 Modified AR SALES RPT C1 (Royalty) to include freight column. 48 05/12/13 Modified AR INVOICE POST, COMM CALC to use the ONE TIME CUSTOMER flag to skip inventory posting if it is a OTC. If DEL qty is null, copied 0 to DEL in comm calc. 47 05/08/13 Modified AR INVOICE PRINT BOTTOM on the paper and HTML/PDF versions to print "PAID IN FULL" if the balance of the invoice is 0. 46 05/05/13 Added new report in AR REPORT CENTER: AR LEDGER. This program shows the revenue, cash received, a/r applied, balance due, etc. for the period entered. 45 05/03/13 Fixed COMPUTE INTEREST to charge the minimum finance charge regardless of when the last payment was made if the computed charges are less than the minimum. 44 05/01/13 Fixed AR SALES REPORT TOTALS ONLY to zero out the TNx nouns 43 04/22/13 Fixed Custom Royalty report to include royalty in costs. 42 04/20/13 Added an error message when entering a duplicate shipping address. It will select the original address. 41 04/20/13 Fixed screens when entering new SHIP TO addresses. 40 04/20/13 Fixed changing customer price override update in changing order entry line item (individual line). 39 04/19/13 Fixed printing the SHIP DATE on PDF invoices. 38 04/19/13 Fixed the matrix PDF invoice program to correctly put items in the proper column. 37 04/12/13 Added option to show cost when viewing AR invoice line items. 36 04/11/13 Fixed SHIP TO LIST to allow for adding new ship to address. # 35 04/10/13 Modified programs to save current cost of sold items in invoice files. (Started) 34 04/07/13 Started modification of major design change: store cost as part of the line items stored in the invoice and related files. The first part of this change is to create a program called UNPACK LINE which, wherever possible, will be used instead of the UNPACK 6. 33 04/07/13 Modified VOIDING AR INVOICE ORDERS to check if the CANCEL DATE option is set. 32 04/05/13 Added Excel export for Royalty sales report. 31 04/03/13 Added a ROYALTY report (custom) to the AR SALES REPORT. 30 04/02/13 Fixed SHIP TO GET to not have to go into the CHANGE program 29 04/01/13 Modified OE PRINT HDGS 1 (AR Invoice Headings) to print Invoice Amount at top of page under Ship To - right aligned and put the due date under the Invoice Amount. 28 03/20/13 Modified AR SALES REPORT (invoice # sequence) to add total quantity of inventory items. Non-inventory items are not counted. 27 03/20/13 Modified MATRIX SCREEN (msu bld cp) to pad column 3 instead of 2. This allows for a maximum of 11 sizes per style/color. Program will not work correctly for more than 12 sizes and must be entered manually (by part #). 26 03/18/13 Added and modified ORDER ENTRY CHANGE to include toggling the screen printing ticket (Silk Screen version). Also a toggle for using Firsts/Seconds. 25 03/18/13 Added option to screening tickets for 8«x5« - 2 per 8«x11 sheet. 24 03/08/13 Modified GET TO SHIP TO to be alphabetical instead of by street address. 23 03/07/13 Fixed AR STATEMENTS for ONE TIME CUSTOMER when running multiple ONE TIME CUSTOMERs. Was not assigning new print file because cust was same on each. 22 02/22/13 Modified WO EDI to create batch file to move sent files: EDI MOVE SENT 21 02/22/13 Fixed PSF to not print FORM FEED if printer dev is termprint 20 02/20/13 Modified SET UP PAYROLL CAFETeria, EMPLOYEE CHANGE CAFET, et al to identify the cafetria items for use with W2's. Except for Child Dependant Care, all are used in box 12 on the W2. The Child Dependant Care is box 10. 401k is already coded as D on the W2 in box 12 and is not a cafeteria deduction. 19 02/08/13 Modified CUSTOMER CONSOLIDATE RS INVOICE for cosmetics. 18 01/31/13 Added option to W2's to make HTML (web browser) and PDF versions 17 01/21/13 Modified SALES DETAIL REPORT (inventory) to include option for TOTALS ONLY - this will show only the total quantity and dollars of inventory items sold. Also clarified the report by stating that only items currently IN the inventory will be counted. 16 01/13/13 Fixed PATTERN CENTER choices - change was pulling up add program 15 01/03/13 Modified ASF N for MS-DOS. 14 01/03/13 Modified RECURRING JE POST for cosmetics ******************************************************************************* R 01/01/13 VERSION 2013.6.1.13 ******************************************************************************* 13 12/31/12 Fixed SORT SELECT for AP 12 12/17/12 Fixed IN SORT to copy 0 to HIST 1 for proper display of data. 11 12/16/12 Modified EDI UPLOAD for better questions, not automatically creating an SSHV2 transfer program each time - only if not present. 10 12/12/12 Fixed AR INVOICE RS ENTER to check for valid customer #. 09 12/12/12 Fixed AR INVOICE ENTER OE LINES to copy QTY to QTY ORD for correct invoicing. 08 12/06/12 Modified cosmetics in CASH REC CORRECT. 07 12/05/12 Modified ASF N for MS-DOS: no 2nd object is used. 06 11/27/12 Fixed & Modified INVENTORY COUNT SHEET: option to print separate page for each style fixed. Options for matrix & style for all users, not just Silk Screeners; option for blanks for silk screeners. 05 11/12/12 Fixed SORT SELECT to copy 0 HIST 1 when beginning. This didn't necessarily show correct invoices in inquiries (left open out on some options) 04 11/11/12 Added program to print PRODUCTION SHEETS which include colors used, instructions and picture. Info comes from PATTERN FILE. 03 11/11/12 Added program to print JPG files (PRINT JPG). 02 11/09/12 Modified ASF to not delete duplicate file but just get a new file #. 01 11/07/12 Fixed ASF N to correctly Assign Printer to html file. ******************************************************************************* U 11/07/12 VERSION 2012.6.1.00 ******************************************************************************* 99 11/07/12 Fixed SET UP AR FORMS for PDF DOS batch file creation - added %1, %2 98 11/03/12 Modified COLOR programs to enter formulas and types. !#97 11/01/12 Added PATTERN file. "Pattern" and "Design" and "Matrix are the same thing. This file stores a picture file name and colors as well as instructions to print the design. PATTERNS !#96 11/01/12 Added fields to COLOR FILE for mixing paints. COLOR FILE COLOR TYPE COLOR FORMULA * 95 11/01/12 Added option to use DESIGN FILE. This will store information on matrix patterns/designs including paint recipie, production photo, etc. I INVENTORY TRANS I USE DESIGN 94 10/31/12 Fixed CHANGE SHIP VIA to correctly allow new options. 93 10/31/12 Fixed GT SHIP VIA to correctly show SHIP VIA DESCRIPTION. *#92 10/29/12 Fixed SHIP VIA CHANGE to re-align correctly the shipping options. Added SHIP VIA OPTIONS to AR Trans file so that changes will be permenant. I AR TRANS SHIP VIA OPTIONS 91 10/29/12 Modified AR INVOICE CREATE OE to set hdgs flag at top of program so if TEMP ERROR is invoked and register, posting, etc. happens it has the correct hdgs flag. 90 10/29/12 Modified IN SHIP VIA to use default of 1^Will Call if not using ship via. 89 10/29/12 Modified VIEW LOG to show previous version before last update. * 88 10/25/12 Modified GET NET TERMINAL (assigns terminal #) to check to see if the terminal is in use. If yes, will try alternate permenantly assigned terminals to your IP address. If none are available, will offer option to CLEAR TERMINALS from defunct log ins or select a new terminal # for temporary or permenant use. Modified the Terminal List program to show who is logged in from where (IP address) and options for listings. TERMINALS LOGGED ON WHO (IP address) WHO 1 (operator) ******************************************************************************* R 10/13/12 VERSION 2012.6.0.81 ******************************************************************************* 87 10/24/12 Fixed ASF N for Linux systems to use the date/time stamp for a file name modification for duplicate printer file names. 86 10/23/12 Modifed AR SALES REPORT to add an option for sales totals by customer by month. 85 10/21/12 Modified CALC OE FRT (computation of freight charges using UPS) to use function keys for additional information instead of asking each question. 84 10/17/12 Fixed AR INVOICE POST for ONE TIME CUSTOMER and the posting of inventory - packed the noun to 6 parts instead of 5 83 10/13/12 Modifed CASH FLOW ANALYSIS to include option for Open Orders. Uses Request ship date for invoice date if using that option otherwises, uses today's date for invoice date. 82 10/13/12 Modified the entering of a social security number. Requires 9 (no dashes) or 11 digits and the first digit cannot be 9 or higher. 81 10/12/12 Modified CASH FLOW ANALYSIS for cosmetics and to compute the projected incoming cash based on date due instead of invoice date. 80 10/12/12 Modified for cosmetics INQUIRE CUSTOMER HISTORY. When multiple pages are shown, hitting the F10 key will now allow you to choose an invoice for inquiring detail. You may also inquire the detail of more than one invoice. 79 10/02/12 Modified SET UP AR FORMS for HTML to PDF options to allow 300 characters for path names, etc. instead of 80. 78 10/02/12 Modified various programs to replace PRESS GO F10 noun with DS FKEY verb to show the F10 abort option in a more consistent format. 77 10/02/12 Modified SET UP AR FORMS for entering HTML TO PDF file names and paths to use the caret (^) for underline. 76 09/27/12 Modified TIME CARD CALC to show hundredths of hours as well as hours:minutes when entering by the minutes. 75 09/26/12 Fixed INVENTORY REORDER REPORT to print correctly for BLANK reorders. 74 09/26/12 Fixed OT PO TYPE to correctly distinquish between warranty and screening/folding ticket. ******************************************************************************* R 09/26/12 VERSION 2012.6.0.74 ******************************************************************************* 73 09/25/12 Modified SV IA (save inventory audit file) for better information. 72 09/25/12 Modified AR SALES REPORT to have an EXPORT option. File name will be BeginDate-EndDate sls.txt (010112-123112sls.txt). 71 09/24/12 Fixed CONSOLIDATE CUSTOMER ORDER ENTRY to properly delete line items from old customer and save line items into new. 70 09/24/12 Modified ORDER ENTRY DELETE to be conformant cosmetically with inquire and change. ******************************************************************************* R 09/24/12 VERSION 2012.6.0.69 ******************************************************************************* 69 09/24/12 Fixed ORDER ENTRY MERGE (unknown error but re-wrote). Added cosmetics and confirmation. 68 09/24/12 Modified ORDER ENTRY INQUIRE for cosmetics 67 09/24/12 Modified SALES REPORT (AR CENTER, REPORT CENTER, # 7). This modification is more of a complete re-write. Paper option shows more information. Fixed option when running it by SALES REP to put each rep's data on a separate page. New option of PROFIT sequence. This can be by dollar profit or percentage. May run top "x" customers for each sales rep or ingore the sales reps and/or ignore/include House accounts. All reports except the INVOICE sequence is a combination of information for each customer or customer/sales rep. It shows the cost which currently comes from the inventory file (non-inventory will have 0 cost) and is the BOOK cost. In a future release, the cost of the inventory will be stored with the line items in the invoice file and it will then use that information. 66 09/23/12 Modified CREATE SLSMN when creating HOUSE: skip rate, etc. questions. 65 09/22/12 Fixed SALES RPT to destroy window after report (cosmetic) 64 09/21/12 Modified INVENTORY REORDER REPORT for Silk Screeners: Added option for BLANKS. This report calculates from current customer orders and current purchase orders a report for ordering blanks. 63 09/21/12 Replaced PRESS GO F10 with DS FKEY & PRESS GO. (System cleanup) 62 09/12/12 Modified AR INVOICE CREATE OE by adding a CLEAR BUFFER before asking if you want to re-print the invoices. Also added it to regular AR invoicing. 61 09/12/12 Fixed OE DL (delete Orders from Order Entry) to not delete if the invoice has not been printed on a register. Please note that invoices WILL print even though they have not been printed on a register (this is due to deferred invoicing) but they will not be counted on the journal entry nor will they be posted. 60 09/11/12 Fixed BAD DEBT FIND to print if paper is chosen. 59 09/06/12 Modified CASH REC POST to calculate the deposit amount for the deposit file instead of using the totals from the cash receipt register. 58 09/05/12 Modified MOVE CASH DISBursement (from one bank acct to another) to allow adding a letter to the check # if already on file. 57 09/05/12 Modified COMMISSION RPT SUMMARY BUILD to check TEMP file for duplicate before saving. 56 09/03/12 Fixed PDF (HTML) matrix invoice from hanging (unpack 5 iso 6) 55 08/31/12 Fixed CASH REC REGISTER to begin in the temp file AFTER the headings (the ASF N does a system call which puts the file cursor at the very end, making no entries for that terminal) 54 08/31/12 Fixed AR INVOICE PRINT LM BUILD to store the 6th column (size var) for NAME DROP and NON-INVENTORY items. 53 08/30/12 Modified instructions when creating a Public Key for SSH 52 08/28/12 Fixed AR INVOICE PRINT to BG HOLD RF TEMP instead of GT to prevent debug error. 51 08/28/12 Fixed custom invoice line printing for line item total to correctly line up. 50 08/28/12 Set default option for printing Work Orders to N instead of Y ******************************************************************************* U 08/25/12 VERSION 2012.6.0.49 ******************************************************************************* 49 08/25/12 Modified IN SORT & SORT SELECT to use MIN 1 & MAX 1 instead of MIN and MAX. This may cause problems in some programs. Please report immediately! 48 08/25/12 Modified CUSTOMER USAGE PART for more options and different information. Shows customers with or without invoices and totals by each item selected. 47 08/24/12 Fixed CUSTOMER PURCHASES LIST for STYLE or MATRIX selection to properly sort out only those items. 46 08/23/12 Fixed EMPLOYEE INQUIRE CHECK when inquiring employee to show all checks (if selected) instead of just the first one. * 45 08/23/12 Fixed TEMP PAYROLL to have YTD FED GROSS. Not being there messed up the FUTA and SUTA computations. TEMP PAYROLL YTD FED GROSS 44 08/23/12 Modified OT EV (employee verification) to skip if I9=null. 43 08/22/12 Fixed CUSTOMER PURCHASE LIST from going into debug. Changed UNPACK 5 with UNPACK 6 on line 130. #42 08/09/12 Modified how SHIP VIA works. Instead of using a file that does does not allow for user input options, the file is eliminated. You may now add options as before but also add/change/delete sub options, i.e., UPS Ground is a sub option of the UPS ship via; Next Day Air is a sub option of UPS and FedEx. The first 4 options (0-3) are "fixed" meaning you cannot delete them. UPS and FedEX cannot change their numbers because freight computation uses them - even if you do not currently use CustomWare to calculate freight charges. Additionally, you cannot delete the sub options for UPS or FedEx but you can add or change their descriptions. The ORIGINAL Ship Via Description will be stored with the invoice so if you change the description at a later date, the original description will be shown on inquiries and re-prints. 41 08/09/12 Fixed CUSTOMER USAGE PART to not hang one ONE TIME CUSTOMER 40 08/08/12 Modified CUSTOMER PURCHASES LIST to add two new options: 1. To show sales by state or states 2. To show sales for specific matrix part # or style. 39 08/08/12 Modified SPLIT CUSTOMER for ONE TIME CUSTOMER: added option to enter the name you want to split rather than looking at all the One Time Customer names. 38 07/15/12 Modified FUEL MAINTENANCE DUE REPORT for more accurate listings 37 06/30/12 Modified SET UP PAYROLL to have option to use the TIME CLOCK option. If this is set to Yes, time will automatically be computed and put into the TIME CARD file. !#36 06/30/12 Added option for a computer to be used for employee time cards. This asks for the employee #, determines if the employee is clocking in or out and stores the information. Will be used to compute the time cards automatically. TIME CLOCK FILE TIME CLOCK HISTORY FILE For Linux systems, a login name should be created and in the login name ".profile" file, the following should be added at the end of the program: cd /home/pragma pragma "EMPLOYEE TIME CLOCK" exit For Windows systems a batch file should be created: @echo off cd \cw [wherever CustomWare resides) pragma "EMPLOYEE TIME CLOCK" To quit the program, which will close the terminal window, you must hit the F10 key. 35 06/29/12 Modified QUICK AR TOTAL and QUICK AP TOTAL to default to summary by vendor. Option 4 or F10 will abort the program. !#34 06/11/12 Added TIME CARD file to store employee times and tied to time card calculation and payroll. Overtime is computed using a 40 hour work week. Holiday is not computed. For future expansion, departments are part of the data but not currently used except for Vacation or Sick days. TIME CARDS TIME CARD HISTORY *#33 06/11/12 Added option to PAYROLL to tie time card computation to an employee. Added option to use HUNDREDTHS of an hour instead of just minutes when computing time cards. I PAYROLL TRANS I USE TIME CARDS I TIME CARD OPTIONS 32 05/20/12 Modified Fleet Inquire History to include print size option for the 5« x 8«" size and a cost usage page. 31 05/20/12 Added Car Log to Fleet Center. This prints 5 pages 5« x 8«" of blanks to record milage and maintenance data. 30 05/19/12 Modifications to the print format of INQUIRE FLEET VEHICLE, FLEET MPG. 29 05/19/12 Fixed AMORTIZATION to not ask certain questions when TEST FLAG is 1 (coming in from another program). 28 05/18/12 Fixed PO RECEIVE for non-PO inventory - using "qty" in stead of "new qty" and was not saving info. ******************************************************************************* U 05/18/12 VERSION 2012.6.0.27 ******************************************************************************* 27 05/18/12 Modified BACK ORDER LIST to allow changing, inquiring or deleting something in the list. 26 05/17/12 Modified MASTER CENTER to change description/option for EDI to INTERNET/EDI center. Cosmetic change to menu option for Internet Center. 25 05/17/12 Fixes to WEB STATEMENTS (skip records file), CGI WRITE (take out skip to s command, 24 05/17/12 Modified SET VALUES to include setting the SEARCH FLAG to 0. 23 05/17/12 Modified WO PRINT for new packing of line detail info (unpack6) WO INQUIRE, WO EDI LABOR, WO EDI PARTS, WO EDI TEST 22 05/17/12 Modified BACK ORDER CHANGE to allow for more detailed changes. 21 05/17/12 Modified BACK ORDER INQUIRE for better cosmetics and to put the list in alphabetical order when choosing the customer order. 20 05/17/12 Modified BACK ORDER DELETE to delete all back orders by date. 19 05/17/12 Fixed POST BACK ORDERS to zero BO QTY before saving new ref. Was unpacking 6 the wrong noun. 18 05/16/12 Modified AELC for custom application. (AR Invoicing) 17 05/16/12 Modified SET UP AP - cosmetic changes to menu. 16 05/16/12 Modified AR INVOICE RS INVOICE cosmetics for specific client on frequency clarifications. 15 05/15/12 Modifications to OT LINES which outputs the line information on inquiries. Aligned for Warranty, Back Orders and searching. 14 05/15/12 Modifications, mostly cosmetic and logic, to reprinting deferred AR INVOICES. 13 05/15/12 Fixed AR INVOICE PRINT C1 (custom form) to use HTML form. 12 05/14/12 Fixes to AR INVOICE ENTER LINES for proper packing of warranty code. 11 05/14/12 Modified AR INVOICING FOR PDF to use a BACK ORDERED column on the invoice (if back ordering is used) # 10 05/13/12 Modified LINES in AR INVOICING. Need to add original order qty to Work Orders but the Warranty Flag is *3. For INV TYPE 5 (Work Orders) moved *3 to *6 and duplicated *4 to *3. For all other INV TYPEs, copied 0 to *6 (warranty flag). Update program will convert all stored line information. With OVER 200 programs changed, there is bound to be 1 or 2 that crash the system. These will be, literally, 5 second fixes. Please call IMMEDIATELY if you encouter an error or a DEBUG message. 09 05/12/12 Modified OT LINES (used everywhere AR invoice line items are shown) to include qty ordered if back ordering is used. 08 05/12/12 Modified AR INVOICE VOID POST to change INVOICE TYPE to void for the original invoice as well as the voided invoice. 07 05/11/12 Modified AR CLEAN to NOT move invoices from the history files to the OPEN file if balance due not zero. Cosmetic changes to options. 06 05/11/12 Modified BACK ORDER REBUILD to use the POST BACK ORDER program. 05 05/11/12 Modified POST BACK ORDERS to skip LABOR PART numbers. 04 05/11/12 Fixes to POST BACK ORDERS in regards to credits, voids, etc. 03 05/10/12 Modified set up menus to put items in more logical places for security purposes and more logical order: Moved SSA PIN to payroll from company Moved DELETE INVENTORY AUDIT to inventory from INVENTORY MISC Print DISTRIBUTION REGISTERS to GL from company Added SET UP ELECTRONIC PAYMENT options to AP Cosmetic changes to various set up menus. 02 05/09/12 Modified GL ACCOUNT INQUIRE MONTHS - cosmetic changes to M13 if budgets are used. 01 05/09/12 Modified SET UP COMPANY to put CONTACT information in a more logical order. ******************************************************************************* U 05/09/12 VERSION 2012.6.0.00 ******************************************************************************* 99 05/09/12 Modified AR INVOICE ENTER for the BACK ORDER flag: set the default answer to YES (if the question is asked) and set the default of the flag to NO. 98 05/08/12 Fixed BACK ORDER REGISTER to not print customer names and invoices unless there is an item of backorder. 97 05/04/12 Modified POST BACKORDERS to update the back order file when posting invoices - specifically, to delete the item if it was shipped and the remaining qty is zero or less. 96 05/04/12 Modified AELU, AELD, AR INVOICE ENTER LINES for cosmetics when using back orders. 95 05/03/12 Fixed AR INVOICE ENTER using One Time Customer to not use the rep's address for billing (when adding a new rep at time of invoice entry). In CHECK OTC set the OTCY flag. Modified GET SLSMN (when adding a new one) to hold and replace name, addresses, phone, contact and fax. 94 05/03/12 Added Back Order Change and Inquire, Delete. Modified Listings. 93 05/02/12 Added Back Order Listings. 92 05/01/12 Added Back Order Rebuild program in the Back Order Center. Finished the Back Order Register in invoicing. 91 05/01/12 Fixed OE PRINT HDGS 1 to test BACKORDER for Y instead of null. 90 05/01/12 Modified AR INVOICE PRINT CUSTOM 1 to allow for BACK ORDERING. *#89 04/28/12 Modified AR INVOICE ENTER LINES to allow for BACK ORDERING. A new column was added to enter the quantity ordered and then entering the quantity shipped. Added BACK ORDER CENTER which will allow for maintenance of the back order items. Part description lengths have been shortened for blank paper invoices depending on options: No back order or retail pricing: 65 character description length; Back order no retail: 53; no back order with retail: 32; back order and retail: 20. Mostly this effects those that do not use the Order Entry system but require back ordering kept track of. The BACK ORDER CENTER has been added but the programs will be done on a later update. BACK ORDERS 88 04/25/12 Modified WORK ORDERS to allow the entry of a technician badge number or name (maximum of 5 digits) if the option for commissioned sales reps is set to NO. 87 04/25/12 Added program to rebuild the INVENTORY WEB EXEMPT FILE. This program deletes all exemptions and then adds all inventory. It then deletes from the exempt file anything sold from the date you enter. If a part # is used, the part #, matrix part #, department and category are also deleted from the exempt file. This allows a quick way to get 95% of items to be sold to accurately build a catalog file and a web file for ordering. 86 04/25/12 Added support files to the INVENTORY EXPORT programs: STYLE FILE, COLOR FILE, SIZE FILE, DEPARTMENT FILE, CATEGORY FILE. 85 04/24/12 Modified CASH RECEIPTS APPLICATION report to use From and To dates instead of just a single date. 84 04/24/12 Modified PSF HT to use a page size of LETTER instead of A4 for PDF files. Also enabled option for printing page X of Y or not. 83 04/20/12 Fixes & modifications to the COMMISSION PDF program. Added separate option for Commission Summary and changed the default value of Yes/No questions NO. Cosmetic changes. 82 04/19/12 Modified CASH DISB AUTO to skip any vendors that do not have a bank routing number if all electronic checks was chosen. Also to ask if it a check or electronic payment if the "both" option was chosen. 81 04/19/12 Added CHECK STUBS for electronic checks - this will create PDF files. 80 04/19/12 Modified CASH DISB INIT to ask first if printing checks or all are electronic. This removes the question of compute next check if electronic. 79 04/19/12 Modified GTN CHECK to correctly compute next check #. Took out age limit. 78 04/16/12 Added PDF option for Purchase Orders. 77 04/13/12 Added maintenance history list sorted by item. 76 04/13/12 Modified FLEET INQUIRE MAINT DUE to align correctly when the maintenance due is both by miles and months. 75 04/13/12 Modified FLEET MAINT CHANGE when using the F2 key and updating miles. 74 04/06/12 Fixed AR STATEMENT PMT HIST to correctly hold the customer # *#73 03/23/12 Added PDF option to web AR Invoice inquire program. CGI 72 03/10/12 Modified INVENTORY EXPORT to include all inventory fields, combined fields for specific options (if select REORDER VENDOR will get all reorder information). 71 03/10/12 Added Electronic payment options in Payroll Set up. *#70 03/09/12 Added LOGO image file setting for PDF converted documents. There are two image files that can be placed at the top row of the PDF file: a background image file and a logo image. The logo image will be aligned to the left and the background will go across the entire page. I COMPANY TRANS I H2P IMAGE LOGO 69 03/07/12 Fixed PDF printing columns. Various other programs were changed including NAME DROP in matrix ordering. You may put more than one name drop on an order and if the order changes from a name drop to no name drop, the term "NO NAME DROP" is printed so that only the items that have the name drop are listed correctly. Also modified the invoicing programs for sequence on changing the printer. If you select PDF, there will be no question for quantity of invoices printed as only 1 PDF file will print. 68 03/05/12 Modified HCEN to allow a hard coded color other than yellow. Yellow is still the default. All programs modified. 67 02/27/12 Fixed DELETING INVENTORY BY MATRIX & STYLE - sort a was using part 2 instead of part 1 66 02/26/12 Cosmetic changes to GL Account Inquire. The previous years totals will accomodate numbers up to 100 billion (debit) or 10 billion (credit). Also, the questions about viewing previous year data and journal entries have been replaced with function keys. A number can act as a function key, i.e., hitting the number 2 is the same as hitting the F2 key. 65 02/25/12 Fixed SET UP INVENTORY to display the correct costing method. 64 02/25/12 Modified LOAD DOC to use the F2 key to switch to PDF printing. This option will not work on all documents. *#63 02/24/12 Modified options for PDF file creation. Added new noun to store option for printing the Page X of Y, dimensions for image and left room for future unlimited options. I COMPANY TRANS I H2P CHOICES 62 02/24/12 Modified AR INVOICE CREATE: When hitting the function key to produce PDF invoices, the quantity to print will be set to 1 and will not return to the question of how many copies. 61 02/24/12 Added an option for deleting inventory: BY MATRIX PART # AND STYLE. 60 02/24/12 Modified INVENTORY SHOW ACCTS (shows what GL account numbers the inventory has by Sales, Cost of Sales, Inventory and Warranty accounts) to not die due to very large data bases; Re-vamped cosmetics - added style. 59 02/24/12 Fixed PSF to not try to print if the printer dev is null. 58 02/23/12 Fixed AR STATEMENT HTML & AR STATEMENTS to correctly print correct data and to use ASF N. 57 02/16/12 Added LAST COST option to inventory costing. Programs are not updated. 56 02/14/12 Fixed AR AGED ANALYSIS RECONSTRUCTED to use a formated date for the printer file name. *#55 02/12/12 Added COST METHOD to INVENTORY TRANS. This change will take several version changes and will need to be debugged and watched carefully. The default COSTING METHOD is WEIGHTED AVERAGE. The new options will be FIFO and LIFO. These methods will require the COST field to be packed: po*cost*qty . Unlike the WEIGHTED AVERAGE method which uses the BOOK COST if there is no ON HAND or negative ON HAND, FIFO AND LIFO will use LAST COST. I INVENTORY TRANS I COST METH 54 02/07/12 Added option to DISK TO DISK BACKUP to NOT use the exception file. This will backup everything in the CW directory including all historic files, temp directories, etc. 53 02/03/12 Added option to skip part #'s (by 1st part of part # or desc) for bank inventory list. 52 02/03/12 Added PDF & other printer options to reprinting AR Invoices. 51 02/02/12 Fixed INVENTORY CLEAN to use XE for size file EOF. 50 02/02/12 Fixed ASF N to properly create printer file name. 49 02/01/12 Added F7 option in AR INVOICE CREATE to more easily set to printing PDF invoices. 48 01/31/12 Fixed PRINT COUNT SHEETS by style to print to only 1 file and copy style to sort m 47 01/18/12 Added option to SELECT PRINTER to re-create a PDF file from and existing HTML file. You may look up what is there or put in a full path to the file but all PDF files will end up in PRFILES/pdf. 46 01/18/12 Added option to setting up H2P.CSS (class file for PDF) (in SET UP AR FORMS) to delete the h2p.css file. This has the effect of not using a css file. 45 01/17/12 Fixed ASF N for file name & duplicates 44 01/17/12 Added VIEW option to re-printing spooled printer files. 43 01/15/12 Modified REPRINT SPOOLER FILE to use the types of print files created with version # 37. 42 01/14/12 Modified Bank reconcilliation inquire if out of balance to show positive amount for credit to cash (you wouldn't credit a negative to cash) 41 01/14/12 Added HTML/PDF option to Bank Reconcilliation Inquire 40 01/14/12 Fixed ASF N to correctly compute printer file # 39 01/13/12 Modified ASF N to create a new file with the sequential file # if the file to be printed exists (such as duplicate registers or re-running checks, invoices, etc.). 38 01/13/12 Modified ASF and ASF N to use I DIR SEPARATOR (/ or \) instead of varying IF statements. 37 01/13/12 Modified AR INVOICE printing to use the ASF N program to make the name of the print file CUST-INV.prn. Also modified: AR INVOICE REGISTER (6 types), CASH DISBURSEMENT CHECKS, CASH DISBURSEMENTS REGISTER (several types), PAYROLL REGISTER, JOURNAL ENTRIES, BANK RECONCILLIATION, AP INVOICE REGISTERS, STATEMENTS, AR AGED ANAL & RECONSTRUCTED, INCOME STATEMENT, BALANCE SHEET, TRIAL BALANCE, DISTRIBUTION REGISTER, ACCOUNT ACTIVITY DETAIL, ETC. 36 01/12/12 Added HTML/PDF option to 11 year Comparative Income Statement 35 01/11/12 Added HTML/PDF option to Balance Sheet. 34 01/11/12 Added HTML/PDF option to Trial Balance. 33 01/11/12 Added HTML/PDF option to Income Statements 32 01/11/12 Fixed Inventory Count Sheet Print to separate styles by page. 31 01/10/12 Modifed CUSTOMER USAGE PART to add sort by STYLE. 30 01/07/12 Modified BANK RECON CHECKS to add an option to use the F3 key to skip the current check and get the next in the open file. This helps prevent the need to type in a check #. # 29 01/05/12 Fixed CATEGORY DELETE to not allow the deletion of a category if it is in use. Previously it simply copied null to the category but did not change the key reference (dept part). 28 01/03/12 Added programs ASF N and HDGS N to assign a printer file # for easier discernment of what each prn file is. Updated Cash Receipts, Bad Debt, Bad Debt Recovery and Returned Checks 27 01/02/12 Added INVENTORY CATALOG creation for HTML (web) and PDF. Option for non-matrix and matrix. When creating PDF files an HTML file is always created first. You may change the HTML file (PRFILES/html/catalog.html) to make some cosmetic changes to the top of the file (changing the entire catalog is not recommended) and then to create a new PDF from that modified file, an option exists to only convert the HTML to PDF. ******************************************************************************* U 01/01/12 VERSION 2012.5.9.27 ******************************************************************************* * 26 12/30/11 Added E-Verify support to the payroll system. I-9 information can be entered. In the future, an "fdf" file will be created which will allow you just click on it and have the I-9 form filled in with the employer and employee's information. E-Verify is online via web browser only (currently) so all that can be done is to enter the info. EMPLOYEE I9 (packed) 25 12/28/11 Fixed HTML MATRIX PRINTING. * 24 12/26/11 Added option to use or not use DEPARTMENTS & CATEGORIES for inventory. I INVENTORY TRANS I USE DEPT/CAT 23 12/21/11 Fixed RECEIVING WORK ORDERS to zero out discounts (not currently used in work order invoicing). 22 12/18/11 Modified W2 for multiple forms and form types. *#21 12/14/11 Fixed EMPLOYEE CHECK REGISTER to use correct historical noun. Currently, the miscellaneous additions and deductions do not store the original explanation - only the amount and GL account number. This was changed in the file. MISC XXXXX ACCT with MISC XXXXX DESC. EMPLOYEE CHECK REGISTER 20 12/14/11 Added option for printing to HTML/PDF employee inquiry and history information (detail of all checks, etc.) *#19 12/13/11 Added payroll web scripts for payroll stubs, check copies, etc. to a web site for employee login for payroll information. CGI py.cgi (PYP) py.js (PYJ) py.css (PYC) * 18 12/13/11 Added option in SET UP PAYROLL to use or not use HTML TO PDF CHECK STUBS. The default is NO. You may create files for all checks or just electronic checks. I PAYROLL TRANS I HTML STUB 17 12/13/11 Modified ASF & PSF to copy current reference to HOLD SPOOLER RF and to copy it back after getting a printer file #. 16 12/13/11 Added HTML to PDF option for payroll check stubs. 15 12/12/11 Added HTML to PDF option for COMMISSION REPORT. 14 12/12/11 Fixed PSFNF (Print Spooler File, No Form Feed). Uses same commands and programs as PSF except that there is no form feed and the program is aborted if the printer does not form feed. Affects LABELS and OE PRINT SCREENING TICKET. 13 12/12/11 Modified PSF: broke into several smaller, device and O/S specific: PSF HT (html to pdf), PSF FILE (printing only to a file, no printer), PSF WINDOWS (windows printing), PSF LINUX (linux/unix printing). *#12 12/11/11 Added fields for images for HTML to PDF programs. Found in Set Up, AR, Invoice Forms, #18. I COMPANY TRANS I H2P CSS I H2P IMAGE 11 12/11/11 Modified MOVE PRN FILES to create sub directories for html and pdf files, with history by year and then month. 10 12/11/11 Modified ORDER & AR INVOICE printing for HTML MATRIX. 09 12/09/11 Modified ORDER PRINTING to allow to change printers (for HTML) Added PDF option for orders. (Not matrix yet) 08 12/08/11 Added option for printing STATEMENTS to PDF. 07 12/08/11 Added option for printing invoices to HTML format AND convert to PDF. The original print file will be in PRFILES/html, the file will be the printer file # with an .html extension. The PDF file will be created with the same printer file # in the PRFILES/pdf folder but with a .pdf extension. The printer number MUST be HT but the printer port does not matter. Not currently available for matrix printing. *#06 12/08/11 Modified HT (html) and P (PDF) printers for form and commands. Also fixed PRINTER CREATE to correctly take the setting for form feed. PRINTERS 05 12/02/11 Modified BANK RECON PRINT STMT to allow for printer change. 04 12/02/11 Modified DISK MAINT TAPE programs to allow for alternate backup/restore commands. Added menu for easier navigation. 03 11/20/11 Fixed STRIP LINUX LINE to strip correctly: it did not account for different formats, one where this the time but no year and one where there is the year but no time. 02 11/19/11 Modified ASF/PSF/PRINTER SELECT PORT in regards to printing to a file instead of a printer. The print output will go to the file you entered PLUS a new print file in the prfiles folder. 01 11/18/11 Fixed EDI SERVICE CHANGE and CGI WRITE to correctly write the SSH path using underscore replacement with the caret. ******************************************************************************* U 11/17/11 VERSION 2011.5.9.00 ******************************************************************************* 99 11/17/11 Modified DISK MAINT DD C to use exception file for disk to disk compressed backups in Linux. Excepted will be the HISTORY folder of old printer files. The current files will be backed up before being moved to the history files. If the "except" file is not present it will create it. It also excludes bat and exe files. This file may be modified to include other items/folders you wish to exclude. # 98 11/16/11 Modified CASH REC POST to put the CASH REC EXPLANATION into the line items on the credit memo invoice. The part # will be CRMEM - it's OK if the part # is not a valid part # - the qty will be -1 and the unit price will be the positive amount of the credit. # 97 11/16/11 Fixed AR INVOICE POST to copy null to DISC INFO if there is no discount. 96 11/16/11 Fixed CASH REC POST to null out PRE PAYMENT INFO & DISCOUNT INFO for credit memos. 95 11/12/11 Added program in OT JOURNAL ENTRY (used in INQUIRE GL ACCOUNT INFORMATION and other places) to "drill down" to the source of the journal entry. Inquire your cash account, view a journal entry and then see the detail of that account on that journal entry for that date. Also, by picking a number, you may view the inquiry on the source document. *#94 11/11/11 For WINDOWS CustomWare users only: Added a printer to the PRINTERS FILE - P. This printer converts text files (prn) to Adobe PDF files. THERE IS NO FORMATTING, i.e., only 1 font size is used, so condensed, bold, expanded, etc. is all one size. It does not truncate, but wraps lines that do not fit in 80 columns. This requires a download of the program TextToPDF.exe which can be acquired from the CustomWare download page. Download the file, run it (install). The first time you select P as the printer it will copy the program to your CustomWare directory and make a new folder called PDF. PRINTERS P (TEXT TO PDF) 93 11/11/11 Modified AR REPORT CENTER description on option 8 - find item usage to include the information that it also searches for customer purchase order numbers. 92 11/11/11 Modified W2 to prepar for laser W2's. The form is for 3 up per page - 1 page per employee and an option for the employer's copy (2 up - 1 employee per page - employer's copy & SSA's). Still need to format it but the logic is implemented. 91 11/09/11 Fixed CGI WRITE to use DOMAIN instead of HOSTNAME for replacement in SSHV2 script. 90 11/09/11 Fixed EDI UPLOAD to copy null to SORT A so that the script will write correctly. *#89 11/07/11 Modified EDI UPLOAD and CGI WRITE to use new user specific information for SSHV2 ftp uploads. The script name has been changed to LOGIN NAME, EDI #, script.exp, i.e. if the ssh user linux login name is "parts" and the EDI Service # is 1, the script will be parts1script.exp. The script also changed to use the LOGIN NAME@HOSTNAME:/home /cw for the command prompt that is expected in the script, i.e., parts@customware:/home/cw Lastly the script changed to make sure the upload directory is edisX/upload where X is the EDI SERVICE # without any preceding zeros. Changed EDI SERVICE CHANGE to show example of how the exact phrase of "USER" should be used in the SSH RSA file path. CGI SSHV2 88 11/04/11 Fixed PAYROLL INIT to force 1 instead of null for EP TYPE 1 if electronic payroll is not set to Y 87 11/02/11 Modified INIT to put ctrl,ctrl,U for shift tab if osn = unix 86 11/02/11 Modified building matrix files to show the part # when a duplicate is found (color, size & style) and to show both part numbers. 85 11/01/11 Fixed CGI WRITE when writing SSHV2 script - local upload directory changed to take 0's off of dir name: edis00001 becomes edis1 84 10/31/11 Fixed WO EDI RESEND, WO EDI SELECT, EDI UPLOAD. Various fixes with regards to the upload directory and selection lists for Linux systems. 83 10/29/11 Modified EP GET FILE to read the files in the directories instead of using the EP LOG FILE to compute the first usable check #. # 82 10/23/11 Modified INIT to use CTRL F1 key combinsatino for ALT H on Linux/Unix systems. Hitting the CTRL F1 key will bring up the HELP system on CustomWare. # 81 10/23/11 Modified INIT to use the F1 key for ALT C key on Linux/Unix systems. Hitting the F1 key in most inputs will bring the calculator up. 80 10/23/11 Modified VENDOR EXPORT to include option for ONE TIME VENDOR. 79 10/23/11 Fixed CHECK REGISTER EXPORT to put file in export sub directory 78 10/23/11 Fixed screens in EMPLOYEE EXPORT and EMPLOYEE CHECK REGISTER EXPORT. 77 10/22/11 Fixed PAYROLL ENTER for verifying that an employee has a bank routing number (9 digits) from using BANK ACCT to BANK ROUTE. *#76 10/22/11 Added POSITIVE PAY to payroll system. Positive pay creates a CSV (comma separated file) to send to the bank. When a check is cashed, the bank verifies that it is a valid check. Positive Pay is created in regular payroll, handwritten payroll checks and void payroll checks. I PAYROLL TRANS I POSITIVE PAY 75 10/21/11 Fixed CASH DISB INIT for EP TYPE 1 noun. 74 10/20/11 Modified EP FILE TRANSFER to use upload directory stored in EDI SERVICES file for ftp transfers. 73 10/20/11 Modified SET UP ELECTRONIC PAYMENTS to set USE EDI to Yes if payroll or cash disbursements electronic payment is set to Yes. 72 10/20/11 Added network copy to electronic file transfer. 71 10/19/11 Modified CD TRANSFER by taking out EP GET FILE as it would mess up the check #'s. 70 10/19/11 Modified CASH DISB PROCESS to not compute a new check # for electronic payments - no limit of # of invoices on payment for electronic payments. 69 10/19/11 Fixed EP GET FILE to correctly create electronic transfer file in correct directory. * 68 10/18/11 Fixed TEMP PAYROLL to use noun EP 1 instead of EP TYPE 1. TEMP PAYROLL EP 1 67 10/18/11 Fixed CASH DISBURSEMENTS to re-get electronic check # if checks did not print correctly. 66 10/18/11 Fixed PAYROLL INIT to put correct value in EP TYPE 1. Fixed PAYROLL to compute electronic check # 65 10/18/11 Fixed CASH DISBURSEMENTS to not print or ask to print checks if all checks are electronic. 64 10/18/11 Fixed PAYROLL to not print or ask to print checks if all checks are electronic. 63 10/17/11 Added EP TRANSFER to payroll. 62 10/17/11 Fixed question in payroll enter to put answer into correct noun (EP1) when asked if electronic payment. 61 10/17/11 Modified MV PRN FILES (used in disk to disk backups) to take out the "./" to the move commands. *#60 10/17/11 Changed all ftp script data from xmission.com to customware.com CGI 59 10/17/11 Added ftp option to EDI file transfer program. This uses a service provider's ftp address and login from the EDI SERVICE center. 58 10/17/11 Modified AR TOTAL to have option 3, summary by customer as the default. 57 10/16/11 Fixed CHECK REGISTER SORT for entire year, all vendors, types, etc. 56 10/14/11 Fixed BM LIST to press go on screen output. 55 10/13/11 Modified CASH DISB ENTER & CASH DISB AUTO - cosmetic changes to screens. 54 10/12/11 Added release to AR STATEMENT SEL for TEMP 1 file. 53 10/12/11 Modified CASH DISB ENTER to hold bank acct 1 if inquiring vendor check. 52 10/12/11 Fixed CASH DISB ENTER for destruction of screens if test flag is 1 - auto pay/view: took out the dwn. 51 10/12/11 Took out RECORDS CENTER (records management). Selective Save. Merge. 50 10/11/11 Modified AR INVOICE ENTER OE to calculate frieght on merchandise instead of T1 (should have been the same but did it for continuity) 49 10/11/11 Modified AR INVOICE ENTER to calculate freight on merchandise amount instead of non-dist 48 10/11/11 Fixed AR INVOICE ENTER DIST C to put in release before return. 47 10/10/11 Modified custom form 1 ar invoice to include discounts. ******************************************************************************* U 08/15/11 VERSION 2011.5.8.00 ******************************************************************************* 46 10/09/11 Modified INQUIRE CUSTOMER INVOICE to show discount information and re-arranged the order of data to be more logical - pre payment information moved to just before cash receipt info, etc. 45 10/09/11 Modified OE CREATE to put the default value of SHIP STORE to 1 instead of N. 44 10/08/11 Fixed SV IA (inventory audit) to get item in inventory to store correct on hand amount. 43 10/08/11 Modified AR INVOICE REGISTER to show standard and promotional discounts. 42 10/08/11 Modified IN SHIP FROM to plug Y to packing slip printed if drop shipped from vendor. Forgot IN DROP SHIP as IN SHIP FROM takes its place. 41 10/08/11 Fixed SET UP BARCODE to save the settings for inventory. 40 10/08/11 Fixed INVENTORY CENTER costmetics if option #9 (bar code) set. *#39 10/08/11 Modified and clarified ship INVENTORY FROM in Order Entry and A/R Invoicing. Depending on which options you have set, you may ship from "this" or the default location, a "store" or warehouse location or drop ship from a vendor. New program: IN SHIP FROM. Modified POST INVENTORY. OE MASTER INVENT LOC 38 10/07/11 Modified various input screens and programs for promotional discount and "system" discount usage. 37 10/07/11 Changed the positions of tax and freight on the invoice - switched them. It makes more sense to have freight before tax IF you have freight set as taxable. If not, it does not matter. *#36 10/05/11 Added PROMOTIONAL DISCOUNTS to AR Invoicing. This option does NOT change the discount option but adds options. The promo discount will apply to the entire invoice by percent or a set dollar amount. It is intended for coupons, flyers, web discounts and the like. All discounts will print at the bottom of the invoice after the merchandise total and not as a line item, and before the freight and sales tax totals. System discounts are applied before promotional discounts. It is set up in SET UP ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE, option 19 and is INDEPENDANT from the "Use Discounts" option. I AR TRANS I DISC PROMO TEMP AR INVOICE (also rearranged noun order) DISC PROMO (discount amount) DISC PROMO TYPE (1=%, 2=$) DISC PROMO DESC (entered in set up) DISC PROMO VALUE (% .xx, or $) DISC TYPE (1=%, 2=$) DISC VALUE (% .xx, or $) DISC AMT INV (discount amount) AR INVOICE DISC INFO AR INVOICE HISTORY DISC INFO AR INVOICE ARCHIVE DISC INFO TEMP AR INVOICE rearranged noun placement 35 10/04/11 Added option to FIND AMOUNT and made cosmetic changes with more informative data. 34 10/02/11 Added option to RECURRING JOURNAL ENTRY POST to list summary of recurring journal entries. 33 10/01/11 Fixed CASH DISB SPECIFIC (F4 option) to null out distribution so as to not totally fubar the journal entry. 32 10/01/11 Added audit program to find a specific dollar amount. It will check all amounts, including distribution in all files. Needs to have date options added. *#31 09/20/11 Added option to use Purchase Orders or not. I AP TRANS I PO USE 30 09/17/11 Modified Raw Material Create for various cosmetic changes. *#29 09/14/11 Modified check security on Linux systems to compare host name with installation authorization. I COMPANY TRANS I HOST NAME 28 09/13/11 Modified UPDATE OPTIONS to clear flags in update files that are not numbers (expressions). *#27 09/12/11 Added sold information to FLEET VEHICLE file. Modified options and program to reflect the changes. FLEET FILE SOLD INFO 26 09/12/11 Added new information to the fleet vehicle inquire program. It now gives the option to skip the detail and go straight to totals for maintenance costs & miles per gallon. If the vehicle is or was financed, shows years & months to payoff, payment amount (using AMORT), interest costs, added interest costs to total cost to own, etc. 25 09/11/11 Fixed cosmetics on FLEET MAINTENANCE DUE REPORT to not show unneeded information, alignment, etc. 24 09/11/11 Added FLEET MAINTENANCE DUE REPORT to FLEET FUEL USAGE. After exiting the vehicle, the maintenenace due report will run to reflect current milage usage and date. 23 09/11/11 Fixed FLEET MAINTENANCE DUE REPORT to accurately only show the information on a single vehicle if that option is selected. 22 09/07/11 Modified BANK RECON OPEN CHECKS to get the first open check in the file (alpha numerically) that is in the statement month. 21 09/05/11 Modified CGI CHANGE - when changing lines, it now writes a temp file to the O/S and system calls an editor, then re-writes the modified file back to the CGI file. 20 09/04/11 Added program to add or change inflation rates. This is accessed through the Inflation Analysis program in the General Ledger Center. 19 09/04/11 Added an option to the Inflation Analysis to do maintenance on the inflation rate file. Currently, you may view the file starting at any year (1665 is first year). 18 09/04/11 Fixed a cosmetic spelling error in Inflation Analsys *#17 09/03/11 Added 2010 inflation rate to inflation rate table. INFLATION RATES 16 09/03/11 Modified 2009 inflation rate to reflect true inflation rate (government excludes food & energy) 15 09/01/11 Fixed an error with the Disk To Disk, non-compressed backup. On non-SCO systems a space was left off the command. 14 08/28/11 Modified the input screen for CASH DISBURSEMENTS. Added windows for showing invoices paid, total amount disbursed for the run, etc. 13 08/28/11 Fixed screen (cosmetic) errors on CASH DISBURSEMENTS. 12 08/27/11 Added same option to CASH DISB ENTER as version 11 below. 11 08/27/11 Added option to AP HANDWRITE ENTER to hit an F key to enter a total amount of cash to disburse. This will pull up each invoice and allow you to enter a discount, interest and cash amount until you run out of the amount specified. The amount of cash to pay will always be the total balance on the invoice except on the last invoice which will show the remaining amount of the total as the amount of cash to pay. To skip an invoice: enter 0 for cash amount and answer that the information is correct. 10 08/25/11 Added options for One Time Customer exportation information from AR INVOICES in the EXPORT CUSTOMER program. 09 08/24/11 Added examples to setting up web e-Mail program in SET UP WWW 08 08/22/11 Modified MV PRN FILES to use a 2 step process to copy and delete the printer files instead of using the move command. This option effects Windows CustomWare only. 07 08/20/11 Added option to the CUSTOMWARE UPDATE program to skip warnings by hitting the F9 key on each of the 3 error messages. This should not be used unless you are SURE you wish to override the safeguards. 06 08/19/11 Modified VENDOR INQUIRE HISTORY & INVOICE DETAIL to be able to select a specific ONE TIME VENDOR from a list of all one time vendors. Also modified INQUIRE VENDOR CHECKS. 05 08/19/11 Modified CUSTOMER INQUIRE HISTORY & INVOICE DETAIL to be able to select a specific ONE TIME CUSTOMER from list of all one time customers in specified range. *#04 08/18/11 Modified REMOTE BACKUP programs to include the date in the compressed file name. Added 2 scripts to the script file for backup lists and exceptions for Linux. CGI 03 08/17/11 Modified GET PO - the program that retrieves all PO's - to use the PO HISTORY FILE. PO CHANGE modified to not allow the changing of a history po. *#02 08/16/11 Added Purchase Order history files. The only program changed is PO CLEAN and PO DELETE. PO MASTER HISTORY PO LINE HISTORY 01 08/16/11 Fixed CASH FLOW ANALYSIS to show correct totals (zero totals before showing report) ******************************************************************************* U 08/15/11 VERSION 2011.5.8.00 ******************************************************************************* 99 08/15/11 Modified INVENTORY SALES REPORT to default to A/R invoices instead of Till Invoices (Point of Sale). This effects only those who have the Point Of Sale module. 98 08/13/11 Added option to INVENTORY AUDIT REPORT to select an item and view the detail. If the source is from A/R Invoicing or Employee Purchases, you may view the document. Other sources such as count sheets, changing inventory, etc., have no other source document for more detail. 97 08/13/11 Added From/To date option in FINDING BAD DEBTS. # 96 08/12/11 Modified contents of CGI script file to have updated information on CustomWare's web site. Instead of using Xmission's ftp and e-Mail, etc., now uses CustomWare.com and correct e-Mail. CGI 95 08/12/11 Modified BAD DEBT FIND cosmetics and added option to view the invoice detail. 94 08/10/11 Added option to BAD DEBT FIND to show all ONE TIME CUSTOMERS and choose from the list of which one to view. 93 08/10/11 Modified BAD DEBT FIND to show ONE TIME CUSTOMER name & info when selecting all customers. 92 08/09/11 Added option to INVENTORY AUDIT REPORT to view items by STYLE. 1 or multiple styles may be entered but the report will come out with all styles grouped together. 91 08/09/11 Modified VIEW LOG (show which CustomWare version you're using) to be easier to read via screen colors. 90 08/09/11 Added option to the INVENTORY AUDIT REPORT to sort by SOURCE. Source is which program the inventory was effected. You may select one or more of a possible 15 sources. 89 08/09/11 Fixed cosmetic problem with Inventory Audit report when viewing on screen. 88 08/08/11 Added option to CUSTOMER USAGE SEARCH to include the customer purchase order #. 87 07/14/11 Fixed CALC F DATE to preserve key value, copy 0 to key and restore key value. If the key were 1, the date due would be messed up. 86 07/14/11 Modified AR STATEMENTS to show "N/A" for age of any invoice with an amount less than zero. 85 06/29/11 Fixed PAYROLL PROCESS & PAYROLL PROCESS WAGES to correctly STORE the employer FICA. 84 06/14/11 Modified WO EDI LABOR to use COLUMN 1 PRICE instead of RETAIL if use retail setting is NO. Also: CALC TAX WARRANTY, WO INQUIRE, WO INVOICE REGISTER LINE, WO LIST, WO SV WARRANTY, WOCD. This is mostly used for labor pricing. 83 06/14/11 Modified INVENTORY INQUIRE to not show retail if the option is set to NO. ******************************************************************************* U 05/04/11 VERSION 2011.5.7.82 ******************************************************************************* 82 05/04/11 Modified printing of Packing Slips to test for line count after checking if the next line item is part of the order. It was checking after it printed a line but the next line may not be on the same order so it printed a blank and extra page. 81 04/13/11 Fixed OE CREATE to 0 out PO AMT & show correctly on screen (fixed column & no column pricing tested). Compute & store correct amount after entering line items so that hitting F3 and recomputing the order amount is not necessary. 80 04/12/11 Added option to CUSTOMER INVENTORY CREATE (override pricing) to change price for all of 1 style. 79 04/09/11 Modified EMPLOYEE INQUIRE YTD to not show FUTA 1 inversed (cosmetic) 78 04/09/11 Fixed CALC FICA to use MEDICARE LIMIT when calculating medicare 77 04/05/11 Modified BANK RECON CHECKS to clear lines & re-display check (saves screen space - cosmetic). 76 04/01/11 Added F Key options to AR INVOICE CREATE to allow for changing printer/port before printing invoices. This option is added when you enter the number of invoice to print. 75 03/29/11 Modified WEB EXPORT to use windows\system32\ftp directory for default ftp program instead of windows\ftp. 74 03/29/11 Modified WEB EXPORT to use I WIN DRIVE. 73 03/29/11 Fixed SET UP COMPANY when using a person to report security breaches to - after getting the employee, a re-get needed to ensure correct save in the I COMPANY TRANS. 72 03/29/11 Modified OSN ENTER to include question for Windows default drive if operating system is Windows. * 71 03/29/11 Renamed I EXTRA 1 to be I FTP LOG DTS. This noun is used when building and reading a UNIX/Linux ftp log file. I COMPANY TRANS I FTP LOG DTS * 70 03/29/11 Renamed I EXTRA 2 to be I WIN DRIVE. Used only for Windows systems this sets the drive letter for where the Windows system is (default = C). I COMPANY TRANS I WIN DRIVE 69 03/28/11 Fixed IN WARRANTY USE to allow F10 on first menu, setting all to "Not Covered". 68 03/28/11 Fixed IN MIN REORDER to not ask questions if I USE MIN is set to NO (set up inventory) 67 03/27/11 Fixed VENDOR SPLIT 3 to use SORT G instead of HOLD when determining which file to delete old invoice from (open, closed, history) 66 03/10/11 Fixed deleting fleet maintenance. 65 03/10/11 Added search option for standard maintenance items when entering fleet maintenance. 64 03/05/11 Modified BANK RECON OPEN CHECKS (shows open checks in bank reconcilliation program) to use as default check # the first check shown in the open checks window instead of the last open check. 63 03/05/11 Fixed DISK MAINT DD (disk to disk backup) to correctly move printer files to history directory in MS-DOS (Windows). 62 03/05/11 Modified SSNVS CONFIRM to use FTP GET FILE. 61 03/05/11 Modified FTP GET FILE to be compliant with Windows (MS-DOS), cosmetic changes for up to 999 files to select from, screen pausing & abort/select now. * 60 03/05/11 Added change program for SSNVS. Deleted most nouns in TEMP EMPLOYEE, keeping only those needed for contact & verification. 59 03/05/11 Added SSNVS listings. 58 03/05/11 Added option to add existing employee to the temp employee file to create & upload file for verification. 57 02/23/11 Fixed AR AGED ANALYSIS - was stuck in endless loop. 56 02/17/11 Modified FEDERAL TAX MENU to renumber options (cosmetic) 55 02/12/11 Added option for e-Mailing statements. The format is the same as the web format and is created when you build files to export to the web for all or single customers. Currently, it only builds the file (cust.htm) which can then be attached to an email. Will add an automatic email option through Windows and Linux. 54 02/11/11 Added option to AR Invoicing pre-payments: online confirmation or order #. 53 02/11/11 Fixed cosmetic spelling of RECEIVED in entering pre-payments in AR INVOICING. 52 02/02/11 Modified AR INVOICE EXPORT. Options for expanding distribution & lines, option for cash receipts. 51 02/02/11 Modified AR INVOICE POST to check if a reference in currently in the file before automatically trying to post. Error messages added: AR INVOICE NUMBER, AR INVOICE, AR INVOICE HISTORY. This can be caused from double posting or the posting process not completing. The journal entry, inventory and commissions may be double posted. 50 01/31/11 Fixed & modifications to ADDRESS IMPORT, SPLIT FIELDS, ADDRESS LIST 49 01/30/11 Modified GET SYSTEM DATE to use a new noun C YEAR (century) which is the 2 digit century number. (Yes, I expect CustomWare to be going strong in the year 2100!!) 48 01/30/11 Modified DISK MAINT CENTER to utilize GET SYSTEM DATE. 47 01/30/11 Modified disk to disk compressed backup (nullifying version modification 2011.5.7.40) to create directory PRFILES/HIST if it does not exist and instead of deleting the prn files move the files to the history directory. The history directory will be segregated with sub-directories by year. 46 01/29/11 Added option (CWD only) for customer purchases - back out hw sales. 45 01/29/11 Fixed & modified CUSTOMER CONSOLIDATE (merging 2 customers into 1). Added question for invoice suffix (max 3 digits). While technically, there should be no duplicate invoice #'s, sometimes, there are in systems that have been in use for more than 10-15 years. 44 01/27/11 Modified W2's for different paper feeding for laser forms. The samples sent indicated there were 6 forms together for each W2. The actual forms sent were separated so that the entire batch had to be run 6 times instead of once. Also added a line for ADDRESS LINE 2. W2 W2 LINE LASER 10 43 01/26/11 Modified Payroll Report Center: cosmetic - option 13 is now INQUIRE Commission instead of Commission Report. 42 01/25/11 Modified W2s: Ask if you want to print a sub total every 42nd form. Took out option to print by state, added option to print all employees from a starting employee (paper jams). If laser W2's are selected will print a total on the last W2. 41 01/25/11 Added laser printer option for W2's for 2010. NOTE: CAFETERIA 3 is used for CHILD BENEFITS and is reported on a different line than CAFETERIA 1 & 2. ALSO, LASER PRINTERS vary on where on the page they start from the top - you should calibrate your printer before printing. Option will be made available shortly. Currently works for HP 8000 printers. 40 01/23/11 Modified DISK MAINT DD (disk to disk compressed backup only) to delete all printer files AFTER the backup. ******************************************************************************* U 01/04/11 VERSION 2011.5.7.39 ******************************************************************************* #*39 01/23/11 Added second FUTA rate based on date. This year, the FUTA rate will change in June or so and the CALC FUTA program auto-adjusts for YTD FUTA. This will allow for not under charging for the previous period. I PAYROLL TRANS I FUTA RATE 1 I FUTA RATE DATE EMPLOYEE TEMP PAYROLL YTD FUTA 1 38 01/20/11 Modified M ECR (EMPLOYEE CHECK REGISTER file program) to copy 0 to FICA EMPLOYER if its null. This is so that if a previous year's file is pulled up where the employer's FICA was not saved because it was the same as the employee's, it will not crash the program. 37 01/20/11 Fixed cosmetics in ENTER MULTI DIST when changing vendor GL distribution. 36 01/18/11 Added option for REPLACEMENT VALUE in the INVENTORY QUICK TOTAL program. 35 01/18/11 Added option in INVENTORY COUNT SHEET REG to print all styles separately. 34 01/17/11 Fixed INVENTORY COUNT SHEET REG (print counted sheets) for specific style. 33 01/17/11 Add a MONTHLY summary option to VEHICLE FLEET inquire program. 32 01/16/11 Added a SEASON option to the VEHICLE FLEET inquire program. This will summarize each season by year and a total by season for all years. Season: Spring = March, April May Summer = June, July, August Fall = September, October, November Winter = December, January, February 31 01/16/11 Fixed all programs that use the number of stores noun (I STORE #) to skip asking questions when there is only 1 location. Changed STORE CREATE to recount & reset number of stores when exiting. Programs changed include inventory count sheets, inventory create, entering invoices, records programs, etc. 30 01/16/11 Fixed endless loop in COUNT SHEET REGISTER. If NOT a manufacturer, exiting from location option will now exit to the main center. 29 01/16/11 Changed COUNT SHEET REGISTER to not ask if Firsts/Seconds if the option to use firsts is set to N. (Default is firsts) 28 01/16/11 Added options to COUNT SHEET REGISTER (print entered count sheets) for printing from/to part #'s or for a single style. 27 01/14/11 Added MPG by Season in the fleet vehicle inquire program. 26 01/12/11 Added cosmetic highlights to Work Order EDI COMMUNICATIONS CENTER. Most of the rest of the options are outdated but may still be used. 25 01/11/11 Added an option for STYLE order when PRINTing COUNT SHEETS: you may have a separate page for each style. * 24 01/09/11 Added a PAYMENT OPTION to AR INVOICING. THIS DOES NOT EFFECT THE ACTUAL BALANCE OF THE INVOICE. IT ONLY EFFECTS THE PRINTED INVOICE TOTAL!!!! YOU MUST STILL RECEIVE THE PAYMENT THROUGH CASH RECEIPTS BEFORE THE BALANCE OF THE INVOICE IS AFFECTED. AR INVOICE AR INVOICE HISTORY AR INVOICE ARCHIVE TEMP AR INVOICE PRE PMT INFO Currently, the only programs changed are AR INVOICE ENTER, AR INVOICE ENTER HAND & AR INVOICE ENTER OE. Order Entry invoicing may have cosmetic problems. Please report these errors. If there is pre-payment information, the invoice will print this information and show a balance due of 0. REMEMBER THAT THE ACTUAL BALANCE DUE IS NOT CHANGED AND THE PAYMENT MUST BE RECEIVED IN CASH RECEIPTS!!! 23 01/09/11 Added Shipping & Handling add on options to SET UP AR SHIPPING. This option is the same as what's in SET UP AR FORMS. 22 01/09/11 Modified CW UPDATE: minor tweaks. 21 01/08/11 Modified with cosmetic changes to FLEET MAINT SCHED CHANGE, FLEET MAINT ITEM CHANGE, FLEET MAINT SCHED LIST. 20 01/08/11 Modified GL TRIAL BALANCE to show "profit/loss" if the GL CLEAN SS flag is set to 2 (cleaned, operating in M13) 19 01/07/11 Modified USAGE STYLE report to abort when hitting F10 between screen paging. 18 01/07/11 Fixed PO Recieve to put a default value for PO COST of 0 for NO PO receiving. 17 01/06/11 Added GL account listing - full or partial - when adding or changing a GL account. ******************************************************************************* U 01/04/11 VERSION 2011.5.7.16 ******************************************************************************* 16 01/04/11 Modified programs use employer FICA portion. The update computes the employer FICA by dividing FICA by the FICA RATE and then multiplying that by the EMPLOYER FICA RATE. The update checks the check date for the year - if 2010, copies the FICA to the EMPLOYER FICA, if > 2010, calculates it. CALC FICA COMPUTE TEMP TAX EMPLOYEE INQUIRE CHECK OT PAYROLL ENTER PAYROLL HANDWRITE ENTER PAYROLL QTR RPT CALC *#15 01/04/11 Added employer FICA rate. I PAYROLL TRANS I FICA RATE EMPLOYER TEMP PAYROLL EMPLOYER FICA EMPLOYEE CHECK REGISTER EMPLOYER FICA EMPLOYEE CHECK REGISTER LY EMPLOYER FICA 14 01/03/11 Modified WO EDI INIT to correctly populate HOLD EDI WO EDI LIST WO EDI RESEND 13 01/03/11 Modified WO EDI SELECT to show 4 numbers for selecting file (up to 9,999 files) 12 01/02/11 Modified FLEET EXPORT to make it more usable. 11 01/02/11 Modified FLEET MAINT CHANGE to allow for input of screen max. This may cut off large entries for MISC & MAINT ITEMS. 10 01/02/11 Modified EMPLOYEE CHANGE to show Employer Health contribution amount (cosmetic). 09 01/02/11 Added GL Clean Status to Year Center's Screen (cosmetic) 08 01/02/11 Modified updatels to: chmod 666 *.PFM VERSION. chown main * chgrp users * 07 01/01/11 Fixed WO EDI RESEND to work correctly. Added options for history directories WO EDI LIST WO EDI SELECT 06 01/01/11 Fixed WO EDI to work correctly with changes. 05 01/01/11 New program to move sent EDI files to history directory. 04 01/01/11 Fixed WO EDI LIST to correctly, without errors list sent EDI files. 03 01/01/11 Changed the DISK TO DISK backup program to copy ALL files and directories, not just the PFM, lbs, etc. files. 02 01/01/11 Added highlight to invoice amount on inquire vendor history. 01 01/01/11 Added to GL JE SEARCH the option to search all year end transactions (M13). ******************************************************************************* U 01/01/11 VERSION 2011.5.7.00 ******************************************************************************* 99 12/31/10 Changed CGI WRITE to use edisX with local upload directory in creating SSHV2 script. 98 12/31/10 Changed EDI DIR CHECK to be consistent using I DIR SEPERATOR instead of / or \ 97 12/30/10 Added WO EDI RESEND to EDI COMM CENTER to more easily find the resend program (also in WORK ORDER CENTER). 96 12/30/10 Changed WO EDI to be consistent with and use edisX/upload for BATCH mode (combine all upload files into 1). 95 12/29/10 Changed WO EDI OPEN to create files in edisX/upload 94 12/29/10 Changed WO EDI to move files from edisX/upload to edisX/sent 93 12/29/10 Changed EDI DIR CHECK to create edisX/upload if not existent. 92 12/29/10 Changed EDI DIR CHECK to chmod if Linux system on upload dir. 91 12/29/10 Changed WO EDI RESEND to use EDI SUFFIX instead of TAY 90 12/29/10 Fixed EDI UPLOAD & PUB KEY CREATE to use Login Name for script name instead of EDI number. Public keys are linux user specific. 89 12/24/10 Modified AP HANDWRITE ENTER for cosmetics: show clearly check date, check number and align vendor. # 88 12/19/10 Fixed printer G codes to correctly print landscape. The init string can be changed from letter to legal, ledger, A4, etc. 87 12/15/10 Changed PAYROLL CLEAN to keep last year's files in a history file (operating system - no program to access the data). The file name is EMPLOYXX and ECRXX where XX is the year of last year's file (if this year is 2010, last year=2009 and the new file will be EEC09). 86 12/15/10 Moved the copying of current year GL and TRANS to last year files to the GL RENAME GL and GL RENAME TRANS from GL CLEAN. 85 12/15/10 Fixed GL RENAME GL to correctly move & copy GL files to correct names and years for the varying operating systems. 84 12/15/10 Fixed GL RENAME TRANS to correctly move & copy TRANSACTION files to correct names and years for the varying operating systems. 83 12/13/10 Added debit and credit countdown counters to manually entering journal entries. (cosmetic) 82 12/13/10 Fixed GL DEPT LIST to not go over 1 line for the department/ store name (cosmetic). 81 12/13/10 Fixed screen problem in SSNVS CONFIRM. Now creates & destroys separate screen from EMPLOYEE CENTER. (cosmetic) 80 12/12/10 Modified the PRINTER DEVS CREATE program to plug a different script if the device (port) is "termprint". 79 10/16/10 Fix OE DS SCREEN to not show "FIRSTS" if option set to NO. 78 10/08/10 Changed OE CHANGE LINE ADD to allow for 10 digits for the price including a minus sign. A back space erase was entered to keep alignment. This allows for a number of -999,999.99. *#77 09/10/10 Added Employer portion of health insurance to employee file. Without specifications, the computation of federal and state taxes, 941 & W-2 forms are NOT updated. EMPLOYEE ZERO EMPLOYEE CHANGE EMPLOYEE INQUIRE EMPLOYEE INQUIRE YTD PAYROLL ADD PAYROLL ENTER EMPLOYEE HEALTH EMP YTD HEALTH EMP TEMP PAYROLL HEALTH EMP AMT *#76 09/10/10 Added 2009 inflation rate to INFLATION RATES file. INFLATION 75 06/17/10 Fixed POST INVENTORY: when voiding an invoice, add a "V" to the reference in the inventory placement history file. 74 06/13/10 Modified FLEET V LIST to show 4 digits for year. 73 06/13/10 Fixed FLEET V INQUIRE HIST to copy 0 to *3 if it is null 72 05/04/10 Added MULTI DIST FLAG for entering multiple account number distribution for vendors. Cosmetic change. * 71 04/02/10 Added WEB CALENDAR program. Login required. Allows for: 1. Multiple calendars 2. Multiple users 3. Maintenance for calendars & users 4. User may be: a. Administrator: add, delete, modify, access all users and calendars b. Viewer only - may view a calendar but not change it c. Modifier - may view a calendar and make changes 5. Calendar has pop ups for items on the date 6. Items on calendar may be marked as "completed" 70 01/27/10 Added option to INVENTORY UPDATE BOOK COST to update all inventory to LAST COST. 69 01/25/10 Fixed bug in INVENTORY CHANGE SIZE. 68 01/13/10 Fixed bug in AR STATEMENTS. Since making the TEMP STATEMENT 2 file terminal sensitive, the CUST changed when cleaning the file and no statement would print. 67 01/08/10 Modified SET UP TRANS by Taking out extra IF statement. 66 01/05/10 Fixed PAYROLL COMPUTE GARNISHMENTS. When there was a garnish- ment on handwrites, it wiped out the gross, etc. and ignored the amount entered for health deduction. The net was never correct. 65 01/02/10 Modified GL REBUILD to zero M13 and recalc. ******************************************************************************* U 01/01/10 VERSION 2010.5.6.65 ******************************************************************************* 64 12/08/09 Added instructions & made program change to use the caret (^) for the underscore (_) in email addresses in customer change. *#63 12/07/09 Modified the CGI FILE with new scripts for the SALES REP web program. Required files uploaded to web: cwslsmn.cgi slsmn.js slsmn.css bluesquare.bmp (in image dir) icon files if you have them (.ico in image dir) CGI 62 12/04/09 Fixed a bug in UPDATE BOOK COST BY STYLE (inventory update book cost) to use key 5 i instead of key 4. * 61 12/02/09 Added option to web export programs to build files for sales reps. The TEMP STATEMENT 1 and TEMP STATEMENT 2 files were made multi-terminal. The only program that was really effected was AR STATEMENTS. Added password option to SALESMAN FILE. SLSMN FILE SLSMN PASSWORD 60 12/01/09 Added an option to all INVENTORY LISTS to print everything or from/to part #. 59 10/16/09 Added LPRINT to scripts file. This program is for Linux remote printing, i.e., print to a computer's default printer. This requires no set up except that it must be exported and put into the /bin directory with 777 permissions. The device should be set up in CustomWare as "lprint" (no quotes) and used as the default printer for the terminal. It does use the computer's print spooler (not Linux's). 58 10/01/09 Added 3 blank lines at bottom of LP STAT so that all the information will show (Linux systems only). 57 10/01/09 Added help screen to AP HANDWRITE CHECKS to show check prefix abbreviations. 56 08/18/09 Modified FLEET MAINT CHANGE to allow the changing of the reference. 55 08/18/09 Modified FLEET TRIP to show correct starting milage and color highlight to total MPG. ******************************************************************************* U 08/10/09 VERSION 2009.5.6.54 ******************************************************************************* *#54 08/07/09 Added SSHV2 script to CGI file which creates the script.exp program. 53 08/07/09 Modified EDI UPLOAD to test for SSH V2 type. Creates file if not there. 52 08/07/09 Modified CGI WRITE to include nouns for creating the script.exp file. 51 08/06/09 New program to generate an SSHv2 open connection public key (PUB KEY CREATE) which is placed in the EDI CENTER. 50 08/06/09 Modified WO EDI OPEN to use new naming convention of file names. 49 08/06/09 Modified EDI SERVICE CHANGE for changing EDI file naming convention options. * 48 08/06/09 Added field to EDI SERVICE file for file naming options. EDI FILE EDI NAME CONVENTION EDI TYPE EDI SSH DIR PATH EDI LCL UPLOAD DIR 47 08/06/09 Modified window border from double compound to none in EDI SERVICE CHANGE 46 06/21/09 Added an SE flag for trip marking. This indicates that the one fill up is the total trip. 45 06/21/09 Added inquiry for Trip Statistics in the Inquire Vehicle program. 44 06/11/09 Modified FLEET MAINT CREATE to enter more than one MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE item. 43 06/11/09 Modified FLEET MAINT CHANGE to delete an entry from the vehicle history file. 42 06/05/09 Modified cosmetic changes to WO EDI. Use of I DIR SEPERATOR in ED I programs. 41 06/01/09 Modified FLEET SCHEDULE MAINT LISTING to quit program if screen selected and F10 hit after full page 40 06/01/09 Modified FLEET MAINTENANCE LISTING to quit program if screen selected and F10 hit after full page. 39 06/01/09 Added option in FLEET VEHICLE INQUIRE to select a specific maintenance item. 38 05/19/09 Modified CUSTOMER CHANGE program to give option to delete all of the customer's inventory override prices. This only applies if the override option AND pricing levels options are used. 37 05/19/09 Modified DELETE CUSTOMER INVENTORY by adding an option to delete ALL of the customer's override inventory prices. 36 05/12/09 Modified MSU (line 90). This is the matrix ordering screen. If you have selected to use the CUSTOMER INVENTORY PRICE OVERRIDE option, the override price will now be used. This function MAY cause problems with those CustomWare users that are using the PRICE BASED ON QTY option. PLEASE REVIEW YOUR ORDERS FOR CORRECT PRICING. 35 05/12/09 Modifed CHANGING ORDER ENTRY master information. The billing address, if changed, will be saved immediately after you enter it. Before this it had to be saved by hitting F10 key BEFORE making other changes such as ship to. If you have changed the customer file data (permanent billing information) the order will be updated with the current billing information from the customer file (this happens when you hit the F2 key on billing information). 34 05/05/09 Modified OSS ENTER to set I DIR SEPERATOR *#33 05/05/09 Added a system noun for use in internal address direction. I COMPANY TRANS I DIR SEPERATOR 32 05/05/09 Fixed a bug in CUSTOMWARE UPDATE for Windows 95-XP users (not 2000, etc.) where a space was in the system call command to ftp. Also added ".exe" to all the Windows commands in CW Update 31 04/30/09 Fixed bug in INVENTORY LIST QTY that was using '= instead of "= 30 04/30/09 Modified D to correctly align with the D1 program. 29 04/30/09 New program called DS INSTR which is used to quickly display instructions. !#28 04/30/09 Added the RSS Center. This is a simple method for you to create RSS (Really Simple Syndication) feeds for your site. The RSS Center is in the Internet Center. You may have multiple feeds (I have one for my News Page and Updates Page). RSS MASTER RSS LINE MIME TYPE *#27 04/21/09 Added TRIP FLAG to FLEET HISTory file. This will come up in the entering fuel program to signify the beginning and end of a trip. Will be used for future reports. FLEET HIST TRIP FLAG ******************************************************************************* U 03/23/09 VERSION 2009.5.6.26 ******************************************************************************* 26 03/23/09 Fixed M CASH REC for saving using option 2 - was not saving KEY CUST correctly making duplicate references. 25 03/23/09 Modified CUSTOMER SPLIT to allow for splitting out all or selective ONE TIME CUSTOMERs. 24 03/23/09 Modified Change Customer to show the customer # separate from the name. 23 03/23/09 Modified CUSTOMER SPLIT by separating out programs to create and zero customers. # 22 02/27/09 Added a description field to the standard AP vendor account general ledger noun. * 21 02/26/09 Added an option for payroll calculation of federal withholding. When computing federal withholding you may elect to round to the nearest whole dollar. This option has been added to the payroll set up menu. The default is No, so if you do nothing there is no change. I PAYROLL TRANS I FED RU 20 02/25/09 Added a question to invoicing when using the deferred option and invoicing orders. If the deferred invoicing option is set and you enter filled packing slips for invoicing, you will be asked if you want to process them now. If you say no, the items will stay in the temp invoice file. If you say yes, the orders will be processed and invoiced. Any invoices that are setting in the deferred file will NOT be invoiced. 19 02/25/09 Changed the wording in SET UP AR INVOICE OPTIONS on option 7 - Post ALL Order Entry Orders. This was changed to "Invoice & Post ALL OE Orders At One Time?". This option, when set to Yes, will invoice every single order in the order entry files. Sometimes used with deferred AR Invoicing, sometimes not. 18 02/25/09 New program called CLEAR BUFFER which will take out all keystrokes in the keyboard buffer. Used when answering a lot of questions and just laying down on the default answer key. 17 02/25/09 Changed the default answer of Y to N when asked if you want to invoice all open orders (certain options must be set for this question or process to become visible.) 16 01/29/08 Modified the EMPLOYEE INQUIRE YTD screen to better show all the grosses, etc. 15 01/29/09 Fixed the computation of SUTA to use FEDERAL GROSS instead of TRUE GROSS. Depending on your state, this may need to be changed. Notify CustomWare Designs if this is not accurate. 14 01/29/09 Fixed the computation of FUTA to use FEDERAL GROSS instead of TRUE GROSS. 13 01/29/09 Added computation of MEDICARE GROSS to W2's. Medicare Gross is the computed by subtracting all Cafeteria totals from the Gross (not Fed or FICA Gross). This is because there is no limit on medicare tax (although that may change). 12 01/29/09 Fixed Electronic W2 to use GROSS instead of FEDERAL GROSS for the computation of MEDICARE GROSS. 11 01/29/09 Added a program to output marital description (cosmetic). 10 01/29/09 Fixed EMPLOYEE INQUIRE to correctly show SSNVS status. 09 01/08/09 Modified ENTER DISTRIBUTION to plug the remaining amount into the default amount to be distributed if the default amount is o. * 08 01/06/08 Added a field to the GL DEPARTMENT FILE to indicate that the department is INACTIVE. When a department is set to inactive it will not show up on deptartment selection programs, nor will accounts with the department show up in other programs. All accounts in the department must have a current balance of 0 in order for the department to become inactive. The purpose of this flag is so that historical data may be saved without deleteing the accounts or their transaction histories. 07 01/03/08 Modified GL ACCOUNT INQUIRE to show the current balance WITH Month 13 (after year end adjustments) added in for BALANCE SHEET ACCOUNTS only. If a bank accout had a balance of 10.00 at the time the books were cleaned, and then adjustments were made using the M13 flag of 20.00 deposit, the inquire program will show the current balance as 30.00, not 10.00. This effects only balance sheet accounts and only in the inquire account program. 06 01/03/08 Fixed VOID CASH DISB CHECKS ENTER to not allow the same check # to be posted twice to the same check #. This problem came about when a manually entered electronic payment was voided from one bank account and then re-entered with the same check # but a different bank account. The invoice was correctly updated but the history did not show the 2nd payment. 05 01/01/09 Modified General Ledger cleaning routines so that the programs use "rename" in stead of "move". Computes which files need to be renamed with no limit as to number of years the transaction and gl files will be maintained. ******************************************************************************* R 01/01/09 VERSION 2009.5.6.04 ******************************************************************************* 04 12/29/08 Modified the error message for ENTERING HANDWRITE AP CHECKS when the check # you've entered is in the permanant check register. 03 12/29/08 Modified ENTERING HANDWRITE AP CHECKS to allow for the same check # to be entered if is for a different bank account. 02 11/12/08 Modified & fixed GL ACCOUNT ACTIVITY options 3 and 4 when printing From & To. Add the "to" field. 01 11/12/08 Modified length of input field for file name when cancelling a Linux print job. ******************************************************************************* U 11/07/08 VERSION 2008.5.6.00 ******************************************************************************* 99 11/07/08 Modifications to ELECTRONIC W2 files for '08 !#98 11/05/08 Added new file for SSNVS verification. Programs to export & import SSNVS files. TEMP EMPLOYEE * 97 11/05/08 Added 3 fields to the EMPLOYEE file for Social Security Number verification. EMPLOYEE BIRTH DATE SSNVA SS GENDER 96 10/14/08 Fixed some operating system identifiers in remote backups. 95 10/14/08 Fixed some cosmetic errors in DISK MAINT REMOTE menus. 94 10/01/08 Fixed PRINTER CREATE to destroy screens T25 - T27 ******************************************************************************* U 10/01/08 VERSION 2008.5.5.93 ******************************************************************************* *#93 10/01/08 Added a field to the PRINTERS file called PRINTER FORM. The update program will set this to a default of Yes. Because of the many operating systems that CustomWare works on it is no longer possible to determine if CustomWare should print a form feed after printing the last page. SHOULD YOUR PRINTER PRINT AN EXTRA SHEET: 1. Go into Setup (8) 2. Go into Peripheral Set Up (8) 3. Go to Add/Change System Printer (3) 4. Change the FORM PRINTER option from Y to N 5. Hit F10 to save and exit. PRINTERS PRINTER FORM 92 09/30/08 Added a new list type for inventory. This list shows only the on hand quantities for the inventory. It can be run either on the screen or paper. It can be run for the entire inventory, from/to part #, from/to matrix # or from/to style #. The data shown in any case is part #, matrix description, style description, part description and the on hand quantity. Zero quantities may be skipped. This is a new option in the INVENTORY LISTS report. 91 09/30/08 Modified A/R SALES REPORT to use the description if the customer is the ONE TIME CUSTOMER and the invoice is from miscellaneous deposits. 90 09/19/08 Modified GET NET TERMINAL to take out options for "logged in". ******************************************************************************* U 09/19/08 VERSION 2008.5.5.89 ******************************************************************************* 89 09/19/08 Modifed A/R SALES REPORT with massive changes. The original report listed sales for a month or year in invoice # order. This is option 1 in the first screen. Option 2 is in customer name order with no invoice detail but only totals for each customer. It also shows the percentage of each customer to the total sales. Additionally, you may run the report for just one customer or customer chain. If you select the chain option then all customers with the same name will be listed. The name is determined by the first part of the customer's name. For example, if the chain is JB's Restaurant and you have 50 JB's customers, any customer with JB's as the first part of the name (determined by the first space in the customer name) will be on the list. Also, the customer chain list will show distribution (GL account numbers) comparisons so the sales percents will be by account # in addition to the individual customer. You may also view just totals (GL distribution) on the customer option. Lastly, on either report, you may enter the time period you wish to run the report for. Instead of just a month or year to date you will enter the first and last dates of the report data. 88 09/02/08 Modified GET PO used in SCANNING INVENTORY IN to display the option of and use the F10 key to abort the program. 87 09/01/08 Modified INQUIRE VENDOR HISTORY to allow selecting an individual invoice and viewing the detail on it. 86 09/01/08 Modified INQUIRE CUSTOMER HISTORY to allow selecting an individual invoice and viewing the detail on it. 85 08/31/08 Modified BANK RECON CHECKS to show open checks after each successful entry of cleared check. 84 07/29/08 Fixed RSF (Reprint Spooler File) to use case sensitve ".prn" for non Windows versions. 83 07/23/08 Fixed creation of ftp upload file to use & instead of $ in script for UNIX/Linux systems. 82 07/23/08 Fixed EDI UPLOAD for UNIX/Linux systems to use "./" as part of the system call. 81 07/15/08 Fixed CUSTOMER INQUIRE INVOICE DETAIL report for inquiries using the between dates option. 80 07/09/08 Modified BANK RECON DEPOSIT when entering the deposit date. It was using CHANGE DATE and a new program, CHANGE DATE BR was exchanged with it. CHANGE DATE BR will convert the period (.) to a null which will exit the deposit portion of the bank rec. CHANGE DATE converts the period to Today's Date. 79 07/08/08 Fixed INVENTORY COUNT SHEET REGISTER to plug SORT J instead of SORT K if not manufacturer to 1. 78 07/03/08 Fixed errors with CUSTOMER EXPORT in relation to lists by Sales Reps. 77 06/27/08 Modified CUSTOMER EXPORT to allow for selectively exporting all field options. Previously there were only 8 fields to export. 76 06/27/08 New option to the CUSTOMER EXPORT program to utilize Sales Rep options: All customers, One Sales Rep only, All sales reps individually. When the option is used for a sales rep, the file name will be SSSSScust.txt where SSSSS = sales rep #. The file will be in the "export" directory. The export program is in the SET UP menu. 75 06/24/08 Fixed a potential problem with CWD standard verb REPLACE. There may have been a perpetual loop problem if the item to be replaced was the first item in the noun and the new item was the same length. 74 05/14/08 Fixed a problem in INQUIRE CUSTOMER INVOICE DETAIL when selecting all open invoices and paper option. It will now not hang with a spool error. 73 05/02/08 Modified cosmetic changes to ENTER DISTRIBUTION (error screens) 72 05/02/08 Modified cosmetic changes to DS FKEY (display function key options) 71 05/01/08 Modified PRINTING INVOICES when using COMPANY LETTERHEAD to allow for inserting regular paper after 1st copy. (to save on the more expensive letterhead stationery) 70 04/29/08 Modified GET SHIP TO to: 1. Option for deleting ALL the ship to information the selected customer/vendor. 2. Cosmetic change for error messages 3. Possible bug fix (double use of N5) 4. Other cosmetic changes. 69 04/29/08 Modified PAYROLL CHECKS C1 (custom 1) to print only the last 3 digits of the social security number on the check. 68 04/26/08 Modified ORDER ENTRY UPDATE by adding an option to update all orders or a single order (single order was all there was). 67 04/19/08 Fixed ENTER DISTRIBUTION cosmetics and function. 66 04/18/08 Modified entering fleet fuel usage will show miles instead of just miles per gallon. 65 04/16/08 Modified the folling programs by switching order of calculating the price. Instead of calculating a column price based on qty and then overriding based on a customer's column price, it now calculates the customer's column price first and then will change it if the qty kicks it to a lower price column. AR INVOICE CORRECT 1 AR INVOICE ENTER LINES AR INVOICE RS ENTER AR INVOICE SPECIAL SDI MSU MSU BLD NN AUDIT OE CHANGE LINE OE CHANGE LINE ADD OE CREATE LINE WEB OE CREATE WO RECEIVE ENTER LINES 64 04/16/08 Modified CALC PRICE to check only if the price level is not 1 - do not use. If price levels are used, the default price is the selected column. 63 04/16/08 Modified INVENTORY SET UP when selecting the quantity price method. Set option 1 as the default (all items combined). 62 04/15/08 Fixed: PL QTY COMPUTE OE, PL QTY COMPUTE INV, CALC PRICE. There was a problem in computing the specific column price when PRICE LEVELS was set to 3 (fixed column pricing). IF statements were added for price level 3 and does not use the quantity in computing a price. Also fixed BO COL PRICE in OE CHANGE SCREEN to not set to 0 if price level = 3. 61 04/10/08 Modified the PO RECEIVE program to post the RECEIPT DATE to the LAST PURCHASED DATE in the inventory file instead of using Today's Date. If you are not asked for a date, Today's date (the posting date) will be the default receipt date. 60 04/10/08 Added an option to the INVENTORY AUDIT REPORT to view all items, just items coming in or just items going out. 59 04/09/08 Modified the DISK TO DISK COMPRESSED BACKUP program to use the CustomWare directory (instead of *.*) so that all sub- directories will be backed up as well. This was done ONLY for LINUX systems. 58 04/08/08 Modified the printing of PACKING SLIPS to not test page position & print headings if the PRINT BOXES option is not set. 57 04/08/08 Added the ZPL II programming language to labels for Zebra printer models ZD-105S and ZD-105SL. This will also work for any barcode printer that utilized the ZPL II langauge. 56 04/08/08 Modified ADDING PRINTER DEVICES to allow for a 50 character input. On network printers, separated the computer share name and the printer share name. *#55 04/02/08 Added an option for Windows users for compressed backups: they may use PKZIP or WINZIP. The default will be PKZIP. Linux and UNIX users are not affected. I COMPANY TRANS I ZIP PGM 54 04/02/08 Fixed a bug in ORDER ENTRY when changing a customer's column pricing in the middle of an order. This only effects quantity pricing methods and only if you changed the customer's price level mid-order. 53 04/02/08 Fixed a bug in the CUSTOMER CHANGE and IN COL PRICE programs. Depending on the program you were in, changing certain customer information would cause an error with a total noun. Customer Change and In Col Price both used T1 through T4 which are also used when enter orders. If you changed customer information while entering orders, a valid option, the total of the order would be messed up including putting you into debug. 52 04/01/08 Modified printing of packing slips to print new page after 56 lines instead of 58, hoping to eliminate an extra page between sheets. 51 04/01/08 Modified CASH RECEIPTS REGISTER HDGS to show correct description the cash account if the GL is used. 50 04/01/08 Modified cosmetic changes to DS MENU 9, a standard window menu program. 49 03/28/08 Modified the option for backing up to Floppy disks by taking it out. 48 03/27/08 Modified the NETWORK LOG ON method to allow for a single computer to have more than one assigned Terminal #. When a computer logs on, the terminal file lists that terminal # as logged on. The program will now skip any terminals that match your computer that show that you are already logged on and procede to the next terminal # for your computer. TO SET UP MULTIPLE ASSIGNMENTS FOR A COMPUTER: 1. Go to SET UP (8) 2. Go to PERIPHERAL SET UP (8) 3. Go to Add/Change Terminals to System (1) 4. Press F2 to get a listing of terminals. Note any terminal that is not in use. Hit F10 to abort the listing. 5. Type in the terminal # you wish to change. 6. Change the LOCATION DEVICE to your log in IP. If you're not sure, first key in your current terminal # and note the settings. 7. Change the LOCATION NAME (you) 8. Change the PRINTER DEVICE (which printer port you use) You may do this for as many terminals as you wish, depending on how many telnet screens you will have open from the same computer . 47 03/21/08 Modified cosmetics on displaying garnishment percentages. 46 03/21/08 Modified GET ACCT to null out descriptions if the account # is not on file. 45 03/19/08 Modified GET ACCT to show department description if multiple GL departments. 44 03/19/08 Added an option to display the INCOME STATEMENT on the screen. This can be toggled when entering the Month by hitting the F3 key. * 43 03/19/08 Added an option to require hitting the F10 key in order to exit from the MASTER CENTER. The option is set in SET UP COMPANY, option 21. If set, hitting the exit key (.) will NOT return to START or the operating system (for telnet clients this may log you out). I COMPANY TRANS I F10 REQ 42 03/19/08 Modifed SV INVENTORY to show which references are duplicates when saving a new inventory item. 41 03/19/08 Modified LABEL SET UP when printing inventory labels: if asked if you want to print bar codes and you answer "No," you will not be asked if you want to change the bar code size. *#40 03/17/08 Added 18 fields for the WORK ORDER SYSTEM. These are DESCRIPTIONS for the work order type. The current descriptions will be used as the defaul but if you want to change them to suit your needs, you can do so in the SET UP WORK ORDER programs. There are also Work Order TYPE CODEs (9). The codes are used when uploading work order files to vendors. The first 3 Descriptions don't have codes and are reserved. They are: PURCHASED, TRADE-IN INCOMING, SOLD and OTHER DLR SOLD/WE MAINTAIN. I AR TRANS I IPL DESC 4-12 I IPL CODE 4-12 * 39 03/16/08 Added an option to AR SET UP FORMS and the AR INVOICE to use your company's letterhead. The option to PRINT NAME ON INVOICE must be set to No. The date, invoice number and page # will be between the "INVOICE" heading and the billing customer #. If you have opted to print the email, it will print between the invoice # & page # but the company phone and fax options are ignored and not printed. 38 03/16/08 Added an option to the INCOME STATEMENT for "Separated" printing. Instead of combining all account numbers into one line, it will print each account number and show the departement for any account with a balance. 37 03/16/18 Added instructions to GENERAL LEDGER YEAR END TRANSFER M13 balances to indication that the M13 flag nor posting date has any effect on the process. 36 03/15/08 Fixed ENTER DISTRIBUTION to show the correct amount when no multiple accounts are used. 35 03/15/08 Modified GL SET UP BRCA (bank reconcilliation accounts) to not return to the set up menu if no sub account is added to a master account. It will now allow setting up multiple master accounts at a single time. 34 03/15/08 Modified GL ACCOUNT TRANSFER AR to update the CASH RECEIPTS file if the BANK ACCOUNT is the account being transferred. 33 03/13/08 Modified the Work Order List to ask first if you want a Work Order or EDI Listing. Also changed the menu description to read "Work Order & EDI Listings." 32 03/13/08 Modified the ORDER ENTRY LIST to ask "All Dates" instead of "All Orders" on the date range option. 31 03/13/08 Added the verification of REQUEST DATE and TIME when receiving Work Orders. This addition was added to both the "Single Line" and "Single Screen" methods of receiving Work Orders. 30 03/07/08 Fixed PSFNF (Print Spooler File No Form Feed) to correctly use the 'printers' directory. ******************************************************************************* U 02/28/08 VERSION 2008.5.5.29 ******************************************************************************* 29 02/27/08 Modified computation of UTAH STATE WITHHOLDING TAX. 28 02/13/08 Added a program to the INVENTORY MISCELLANEOUS MAINTENANCE CENTER to update BOOK COST by Style & Size. This program does NOT make a journal entry. 27 02/11/08 Added DEPARTMENT column to the General Ledger listings. 26 01/30/08 Fixed GL VERIFY in Accounts Payable to not show an error due to the AP INVOICE file is positive and the GL is negative (credit). Negated the AP total. 25 01/30/08 Added a wide W2 form option for '07. 24 01/18/08 Added an option to ACCOUNTS PAYABLE SYSTEM. No update is necessary as the programs will work with the new option or not. You may enter into the vendor information MULTIPLE ACCOUNTS WITH OR WITHOUT amounts for each account that the vendor's invoices are normally assigned to in the General Ledger. When setting it up, you may enter a 0 or an amount that is usually charged to that account. When entering an invoice's distribution you may enter 0 for any account that you wish to skip or re-enter a different value for the amount distributed if there is a standard amount there. This will greatly increase productivity by not having to look up account numbers. 23 01/11/08 Modified the Electronic W2 form for 2007 compliance. * 22 01/11/08 Added an option required for the electronic filing of W2 forms. The field is the PIN of the person attesting to the accuracy of the data. To obtain a PIN: visit: http://www.socialsecurity.gov/bso/bsowelcom.htm - Under "Wage Reporting and Social Security Number Verification" select Register or call 1-800-772-6270 Monda through Friday, 7 a.m. to 7 p.m. Eastern time. I COMPANY TRANS I SSA PIN 21 01/10/08 Modified the W2 and W3 forms for 2007 compliance. 20 01/10/08 Fixed the employee recalculation program to zero out year to date futa and suta. 19 01/10/08 Modified COMPUTE TAXES MANUALLY for payroll to incorporate 401K and 3 Cafeteria options, if the options are set to "Y" in payroll. Added % that taxes are to gross and how long the employee is working for the government. 18 01/09/08 Modified UTAH STATE WITHHOLDING CALCULATION program to accommodate new method for computer withholding tax for Utah. 17 01/03/08 Added program in the INVENTORY MAINTENANCE CENTER to move or transfer inventory quantities from one part # to another. This is used mostly for garment distributors that are not using the "USE BLANK INVENTORY" option but some minor re-labeling of inventory. Updates the AUDIT FILE and ON HAND quantities. Also updates the SALES quantity (0 sales price and cost) for Quick Response reordering. Updates the LAST DATE SOLD in the "from" part # and the LAST PURCHASE DATE in the "to" part # based on the posting date. 16 01/02/08 Fixed the GL ACCOUNT ACTIVITY DETAIL report to properly space the paging. 15 01/01/08 Fixed posting of returned checks to correctly reverse the dollar values (get key iso get this) ******************************************************************************* U 01/01/08 VERSION 2008.5.5.14 ******************************************************************************* 14 11/25/07 Added program to transfer deposit records from one deposit account to another. This is used when an original deposit was made to the wrong account. The deposit file is corrected and a journal entry is made as well as updating any cash receipts records. 13 11/25/07 Modified the BANK RECONCILLIATION program for deposit listings, entering deposits. 12 10/31/07 Fixed INQUIRE CHECK to correctly show the amount debited to Accounts Payable - the discount was not added to the total. 11 10/30/07 Modified Inquire GL Account for proper working with paper output. 10 10/18/07 Modified COMBINE/DELETE & TRANSFER GL ACCOUNTS (Account Maintenance #10) for streamlining and allowing for operator intervention when duplicates are encountered. 09 10/07/07 Modified ENTERING AR INVOICES to have a new option with TEMP ERROR to view the contents of of the TEMP AR INVOICE file in a summary screen. ALL AR Invoicing programs have this option. 08 10/07/07 Modified TEMP ERROR and all programs that use it to allow for use of the F10 key to abort the program and return to the previous menu. TEMP ERROR is used when a temporary file is not empty and you have to choose what to do with the pre-existing information. 07 09/21/07 Modified ASF to always print the DESKJET INITIALIZATION STRING. # 06 09/18/07 Moved the system printer files to their own directory. The update will move all system scripts to the 'printers' directory which the update will create. This keeps all printer scripts together for easier maintenance. 05 09/12/07 Modified SET UP INVENTORY screen. There were too many options for one screen (with maximum options set). The Price Level options were put on a separate screen. * 04 09/12/07 Added an option for Silk Screeners and Manufacturers to use or not use Firsts/Seconds. The set up is in the INVENTORY SET UP screen. The default, for non-screeners and manufacturers is firsts. The default, if not set is to not use seconds. Programs affected: OE CREATE, AR INVOICE ENTER, AR INVOICE ENTER HAND. I INVENTORY TRANS I USE FIRSTS 03 09/05/07 Fixed WEB BUILD PASSWORD to delete the existing file on the hard drive. Was using ^ UNIX iso = UNIX (rm vs del). 02 09/06/07 Fixed WEB IP which creates the internet inventory placement files to create the correct file name. (Was using OSN1 iso OSN). 01 09/04/07 Added INTERNET CENTER to the EDI CENTER. ******************************************************************************* U 09/03/07 VERSION 2007.5.5.00 ******************************************************************************* * 99 09/03/07 Added an option to combine multiple Sales Orders and/or Work Orders on a single invoice. You must set the option in SET UP INVOICES. This option is ONLY available in the regular entering of AR Invoices. If the SHIP TO information is different on the order as opposed to the invoice (or subsequent orders) the shipping information will print below the line that states its a sales order or work order. DIFFERENT TERMS are not permitted and shall be whatever the invoice is. Firsts AND seconds are not permitted on the same invoice. DIFFERENT SALES REPS are not permitted. If you want to create a multiple order invoice you may simply enter the invoicing program (INVOICE CENTER) and enter no lines or distribution. Answer that the invoice is correct (essentially a blank invoice) and then add the orders. I AR TRANS I MULT INV 98 08/29/07 Added an EXPORT CENTER to the SET UP center. This will allow all data from all files to be exported to a text file. Existing programs were modified to export all data or were created to export the files. 97 08/29/07 Modified GT SLSMN program to copy null to SLSMN NAME if commissioned salesmen are not used. 96 08/29/07 Modified the Export Customer program to ask if you want all data. If you answer YES, then all data in the customer file will be exported. This is not the case if you answer NO where you may choose from only certain data. 95 08/29/07 Cosmetic modifications to Disk To Disk Maintenance menu. 94 08/28/07 Fixed PRINTING SCREENING TICKETS to use the print spooler system. This will not print a form feed (PSFNF) 93 08/27/07 Modified CREATE INVENTORY PLACEMENT to make the invoice date and invoice amount default values for date in and cost. 92 08/24/07 Modified PRINT PACKING SLIPS in non matrix format to not print blank lines for box information if the option is set to N 91 08/24/07 Fixed Cash Receipts Register to not print deposit account # if GL system is not used. 90 08/23/07 Fixed inventory placement list to show correct description. 89 08/22/07 Fixed assigment of invoice # in packing slips when that option is active. 88 08/16/07 Modified PSF to print a form feed on Linux systems if the printer is not a laser/inkjet (dot matrix). Also add an error if there is no spooler file. 87 08/09/07 Added option to reset barcode font in SELECT PRINTER. 86 08/07/07 Added barcodes to the inventory labels. Added a standard noun set to accomodate the PCL5 code to enable the barcode printing. *#85 08/06/07 Added fields in the INVENTORY TRANSACTIONS file to select type of barcodes to print on an PL5 compatible Laser Printer. INVENTORY I BARCODE FONT I BARCODE SIZE I BARCODE PHR A new directory will be set up called "barcodes" which should have all the "sfp" files in it as well as the data files to set the laser printer's temporary font. 84 08/03/07 Fixed and modified pricing override in Order Entry. 83 08/03/07 Added new program to change part numbers en masse. This is only useful for those using the MATRIX system. It will only work if the matrix part # is the first section of the part #. 82 08/03/07 Modifed DELETE ORDER ENTRY to delete all expired orders. The USE CANCEL DATE option must be set to YES for this to work. Any order with a cancellation date of Today's Date or earlier will be deleted. 81 08/03/07 Modified AR INVOICE PREVIEW to use bold instead of normal display attribute. 80 08/03/07 Modified AR INVOICE ENTER OE - invoicing from packing slips - to use same program as inquiring orders. You may now look up an order by order #. * 79 08/01/07 Modified TEMP AP INVOICE FIXED to include the PO noun. TEMP AP INVOICE FIXED PO 78 07/29/07 Modified some Work Order programs: Listings, changing/deleting. 77 07/29/07 Modifed setting screen colors to have a default setting. 76 07/13/07 Added the codes for printing on a Zebra 2844 LP barcode printer. 75 07/07/07 Modified Printer Select option for reprinting spooler files: you may now search by time &/or date. 74 07/06/07 Added options (SUSE Linux systems only) to the Printer Select program. You can view all system printers, their connections, restart a print job, view which printers are offline, etc. 73 07/04/07 Modified ENTER DISTRIBUTION and GET ACCT for new option to display current distribution (DIST noun only) while entering distribution. Also modified cosmetics (screen colors). Hitting the F4 key will show the distribution you have entered. *#72 06/21/07 Modified Fleet File. Added nouns, rearranged nouns in file, modified sequence of nouns in add, change and inquire. FLEET FILE PURCH FROM PURCH PRICE LOAN AMT LIFE RATE DOWN PMT 71 06/12/07 Modified the VEHICLE INQUIRE program to show more information. Certain maintenance items have been singled out to separate cost categories: FU: Fuel INS: Insurance TLR: Taxes, licenses & registration The milage summary will show cost per mile with maintenance as well as overall cost per mile with the vehicle's purchase price and a total cost per day. 70 06/11/07 Fixed alignment of sizes on packing slips using matrix option. 69 06/11/07 Fixed alignment of sales order # on acknowledgments - took out the "--" on ship terms. OE PRINT HDGS 1 (this also fixed the packing slips). 68 06/11/07 Fixed GET NET TERMINAL to not use spooler if printing to a system device. (UNIX/Linux) 67 06/11/07 Fixed GET NET TERMINAL to assign the printer to a system device (UNIX/Linux systems) 66 06/11/07 Fixed printing sizes for name drops on packing slips and acknowledgments (PS PRINT LINES MATRIX, OE PRINT LINES MATRIX) 65 06/11/07 Fixed GET NET TERMINAL SCO for console logins. 64 06/11/07 Added a laser check type to cash disbursements: Neb's default blank check - 3 sections, check at top. 63 06/10/07 Modified CustomWare Update program for UNIX systems - it was erroneously giving an error about the number of people logged in. ******************************************************************************* U 06/03/07 VERSION 2007.5.4.62 ******************************************************************************* 62 06/02/07 Added new program in AP INVOICE CENTER to move a check from one bank account to another. This is used when a check was posted to the wrong bank account. A journal entry will be made. 61 06/02/07 Modified CASH DISB JE. Added a line to add cash to disb if the distribution was not null. The noun DF may have changed between testing and saving. This may fix the problem of the GL getting off balance with the detail AP when cash disbursements are from one bank account to another. 60 06/02/07 Added an option in the Purchase Order Center to receive inventory without having to make a PO first. This can be used for those clients that don't use the purchasing system but still need to enter received inventory. 59 05/31/07 Fixed COMMISSION REPORT to ask for # of copies and print them correctly. 58 05/21/07 Modified adding Printer Devices (ports) program to make it easier to add a network printer. A network printer can be used as long as it is shared on at least one computer. This can be a printer connected to a computer or a printer that has its own IP address. A sample of a network printer device is: \\workhorse\hplaserj (\\computer share name\printer share name 57 05/20/07 Added fields to Fleet File: Loan Months Interest Rate Down Payment Amount Financed 56 05/17/07 Fixed DL OE (delete Order Entry) to Begin at the right spot in the OE LINE file. Added a RELEASE when the order is not in the OE MASTER file. 55 05/08/07 Modified COMMISSION REPORT to allow re-printing of the reports without re-running it. * 54 05/08/07 Added an option to ENTERING PACKING SLIPS. You may now have the invoice number assigned when entering the packing slips instead of after all packing slips are entered and then assigned in alphabetical order. The default is NO. I AR TRANS I PS INV ASSIGN 53 05/01/07 Fixed print packing slips for all unprinted (PSF issue) 52 05/01/07 Modified AR DOC HDGS (used for A/R invoices and statements) to not print a blank line if the 2nd billing address and the 2nd ship to address are both null. 51 04/24/07 Fixed HANDWRITTEN AR INVOICES to print correct number of invoices. 50 03/20/07 Modified the net login for SCO UNIX systems. This will fix problems with the etc/hosts file and ISPs who use reverse DNS. 49 03/13/07 Added to Balance Sheet and Income Statement the option to change printers. 48 03/13/07 Added the option when making a journal entry to inquire a general ledger account. 47 02/28/07 Modified PSF for SUSE Linux quirks. Added a form feed and if using local printer device (/dev/lp0) will use cat instead of lp. 46 02/28/07 Added a program that verifies the GL balance of either A/R or A/P against the open detail file. If they do not balance, an error screen will display the amounts but no action is taken. 45 02/28/07 Modified GET ACCT to use F5 instead of F4 for viewing bank accounts. The F4 key is used in INQUIRE GL ACCOUNT INFORMATION to change GL Years. 44 02/21/07 Modified AP HANDWRITTEN CHECKS to use DC for computing check date. DC is for Debit Card. 43 02/20/07 Modified the program that shows cash account balances to have 2 new options: all accounts combined or selective (and several) combined accounts. *#42 02/12/07 Modified scripts and names in the CGI file. *#41 02/11/07 Added the script file for a CustomWare update on UNIX/Linux systems. Modified the update program to create the updateu program if it is not in the directory. CGI 40 02/11/07 Modified the CustomWare(R) update program to accomodate Suse Linux. 39 02/11/07 Fixed the screen problem when changing a terminal # (multiple logins from the same IP Address). 38 02/11/07 Modified all programs (104) that use the OSN1 (Operating System Name 1) noun to differentiate between the Linux systems. 37 02/11/07 Modified GET NET TERMINAL to correctly assign the printer port for Linux SUSE. This prevents the SSH (Putty) program from closing the application if more than one terminal is logged on. 36 02/11/07 Modified the TERMINAL SELECT program to distinquish between the different versions of Linux. 35 02/11/07 Modified the GET TERMINAL programs to distinquish between the different versions of Linux. 34 02/11/07 Modified the Master Screen to include the company name next to the "F2 About CustomWare" prompt. # 33 02/11/07 Added an option to the OPERATING SYSTEM NAME for Linux systems. If the O/S is Linux, you will need to distinquish between Redhat (Fedora, CentOS, etc.) and SUSE. ******************************************************************************* R 02/10/07 VERSION 2007.5.4.32 ******************************************************************************* 32 02/10/07 Fixed matrix packing slip printing. Changed the spaces out from 27 to 40 in PS PRINT HDGS MATRIX. 31 02/02/07 Fixed screen destruction errors on creating invoices from Order Entry (AR INVOICE CREATE OE). This prevents the problem of coming to a small red error screen after invoicing. 30 01/31/07 Fixed Bank Reconciliation BRCA SELECT to set flag to 0. GET ACCT 29 01/21/07 Modified Inquire Vendor Checks to include totals for interest, discounts, accounts payable. Also fixed layout for screen inquiries so it is readable. 28 01/17/07 Fixed Packing Slip printing to use ASF (assign printer file) for network printers. 27 01/05/07 Modified CASH RECEIPTS to allow for more than one cash receipt account (if there is more than 1 bank account for reconcilliations.) ******************************************************************************* R 01/01/07 VERSION 2007.5.4.26 ******************************************************************************* 26 12/29/06 Added option to the verb GET ACCT which is used in most programs requiring account number entry. The option is F4 which will list all bank accounts. 25 12/25/06 Fixed GRAPH VENDOR in GL GRAPHS. 24 12/23/06 Added GL Account descriptions to the menus on set up for GL integration. 23 12/17/06 Added program in INVENTORY MISCELLANEOUS MAINTENANCE CENTER to show all GL account numbers used by the inventory. This allows the auditing or tracking down of a bad or questionable account number. 22 11/01/06 Modified creating a new order from exisiting invoice by using standard Fkey options for inquiring invoice detail or history. 21 11/01/06 Modified cosmetics on creating a new order from existing invoice. 20 09/15/16 Added an option to creating PRINTER DEVICES (ports) to make it easier to set up network printers in non-UNIX systems. 19 09/15/16 Added a line to the PRINTER TEST to show which printer device (port) is being used for the test. 18 09/04/06 Added option to change the maintenance information entered for a vehicle in the Fleet Center. 17 08/21/06 Added TABLE MAINTENANCE option to the WORK ORDER CENTER. This program, which is in the EDI SERVICE CENTER, will allow you to add, change or delete technical codes, service codes, etc. 16 08/21/06 Fixed entering FLEET MAINTENEANCE and FUEL USAGE programs for missing field (causes *3 to be an invalid numeric value) 15 08/21/06 Modified input on FLEET maintenance & milage to expand the input fields and to show maximum input. 14 06/16/06 Fixed an error when entering miscellaneous maintenance item in the Fleet Maintenance System. 13 06/16/06 Fixed the odometer reading when adding a new vehicle to the Fleet Maintenance system. 12 06/16/06 Silk screening, garment wholesaling, manufacturing: Fixed auto generation of all sizes when creating a part #. 11 06/05/06 Fixed COMPUTE INTEREST to correct problem with not computing interest from the correct date: program was reversed and was computing from invoice date instead of due date and vice versa. 10 06/02/06 Fixed printing of handwritten invoices to print the exact quantity (was printing 1 more than desired). 09 06/02/06 Modified A/R INVOICE printing of HANDWRITTEN invoices to include the option to change printers. 08 05/03/06 Modified RE-PRINT A/R INVOICES to include an option to view the master information on each invoice to be printed before printing and to have a choice as to whether to print or not. 07 05/02/06 Fixed REPRINT A/R INVOICES. Duplicate reference, not on file, debug error for hold ar rf, etc. 06 04/30/06 Fixed WEB STATEMENTS which create the file for uploading statements to the web. A "get this" command would abort the program and then combine work orders. ******************************************************************************* R 04/26/06 VERSION 2006.5.4.06 ******************************************************************************* 05 04/26/06 Added an option when entering completed Work Orders - you may import a text file (Word format only for the time being, Excel will be updated later) into the line items. There is no prompt for this but hitting the F9 key at the PART # field will ask for the file name and import into the lines. 04 04/24/06 Fixed a bug in Order Entry. When changing the SHIP TO ADDRESS there was a bug if you modified an existing ship to reference. There was no bug if you changed any other information except the shipping address line 1. This has now been fixed. 03 04/22/06 Modified VENDOR CHANGE to show the General Ledger Account # description (if the GL is used) 02 04/21/06 Modified REPRINT AR INVOICES to print all invoices at once. Previously it would find an individual invoice from your search parameters and print 1 at a time. 01 04/14/06 Modified the disk to disk backup and the compressed disk to disk backup to include terminfo.lbs, pragma.des and in the case of DOS based (windows) pragma.exe and dos4gw.exe. ******************************************************************************* U 04/02/06 VERSION 2006.5.4.00 ******************************************************************************* *#99 04/02/06 Modified the following programs to account for all bank account debit/credit transactions to post a deposit (positive or negative to help in auditing and the bank reconciliation program. The DEPOSIT SOURCE field - used to describe where the deposit came from and allow an audit to its source - description has been updated to allow for the full audit of the detail. Added the JE # to the deposit file. Types of deposits: 1. Regular - the total of the cash received on the CASH RECEIPTS register. (Cash Receipts Post) 2. Returned checks from customers. (Cash Receipts Post). 3. Miscellaneous Deposits - there are 2 types of miscellanous deposits: 1. From a Vendor - usually a refund of some sort. 2. From a Customer. (Cash Receipts Misc Create) 4. Cash Disbursements - this is used when there is a wire transfer or or other check that transfers amounts between bank accounts. The distribution of the check (usually a handwritten cash disbursement. (Cash Disb Post) 5. Entering an A/P invoice that has only one bank account in the distribution. (AP Invoice Post) 6. Reconciling AR and AP accounts. This is used when you have an entity that is both a customer and a vendor. It is used when: A. You owe the vendor and cut a check to them B. The customer owes you and you received a check (Reconcile AR/AP Post) 7. Voiding a Cash Disbursement (see # 4 above). (Cash Disb Void Post) 8. Voiding an A/P Invoice (see # 5 above). (AP Invoice Void Post) AP INVOICE POST AP INVOICE VOID POST CASH DISB POST CASH DISB VOID POST RECONCILE AR AP POST CASH REC MISC CREATE DEPOSIT FILE D TRANS REF 98 04/02/06 Modified INQUIRE DEPOSITS to show bank account information on the first screen (truncated the seconds on the DATE/TIME STAMP) 97 04/02/06 Modified POSTING VOIDED A/P INVOICES to check for a bank account in the DISTRIBUTION. If there is a bank account in the distribution a reference will be posted to the DEPOSIT FILE (one was posted at the time the invoice was posted, this reverses the deposit file data) 96 04/02/06 Modified INQUIRE DEPOSITS to show specific detail for: Cash Disbursements Miscellaneous Deposits to Vendors Miscellaneous Deposits to Customers Previously only Cash Receipts detail would appear. 95 04/02/06 Modified INQUIRE DEPOSITS to allow for searching the entire deposit file without regard to a specific bank account. There must be at least 2 bank accounts for the option to appear. 94 03/31/06 Added error check in CASH DISB POST DEPOSIT. If the deposit has an error on saving, the option to change the references is given. There is no out for this error - you must enter a valid reference until it saves. 93 03/31/06 Modified BANK RECON INQUIRE for an error if the check number was a number and then an alpha (1005A). 92 03/23/06 Modified the DISK TO DISK COMPRESSED BACKUP to include the printer spooler files. If the spooler is used for most printing this will enable the recovery of printed documents and registers. 91 03/23/06 Added an option to the SELECT PRINTER program to DELETE the spooler files (PRFILES/*.prn). 90 03/01/06 Modified WEB IP program that creates web files for Inventory Placement to take into account whether the operating system is Windows or UNIX/Linux. 89 02/16/06 Modified CASH DISBURSEMENTS and AP INVOICING to post deposit to the DEPOSIT file if the distribution goes to a bank account. There must only be one account distributed in the distribution. 88 02/15/06 Modified CHANGE PLACED INVENTORY to allow changing the MODEL/ PART #. A bug was found while implementing this addition: if you changed a serial # it would not have updated the WORK ORDER HISTORY file correctly. # 87 02/13/06 Modified the web statements program to show LAST PAYMENT information. CGI 86 02/08/06 Modified Quick AR Total by adding the age of each invoice on the detail option. 85 02/02/06 Added work order history inquiry to inventory placement inquire. 84 01/28/06 Modified SHIP VIA LIST to "page" when viewing on screen. 83 01/28/06 Modified CHANGE INVENTORY to put the warranty code description retrieval after getting the part #. 82 01/28/06 Various internal system modifications regarding security and cosmetics. 81 01/15/06 Modified INCOME STATEMENT and BALANCE SHEET to use prior year GL files. Comparative and other income statements and balance sheets not changed (yet). 80 01/15/06 Modified AP INVOICE ENTER to null out invoice date if invoice number is not an invoice date (yymmdd)(used for statements without invoice numbers) 79 01/06/06 Modified the DISK TO DISK MAINTENANCE program for Linux zip options. 78 01/06/06 Modified the CustomWare Update for UNIX/Linux systems to ensure that you are logged in as 'root' and are the only one logged in. 77 01/02/06 Modified cosmetics on GL ACCOUNT INQUIRE and GL TRANSACTIONS INQUIRE. Also added a Year 12 - 13 years ago as part of list. 76 01/02/06 Modified cosmetics on BANK RECONCILIATION program. ******************************************************************************* R 01/01/06 VERSION 2006.5.3.75 ******************************************************************************* 75 12/28/05 Added an INVENTORY BAR CODE CENTER to the INVENTORY CENTER. This is designed to scan incoming and outgoing barcodes and print barcode labels. This can also be used with RFID/EPC labels and scanners. The barcode printer is an INTERMEC 3400C, serial printer. It can be connected direct to a UNIX/Linux box, a serial adapter such as a Hostess or RocketPort board, a Windows computer's serial port or, using an ethernet to serial converter on UNIX/Linux using the hpnp printer manager or any addressable serial device. The scanners tested were wireless ? scanners using WaveLink emulation software (telnet) connected via Data Access Ports. For INCOMING scanning you will need: -PO # (optional) If a PO is used, the part numbers on the PO will be updated as you scan them in. An option may become available to go through the PO and bring the part number up automatically if this is desired. If a PO is not used you are asked for a total incoming quantity of inventory part numbers (not a total quantity of items received - you received 10 part numbers, not 100 items - 10 of each part #) If you do not know the quantity a 0 may be entered. -A date of receipt - today's date is the default. -Part number scanned -Quantity for that part number received Costs are presumed to not have a bar code and will not be asked for but the ordered price will be assumed as the received price. For OUTGOING inventory you will need: -Customer # -Order Entry # -Date out - default is today's date -Part number -Quantity Depending upon your normal printer, a packing list may be printed with the part number and quantity in bar code on the packing list as well as the customer # and order #. 74 12/05/05 Modified BANK RECONCILIATION program. 73 12/05/05 Modified AP INVOICE VOID - same standardization. 72 12/05/05 Modified CASH DISBURSEMENT ENTER to standardize the way you look up vendor history or invoice detail - replaced the previous letter options with function keys. 71 12/05/05 Modified AP HANDWRITE CHECK ENTER to standardize the way you look up vendor history or invoice detail - replaced "I" and "H" with function keys. 70 12/05/05 Modified ENTER DISTRIBUTION (CW standard verb) for cosmetic changes in regards to showing the correct information when entering a different account # than the default. 69 11/30/05 Modified DS MENU (CW standard verb) to correctly re-display the original screen if an invalid option is entered. 68 11/30/05 Modified CHANGE INVENTORY INFORMATION to re-number the options and combine several options into sub menus. If all options for manufacturing, silk screening, matrix and sizes were used the screen could not handle all options. 67 11/29/05 Modified GET NET TERMINAL to accomodate Linux. 66 11/22/05 Added an option in the PERIPHERAL SET UP center for SCO UNIX users to manage FacetWin printers. You may add, delete, list, and restart FacetWin printers. 65 11/21/05 Modified AP INVOICE ENTER to change the letter functions to function keys for inquiring history, invoice detail, last check or changing vendor information. 64 11/18/05 Modifed GL BALANCE SHEET to allow for combining 2 or more departments - basically, if you have 3 or more departments you can combine several and exclude 1 or more departments from being on the balance sheet. 63 11/14/05 Modified VENDOR CONSOLIDATE to allow for you to enter a 3 digit identifier for duplicate invoice numbers. If you have Vendor A with an invoice number of "0510" and are consolidating with Vendor B who also has that same invoice number, the program used to put an "a" or "b" etc., to make the invoice unique. Now, it will make the invoice number "DSC0510" instead of "0510a" if you entered "DSC" for the identifier. Using the exit key (.) for the identifier will mean that the program handles the duplicates as it used to. 62 11/07/05 Modified the TERMINAL CHANGE program to allow for listing of printer devices and printers when changing or updating the settings for a given terminal. ******************************************************************************* R 11/04/05 VERSION VOCAB.EXE ******************************************************************************* 61 11/04/05 Fixed a counting error in the SALES DETAIL REPORT when totalling the total quantity sold. 60 11/04/05 Modified the SALES DETAIL REPORT to ask which of the 7 detail reports to print instead of the previous default of printing them all. 59 10/27/05 Modified the INQUIRE VENDOR and INQUIRE CUSTOMER programs to allow for an inquiry to HISTORY and/or INVOICES. 58 10/25/05 Fixed a problem with the INVENTORY PARTIAL LOOKUP screens. If you went into the partial lookup and entered the tilde (~) to create a new part, it did not destroy the partial lookup screen thereby messing up various screens. 57 10/21/05 Modified the RECONSTRUCT REGISTER program to allow for the option to print out the distribution on A/P and A/R invoices. Added bank account on the Cash Receipts and Cash Disbursements options. 56 10/20/05 Modified the DEPOSIT INQUIRE program to allow for multiple detail selection without re-entering the data. 55 10/20/05 Modified GENERAL LEDGER TRIAL BALANCE to have departmental and consolidated options if more than one General Ledger Department is in use. 54 10/20/05 Modified the paper version of reconstructing journal entries to include the original transaction date. This was on the screen version but not the printed version. 53 09/28/05 Modified the CREATE GENERAL LEDGER DEPARTMENT program. If the department is already on file, you will get the ususal error message but instead of going back to ask for another new department you will be asked if you want to add new accounts for sales, cost of sales, operating expenses, etc., with this department number - the same as if it were a new department. Also standardized the input program - from HI to IN JOB. 52 09/20/05 Modifed the GET ACCOUNT program - anytime you are asked for an account number where you can hit F2 or F3 for an account list - to auto plug dept 0. This has an effect only if you have more than 1 department and you enter in just the account number and not the account number and department. For example, if you have two or more departments and you enter an account # of 825 the default of 8250 will be replaced IF it is a valid account. Otherwise it will go into the option to select a department for that account. 51 09/20/05 Modified the BANK RECONCILLIATION HISTORY LIST when viewing on screen to correctly show the columns. ******************************************************************************* N 09/19/05 VERSION = VOCAB.EXE ******************************************************************************* 50 09/19/05 Modified ENTERING AP HANDWRITTEN CHECKS to automatically compute the next open AP invoice in the INVOICE # to pay input. All unpaid AP invoices will be computed first, then if the check number begins with ATM, ADJ, DW, EP, ET, DD, WT or OD the next 4 digits will be computed for the invoice #. Also added the OD option. The abbreviations for check number prefixes are: ATM - Automatic Teller Machine ADJ - Adjustment DD - Direct Deposit DW - Direct Withdrawal EP - Electronic (internet) Payment ET - Electronic Transfer OD - Overdraft Transfer WT - Wire Transfer Normally, the check would be: EPyymmddx where YY=year, mm=month dd=day, x=alpha character indicating more than one of the same type on the same day (A,B,C,...) 49 09/07/08 Modified the INVENTORY EXPORT WEB program to eliminate from all descriptions from all files the double and single quotes (" & '). This WILL cause problems on importing orders if the part number contains one of these symbols. 48 09/07/05 Modified the SET UP for BANK RECON BANK ACCOUNTS. Added an option for deleting an account or wiping out everthing and starting over. *#47 09/02/05 Added Bank Account number (from GL) to the Cash Receipts and Employee Check Register files. CASH REC EMPLOYEE CHECK REGISTER 46 09/02/05 New program to TRANSFER, COMBINE and DELETE a General Ledger Account Number. This differs from the Delete an account number in that the delete just combines and deletes. This program will allow you to delete cash accounts or other accounts that are integrated into the various systems. 45 09/02/05 Fixed the GL ACCOUNT MAINTENANCE programs to be consistent with the 12 prior years - some programs stopped at 10. 44 09/01/05 Fixed a bug in CUSTOMER INQUIRE when a sales rep is used. When checking on the current balance the sales rep may have changed to an incorrect sales rep. This effected the ORDER ENTRY program and commissions. 43 08/28/05 Modified CORRECT JOURNAL ENTRY to allow deletion of the transaction one you have opted to change it. Hitting the F10 key when told the entry is still out of balance will take you to the option to delete or change the transaction. 42 08/24/05 Fixed a cosmetic problem with RECURRING SALES invoicing. Added a destroy window after posting. The screens should now display correctly. 41 08/19/05 Fixed the CHANGE CUSTOMER program to show the correct abbreviated comments information. 40 08/06/05 Changed the standard display noun ENTER DEPOSIT to show the option of apostrophe (') instead of the standard CustomWare exit key period (.). This is used in the BANK RECONCILLIATION program and the period retrieves TODAY'S DATE instead of exiting that portion of the program. To effectuate the update: Windows: at the START message key in INIT ENTER NOUNS UNIX/Linux: the pragma.des file must be changed to WRITE NOUNS = YES. There can only be one user logged into CustomWare. At the START message key in INIT ENTER NOUNS. Pragma.des must be changed back to WRITE NOUNS = NO. 39 08/06/05 Added an option to create an executable printer spooler for Linux/UNIX systems when CREATE PRINTER DEV. 38 07/06/05 Added a new listing to the CASH DISBURSEMENTS REGISTERS. This applies to everything EXCEPT when printing checks. Because there may be more than one cash account to draw funds from a total of each cash account will print after the company totals on the register. This will only happen if there are 2 or more cash accounts used in the run. 37 07/06/05 Modified the CHANGE DATE program to be consistent with the ENTER DATE program: the . key will replace current information with Today's Date, the ' key will put null into the date. 36 07/05/05 Fixed the DUPLICATE INVENTORY part number. If the part number is on file (usually the first) it will update the reorder part correctly. 35 07/05/05 Fixed the POST INVENTORY program for Silk Screening to update the on hand quantity for finished goods whose reorder part is bad. Also updated the Inventory Audit file. This may need to be undone. 34 07/05/05 Fixed the POST INVENTORY program to update the LAST DATE SOLD when using Silk Screening & Blanks. ******************************************************************************* R 06/08/05 VERSION VOCAB.EXE ******************************************************************************* 33 05/16/05 Modified GL ACCOUNT INQUIRE TRANSACTIONS to show the account description as well as the current balance. 32 04/05/05 Fixed the "Long screen" receive Work Order program to check leave site time against start time for different days. 31 03/23/05 Added WEB LOGIN to SALESMAN CUSTOMER LIST. 30 03/18/05 Modified WORK ORDER EDI PARTS program to round up QUANTITY when sending work order EDI files. 29 03/18/05 Changed the Work Order List program to change the permissions to read/write all for UNIX/Linux systems on the 'upd' file. 28 03/18/05 Changed the Work Order EDI Select program to change the permissions to read/write all for UNIX/Linux systems on the 'edifiles' file. 27 03/18/05 Fixed Work Order Inquire to show more characters (changed from 1 to 19) in the EDI SENT field. It now shows the date and combined EDI file #. 26 03/09/05 Fixed the AR INVOICE REPRINT program to not go into debug after printing the 1st invoice. Problem was the HIST flag was not "standard". ******************************************************************************* R 03/08/05 VERSION VOCAB.EXE ******************************************************************************* 25 03/02/05 Modified AP CLEAN to say "transfer" or "delete" depending on option chosen. This is cosmetic only. 24 03/01/05 Modified calculating the ELECTRONIC CHECK NUMBER from 9 digits to 10 allowing for 10,000 checks instead of 1,000 (per day). 23 03/01/05 Modified VENDOR INQUIRE INVOICE on the CASH DISBURSEMENTS section to show the maximum number of characters for the check # (10) and re-aligned the rest of the output. Also modified for screen vs. printer output (cosmetics). 22 02/23/05 Modified REPRINT SPOOLER FILE (RSF) for better searching, etc. 21 02/11/05 Modified the CASH DISBURSEMENTS program (cut checks). The sequence of saving the EOF (~) was changed to first delete it, set the fields to "normal" defaults (No electronic payments, not a separate check and check number of 0), then save the EOF. An error occurred with unusual system defaults AND when a check amount was computed to be 0 or negative (usually when there are more invoices than will fit on a single check and the credits make an invalid amount because of the split). 20 02/02/05 Modified the W3 to conform to current printing standards. 19 02/02/05 Added a new program for program design. This prints rulers and line numbers so that they made be used to design forms. PRINT DESIGN SHEET 18 02/02/05 Modified ASF (Assign Spooler File) to print the DESKJET INIT CODE if there is one. If, after updating your printer prints wierd, go into CREATE/CHANGE PRINTERS and blank out the string. 17 02/01/05 Modified AR STATEMENTS to not lose track of where it was. Under certain conditions the statement would not print past the payment history. * 16 02/01/05 Modified AR STATEMENTS to show the age from invoice date to the date recieved on the PAYMENT HISTORY portion of the statement. TEMP STATMENT 2 *#15 01/27/05 Added printer # "D" which is a HP PCL generic printer codes for the HP Laserjets. Also added E and F which have different boldness for condensed print. PRINTERS 14 01/16/05 Modified A/P HANDWRITE CHECK input for computing a check date based on the check number. The check date will be computed if the format is: xxxYYMMDD where xxx = ADJ = Adjustment ATM = Automatic Teller Machine DD = Direct Deposit DW = Direct Withdrawal EP = Electronic Payment ET = Electronic Transfer (Wire Transfer) 13 01/04/04 Fixed an error with the new buildling customer data files for the web. It now will only ask for a date if you chose that option and it will not hang. 12 01/02/04 Modified ENTERING AP INVOICES. If the invoice number is a date in the format YYMMDD the Invoice Date will be automatically converted. The year must match the posting date year. 11 01/02/04 Modified ENTERING VOIDED AP INVOICES to use the standard 10 01/01/05 Modifications made to the GL CLEAN program. The changes are cosmetic for clarification of what's going to happen. 09 01/01/05 Added a partial lookup in the ACCOUNTS PAYABLE FIXED system. Also made minor program changes to the Change and Inquire programs for efficiency. ******************************************************************************* R 01/01/05 VERSION 2005.5.3.08 ******************************************************************************* 08 12/31/04 Modified CORRECTING AR INVOICE to allow for an input of 7 integers (9999.99) instead of 6. 07 12/29/04 Fixed PRINT INVENTORY COUNT SHEET ENTERED program to use the store "LOCAL" instead of NULL under certain circumstances. ******************************************************************************* N 12/28/04 VERSION = VOCAB.EXE ******************************************************************************* 06 12/27/04 Modified the ENTER SECURITY program to not use INL 0 but INK. This should have no effect EXCEPT on the 32 bit P4 version. 05 12/18/04 Fixed a "new" problem with cosmetics in CHANGE CUSTOMER INFORMATION on the COMMENTS line. It will now show correctly the 1st 40 characters. 04 12/18/04 Cosmetic changes to DELAY. Did show: number of seconds to wait and number of seconds elapsed. Will now also show countdown of hours, minutes, seconds to go. 03 12/17/04 Modification to EDI SERVICE CHANGE to allow the same IP Address for multiple Service Providers. 02 12/17/04 Modifications to EDI INIT programs. Various enhancements, fixes and clarifications. 01 12/16/04 Modified the Inventory Usage By Matrix Part # with completely different format. It shows the quantity, size, colors, styles by month. Additional changes forthcoming on this report. ******************************************************************************* U 12/15/04 VERSION 2004.5.3.00 ******************************************************************************* 99 12/15/04 Added print spooler to LABELS. 98 12/14/04 Added an option for WEB EXPORT to limit the age of invoices and cash receipts. # 97 12/13/04 Added an option for Accounts Receivable AGING and computation of INTEREST CHARGES. The default is the "current" way. The other option is the "old" way of aging from the INVOICE DATE and NOT the DATE DUE. This option can be found in SET UP AR TERMS. I AR TRANS I STMT AGE ******************************************************************************* N 12/13/04 VERSION = VOCAB.EXE ******************************************************************************* # 96 12/13/04 This update fixes the STATEMENT files for the new web program. It computes and addes the appropriate age for each invoice. CGI cwar.cgi (ARP) 95 12/13/04 Modified WEB CHECK DIR, which checks to make sure the necessary directories are installed for web integration, to check for all directories as well as a fix for UNIX/Linux systems to use the / instead of the \. 94 12/13/04 Modified AR STATEMENTS to include AGE OF INVOICE at time of the statement. Fields for INVOICE AMOUNT, CREDITS, INVOICE BALANCE and ACCOUNT BALANCE were reduced from 10 digits to 9. This still allows for a number up to 999,999.99 dollars (123456.89). FINANCE CHARGES field was reduced from 8 to 7 digits which allows for a number up to 9,999.99 dollars (1234.67). Web statements were also changed to reflect this change. Please note: existing web statements will NOT have this change. 93 12/12/04 Fixed posting of PLACEMENT DATE for serialized inventory when the item is on file. Also fixed the KEY CUST SERIAL field. 92 12/12/04 Various cosmetic changes to ORDER ENTRY adding and changing programs as well as the GET ORDER program. 91 12/12/04 NAME DROP CHANGES: If you enter a name drop on a matrix screen that same name drop will be duplicated for the next matrix part number - you may keep it, change it or blank it. 90 12/12/04 Modified the ORDER ENTRY CHANGE LINE program for SILK SCREENING that uses NAME DROP: if you change a name drop on one line item you have the option to change ALL line items with the same EXACT MATRIX PART # to the new name drop. 89 12/12/04 Modified the ORDER ENTRY CHANGE LINE program for SILK SCREENING that uses NAME DROP: if you change a name drop on one line item you have the option to change ALL line items with the same EXACT old name drop to the new name drop. 88 12/12/04 Modified CHECK REGISTER when using the screen output to alternate lines with different colors to make reading easier. 87 12/10/04 Modified the cosmeticis for PURCHASE ORDER CREATE (add new order). The up/down keys will work and display properly. 86 12/10/04 Modified the cosmetics for ORDER ENTRY CREATE (add new order). The up/down/delete keys will work and display properly. 85 12/09/04 Modified SALES DETAIL REPORT to give summaries at end of report by SIZE, STYLE, COLOR, MATRIX, DEPARTMENT & CATEGORY. These summary reports are alphanumeric and not by quantity or dollar volume. Percentages by quantity and dollar are given for each line. 84 12/08/04 Modified the Master Menu program to set Order Entry/Work Order flag on start up. 83 12/08/04 Fixed an elusive bug in GT LABOR PART - a program to determine the labor part number in work orders. (line 30 taken out) 82 12/08/04 Added 3 options to the EDI WORK ORDER LIST: By Service Status By Priority By Service Type 81 12/07/04 Added an option to INQUIRE INVENTORY to view PLACEMENTS if the part is serialized. 80 12/07/04 Updated INVENTORY CHANGE PART # to update the INVENTORY PLACEMENT & HISTORY files. 79 12/07/04 Fixed a bug when getting a serial number from a list - it previously took whatever customer number was last used and if the item was unassigned, it assigned it. Now it does NOT assign the unsold inventory to the last customer # used. 78 12/07/04 Modified entering ship to information on Purchase Orders. Took out option for other store location if locations are not used (SET UP A/R). 77 12/07/04 Various modifications to INVENTORY PLACEMENT programs. Some cosmetic, some corrections to placement types and posting from AR and AP invoices, PO's, etc. 76 12/07/04 Modifications to correcting AR invoices when using discounts AND you correct the invoice. 75 12/06/04 Modifications and corrections to posting AP PURCHASE ORDERS especially in relation to INVENTORY PLACEMENT (non-warranty) 74 12/06/04 Fixed the INVENTORY PLACEMENT LIST to not show the End Of File marker (EOF - ~) 73 12/06/04 Modified the WORK ORDER SEND EDI programs to use the new fields. Also modified it to create a batch/script file to auto login and transfer if desired. *#72 12/06/04 Modified the EDI FILE. Added fields for PREFIX, SUFFIX, LOGIN, BATCH, SUPPLIERS UPLOAD DIRECTORY and SUPPLIERS DOWNLOAD DIRECTORY. EDI FILE EDI PREFIX EDI SUFFIX EDI LOGIN EDI BATCH EDI UPLOAD EDI DOWNLOAD 71 12/06/04 Modified PURCHASE ORDER screens to show Order Type 70 12/06/04 Fixed IN CANCEL DATE to correctly pad a new year to 2. 69 12/06/04 Fixed various programs to have consistency in the AR INVOICE field for INVENTORY PLACEMENT. 68 12/06/04 Modified ORDER ENTRY screens to show Order Type 67 12/06/04 Modified the ORDER ENTRY LIST to allow lists by Order Entry Type (if applicable): Normal Work Order Web Orders 66 12/06/04 Modified the PURCHASE ORDER MASTER LIST to allow lists by Purchase Order Type (if applicable): Manufacturing: Finished Goods Raw Materials Finished Goods from Raw Materials Raw Materials from Sub Assemblies Silk Screening Warranty 65 12/06/04 Cosmetic changes on RECEIVING WORK ORDERS. The up, down and other function keys will properly display the line information. 64 11/30/04 Fixed a cosmetic problem with MISCELLANEOUS CASH RECEIPTS. The screen will now show correctly. 63 11/30/04 Fixed a bug when printing SELECTIVE CUSTOMER STATEMENTS. It will now print on multi-terminal systems. 62 11/30/04 Fixed and enhanced the AR INVOICE CORRECTION program. This program came into play when, after entering an invoice you are asked if the entire invoice is correct. The F2 key will put you into this fixed CORRECT program. The cosmetics have been enhanced to facilitate use of the up and down arrow keys. 61 11/27/04 Added summaries to the INVENTORY USAGE reports. Each report will have a summary by dollars and quantity by: Color, Size, Style, Department, Category. 60 11/24/04 Corrected the INVENTORY REORDER LIST for specific matrix part number. The headings will now work. *#59 11/23/04 Modified the PRAREF2 (reference/help file) for correct contact information in the USA. Also made corrections to file definitions and DISPLAY/SEARCH programs for: PRSTD, PRMSG, PRMSG2, PRAREF, PRAREF2. PRMSG2 58 11/18/04 Modified PSF (Print Spooler File) to correctly work after last update to this program. All operating systems affected that use the system spooler. 57 11/12/04 Modified the INVOICE headings to print the discount date and amount as well as the invoice date IF the terms use discounts. 56 11/12/04 Changed the COMPUTE DATE DUE program to compute two dates: the first is the DISCOUNT DATE, if there is one; the second is the DUE DATE. 55 10/19/04 Fixed a problem with changing TERM descriptions (as well as delete terms) with updating the CUSTOMER file. Previously the update did not work. 54 10/19/04 Fixed a problem with computing the correct DATE DUE on A/R invoicing. 53 10/19/04 Added the option to change TERMS description in VERIFY TERMS. 52 10/04/04 Fixed a problem when entering multiple fuel receipts in FLEET CENTER. 51 09/30/04 Modified WEB STATEMENTS to resort the statements in descending order so that on the web the most current statement show first. 50 09/11/04 Modified CASH RECEIPTS CREATE CREDIT MEMO to for sure zero out the LATE FEE CHARGE. This should not have been a problem (none reported) but it is taken care of. 49 09/11/04 Fixed a major bug with the GL posting of FREIGHT SALES in A/R invoicing. Since the change in sequence for sales tax purposes, freight sales have not been posting to the GL. 48 09/02/04 Fixed CHECK REGISTER to properly run option 3: from/to check #. 47 08/05/04 Modified the SCO UNIX FTP program. The commands for some ISP's are different. 46 08/03/04 Cosmetic and other internal changes to SOURCE CENTER (Mailing List/Collections). 45 08/02/04 Minor cosmetic changes to CALL MAILING LIST. This program is also used for COLLECTIONS. 44 08/01/04 Finished WARRANTY INQUIRE program. This program allows you to view the warranty information. You may select by Part #, Customer or Work Order #. 43 08/01/04 Modified GET WARRRANTY Part # to stop at a full screen. 42 08/01/04 Modified OUTPUT EDI TABLE which shows the EDI vendor, table # and code to only show the code. 41 08/01/04 Modified WARRANTY INVENTORY LIST to abort the program when viewing and pressing the F10 key. 40 07/29/04 Modified and fixed (enhancement and bug fix for MS-DOS systems) BUILD WEB PASSWORD FILE program. 39 07/29/04 Modified the SAVE MAILING LIST program to show why and which key(s) of 7 is a duplicate and have an option to re-try, re-try and don't ask again, don't retry and don't ask again, abort or 1 skip. 38 07/29/04 Modified cosmetics in the MAILING LIST IMPORT program. 37 07/28/04 Modifed AR INVOICE REPRINT DEFERRED and GET TEMP AR INVOICE programs to get BOTH types of invoices - printed and not printed on the register. 36 07/27/04 Modified the EXPORT CUSTOMER INFORMATION program to allow for exporting the SHIP TO information and an option to SKIP PO Boxes addresses. 35 07/23/04 Modified installation programs. *#34 07/21/04 Fixed 1 TIME EXPORT when creating the FTPCOM.UNX file to replace FPTSITE (spelled wrong and should be FPTISP) with the proper data. CGI 33 07/21/04 Fixed 2 year comparative Income Statement. 32 07/20/04 Cosmetic changes to AP HANDWRITTEN CHECKS. The program will now show total cash disbursed in this run. 31 07/12/04 Modified PSF (print spooler file) to utilize MS-DOS/Windows ports LPT2 and LPT3 when using the spooler. !!!! IF YOU USE THE SPOOLER OPTION IN WINDOWS/MS-DOS AND YOUR TERMINAL DEFAULT PRINTER PORT IS "./FILE" YOU NEED TO CHANGE THE TERMINAL INFORMATION (8,8,1,4) TO USE LPT1 AS THE DEFAULT PRINTER DEVICE !!!! Addtionally, if your default printer port starts with LPT the spooler will be TURNED ON automatically. 30 07/12/04 Modified CASH DISBURSEMENTS CHECKS CUSTOM 1 form to force normal (non-condensed) print at the top of the form. 29 07/12/04 Modified the CEN program which centers items on printer page. If the column number is 66 the CONDENSED OFF (co code) is printed first AND that the CONDENSED ON (c code) is ALWAYS printed after the center. 28 07/12/04 Cosmetic change to ENTERING VENDOR INVOICES to show the F10 abort message correctly. 27 07/09/04 Fixed POSTING INVENTORY to update the historic sales information when using BLANK inventory. 26 07/09/04 Fixed or modified INVENTORY COUNT SHEET programs when using USE BLANK INVENTORY option to quit the program when the matrix part # is NOT "BLANK". *#25 07/09/04 Added options in SET UP INVENTORY to use or not use BAR CODES and RFID/EPC. If not used, BAR CODE will be the same as the PART #, RFID will be null. Update will set both options to NO. I INVENTORY TRANS I USE BAR CODE I USE RFID INVENTORY RFID 24 07/08/04 Fixed INVENTORY BUILD program which builds data files for the web to NOT include the terminal # in the MATRIX file. 23 07/08/04 Modified WEB EXPORT program to work properly for all options and operating systems. 22 07/08/04 Modified WEB CUSTOMER LIST when using the FROM PASSWORD FILE option to correctly display or give error if file is not present. 21 07/08/04 Modified GT CUST (standard program) to null out CUST if the object is not on file. *#20 07/08/04 Modified CGI file with updated FTP programs for transferring Perl programs and customer data, etc., for UNIX and Windows. 19 07/07/04 Modified SILK SCREENING TICKETS to stop for loading ticket forms and then reloading plain paper. This may also be used to change printer ports. 18 07/07/04 Added a new program to list all part numbers that do not have a reorder part #. 17 07/07/04 Modified PURCHASE ORDERS for type of purchase order input when using the SILK SCREENER software WITHOUT the MANUFACTURING software. 16 07/07/04 Fixed the INVENTORY SET REORDER PART # to use the correct nouns and added cosmetics. 15 07/06/04 Fixed the customer with login list - it now works! *#14 07/06/04 Modified the TEMP file to have a reference length of 110 instead of 70. Also doubled the unit size to 512. This change was necessary to correctly print SCREENING TICKETS if the name drop was more than 40 characters. This also corrected the problem with SCREENING TICKETS that had bad size headings. 13 07/06/04 Cosmetics on SET UP AR and added SALES REPS SET UP. 12 07/06/04 Cosmetics on SET UP SALES REPS. 11 07/06/04 Modified the PAYROLL SET UP and SET UP PAYROLL GENERAL LEDGER program to put all account numbers in the SET UP PAYROLL GL program. Also modified the cosmetics. *#10 07/03/04 Added a new option to the GENERAL LEDGER system. If you are using the General Ledger system you may elect to NOT print Journal Entries. This option will ONLY not print the journal entry. It WILL post the information normally. You may use the REPRINT JOURNAL ENTRY to review or consolidate (paper use) any journal entry. 09 07/02/04 Added a program in the SALES TAX CENTER to list customer's tax reference, rate and code. May list just customers or just ship to or both. Paper or Screen option. 08 07/02/04 Added a program in the SALES TAX CENTER to go through the entire Customer file and set the default tax reference to the one you select in the program. Your SHIP TO file will be updated according to the CITY provided that the STATE is your default state. The default state comes from your COMPANY SET UP CITY. 07 07/01/04 Fixed bug in AR STATEMENTS when printing PAST DUE options 4,5. It will now print the invoices as well as a $ and decimals on the last payment information. 06 07/01/04 Modified PRINT AR INVOICES if using the DEFERRED INVOICE option. It should now print the invoice (error due to PRINTED REGISTER flag) 05 07/01/04 Modified ENTERING AR INVOICE, ENTERING NEW ORDERS and INVOICING ORDERS to not allow entering of data if the customer's terms are PRE-PAY unless there is a CREDIT BALANCE. Technically, a Pre-Pay customer should always have either a 0 or credit balance and until you enter the cash received as a credit memo the customer should not be invoiced. The entering of an order is precluded because if the order is filled and shipped before there is a credit balance you may never get paid. To find out the invoice amount you may enter an order using the ONE TIME CUSTOMER as a temporary customer. This order can also be printed for faxing or mailing if necessary. 04 06/30/04 Modified SET UP A/R LABOR to show all labor part numbers even if the user is not a SILK SCREENER. This can be used for WARRANTY labor as well. 03 06/30/04 Modified the INVENTORY COUNT SHEETS to print the SIZE instead of the SIZE DESCRIPTION (L instead of LARGE). 02 06/30/04 Modified the AR INVOICE REPRINT program to used a different noun when reprinting invoice options except a specific invoice. 01 06/30/04 Fixed bug in DELETE ORDER ENTRY ORDERS after invoicing. ******************************************************************************* R 06/30/04 VERSION 2004.5.2.00 ******************************************************************************* 99 06/30/04 Modified the AR STATEMENTS program to allow you to enter the number of days past due on options 4 and 5. A minus number will print invoices that are not yet due by that number of days. 98 06/29/04 Added a new program for SILK SCREENERS. When used in chorus with a YES setting to the USE BLANK INVENTORY option (8,5,17) the program will set the REORDER VENDOR PART # to the blank part number. For this to work, the blanks MUST have the MATRIX PART # set to BLANK. Any part number with an existing Reorder Vendor Part # will be skipped. 97 06/27/04 Modified the AR STATEMENT AGED program to correctly go thru the AR INVOICE file. The previous program worked but it now works more efficiently. ******************************************************************************* N 06/27/04 VERSION = VOCAB.EXE ******************************************************************************* ******************************************************************************* R 06/27/04 VERSION CWMFG.EXE ******************************************************************************* ******************************************************************************* R 06/27/04 VERSION CWDIST.EXE ******************************************************************************* 96 06/27/04 Modified the CALCULATE SALES TAX program to CHARGE SALES TAX ON OUT OF STATE SALES IF there is a TAX CODE set up for the invoice. Some states require that sales tax be charged for out of state deliveries IF the company DELIVERS VIA COMPANY VEHICLE. *#95 06/27/04 Added an option to TAX FREIGHT. Some states are now requiring sales tax charged on shipping and handling fees. This option when updated is defaulted to NO. HOWEVER!!!!! The sequence of entering sales tax and freight HAS REVERSED. A new center has been added to SET UP ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE. This center is the SET UP SALES TAX. It is option 10 in Set up A/R. The Sales Tax Report has changed to show Merchandise, Freight, Tax Code and Tax Rate. I AR TRANS I TAX FRT 94 06/26/04 Modified the CUSTOMER ADD, CHANGE, INQUIRE and GET SHIP TO programs to utilize the TAX RATE file. Also updated the SALES TAX maintenance programs to update all files as well as the SALES TAX LIST to have sort options. PLEASE NOTE that the programs use the SHIP TO CITY information for computing the tax rate. Also, if an entire COUNTY has a different rate from the default rate, you must enter ALL ZIP CODES that are in that county. INSTRUCTIONS TO CONVERT USING SALES TAX RATES 1. Go into SET UP/AR CENTER (8/2) and set the SALES TAX TYPE (option 10) to Use Tax Files (option 2). 2. Go to AR CENTER/SALES TAX CENTER/ADD TAX RATES (2/12/1) and enter EXCEPTIONS to your default tax rate. 3. Run a CUSTOMER LIST by ZIP CODE for the zip codes that are effected. 4. Change the tax ref on each customer. Be sure to check the SHIP TO information as well. 93 06/25/04 Added an option to INVENTORY COUNT SHEETS to print in STYLE ORDER *#92 06/25/04 Modifications to files for computing variable sales tax rates. Changed how the tax is identified. The tax rate file is referenced by ZIP CODE or ZIP CODE/CITY NAME. First the CITY and ZIP CODE are checked. If that is not there, just the ZIP CODE is checked. If neither are there, the default sales tax rate will be used. EACH VARIANCE to the default sales tax rate must be MANUALLY ADDED to the rate file. CUSTOMER OE MASTER AR INVOICE AR INVOICE HISTORY AR INVOICE ARCHIVE SHIP TO FILE TAX CODE (all files) # 91 06/24/04 Changed the script file in CGI for UNIX CustomWare updates. CGI 90 06/24/04 Added file record RELEASE to INQUIRE CUSTOMER SHIP TO program. * 89 06/24/04 Split Manufacturing and Silk Screening CustomWare options. I COMPANY TRANS *#88 06/24/04 Added an option for SILK SCREENERS that allows for updates of blanks on hand quantities instead of the end product. With this option set a Purchase Order is created for the blank. An order is created to sell the silk screened item and the ON ORDER quantity gets updated for the end product as well as the blank. When invoiced the ON ORDER is again updated on both the end product and the blank but only the ON HAND quantity is updated on the blank. The selling quantities are updated on both. With this option set, only blanks will have on hand quantities and on purchase order quantities. The blank part number should be in the finished good's VENDOR REORDER PART NUMBER field. If reorder part number is invalid the quantity updates work normally. I INVENTORY TRANS I SILK RM 87 06/23/04 Added NAME DROP to the ORDER ENTRY INQUIRE program. *#86 06/19/04 Added options to SET UP AR to use or not use the TAX RATE file. The default is 0 which is the old method - one or no rate for all in-state customers. Setting this option to USE TAX RATE file will display a new option in the AR CENTER for the SALES TAX CENTER which allows you to perform maintenance on the tax tables. There will be a new report (not yet written) for Sales Tax. I AR TRANS I SALES TAX TYPE !#85 06/19/04 Added a TAX RATE file for multiple sales tax rates. This file determines sales tax rates based on Zip Code. The file itself uses a "From and To" type calculation. For example, the first reference might be 84100 and the next is 84120. All zip codes that range from 84100 THRU 84119 will get the same tax rate. It is important to note that ONLY IN-STATE zip codes will be active. TAX RATES *#84 06/14/04 Modified the master Perl CGI program for Order Entry to use the picture file on the ordering page. If there is one item in the matrix part selected that has a picture file, it will be a link on the order page to view the pattern. CGI 83 06/14/04 Modified BUILD WEB INVENTORY to use the picture file in the MATRIX web file. If there is one part number for a particular matrix item that has a picture file name, it will be used. 82 06/14/04 Modified the EXEMPT INVENTORY LIST FOR WEB to format the matrix number and to show the matrix description. *#81 06/11/04 Added an option to NOT use the General Ledger System. I COMPANY TRANS I USE GL 80 06/11/04 Modified SET UP AR LABOR to not destroy a window when exiting. This caused cosmetic problems. 79 06/11/04 Modified ORDER ENTRY ACKNOWLEDGMENTS (Sales Order) to use the PRINT 0 OPTION when printing in matrix. If the Print 0 option is set to Yes, 0 quantities will print 0 under the column size. 78 05/21/04 Modified SCREENING TICKETS (Silk Screening) for new option. Before you could do all for one customer or all unprinted. Now you may print a single order for a customer, all unprinted for a single customer or all unprinted for all customers. 77 05/16/04 Modified the REMOTE MAINTENANCE CENTER. A new version of WinZip is available with command line options (with program download). This new option allows for different encryption levels. It also allows for complex passwords and other options. 76 05/14/04 Modified the CUSTOMER INVENTORY CENTER to view as a whole screen instead of starting at line 7. 75 05/14/04 Fixed the GET SHIP TO program to actually use the F8 key to select from the list on the screen instead of the F10. 74 05/14/04 Modified SET UP AR to use a new screen name so the window does not get funky when leaving the set up. 73 05/14/04 Fixed AR INVOICE REPRINT when selecting options 5 or 6 (from/ to invoice number & from/to invoice date). It will now correctly print the desired invoices. This error was caused by the PSF (print spooler file) program which performs a system call and the program loses its place in the files. 72 05/14/04 Modified CREATE MESSAGE to OPERATOR, OPERATOR CHANGE and CHECK MESSAGES to NOT check messages when performing one of the operations above. 71 05/13/04 Modified and tested the REMOTE BACKUP system for SCO UNIX. This option is now available for SCO UNIX users. If you have enough available space with your ISP you may use them as your remote backups service. For this to work, you will need to use your ISP ftp site as your IP Address, i.e., ftp.xmission.com or ftp.aros.net. When you enter this you will currently get an error message telling you that the IP Address appears to not be correct. You may ignore this message. You should careful when creating scripts or setting the backup to run on a set schedule. The process does not take very long and so system error messages flash by quickly. The most common error is PERMISSION DENIED. To fix this you will need to be logged in as root and do the following command: chmod 777 /usr /usr/bin /etc /etc/rc.d /etc/rc.d/8 /etc/rc.d/8/userdef The above line should be on all one line. To cancel the automatic reboot and backup you will need to do the following while logged in as root: at -l (this will give you the jobs you current have running) at -r [job id] (do NOT type in the brackets []. This will remove the current jobs. vi /etc/rc.d/8/userdef (scroll down to where you see the "at" commands) on each "at" command type in "dd" (no quotes). This will delete the line. Hit ESC : x to keep the change or q! to ignore changes. 70 05/13/04 Modified SEND MESSAGE TO OPERATOR to allow for multiple recipients for the same message. This option only exists, of course, if you are using the SECURITY OPTION for CustomWare. 69 05/13/04 Added ORDER DATE to the SCREENING TICKETS. For this to work, the option in SET UP ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE for using ORDER DATE must be YES. The same is true for the previously added SHIP DATE (use REQUESTED SHIP DATE) 68 05/12/04 Modified MATRIX ORDERING to use the CUSTOMER INVENTORY file. This file, when the option is set, contains price overrides by customer for individual part numbers. Previously this only worked when manually entering each part number but not in the matrix screen. A red asterisk (*) will show next to the price if the override price was used. A word on uses. When entering a new line (manually), the price can be changed and then saved in the Customer Inventory file. But if you use the up arrow to edit, it does NOT update the file. This is true with editing prices when using the Matrix option. The price will be computed using the file when entering the matrix items, but if you EDIT the price, it will not be saved. 67 05/12/04 Fixed UPDATE INVENTORY SELLING PRICES for options 5 and 6. It now works correctly for Color and Style Exceptions or specific. 66 05/12/04 Modified AR INVOICE ENTER HANDWRITES to allow a NINE (9) digit invoice number. Cash receipts already allows for a 10 digit number and the inquiries allow 15. 65 05/12/04 Fixed the option for showing/not showing GL DISTIBUTION in AR INVOICE ENTER HANDWRITES. 64 05/12/04 Added VERIFY TERMS to the SET UP AR TERMS window. 63 05/12/04 Modified SET UP COMPANY INFORMATION to change the OPERATING SYSTEM. This is necessary as Windows XP uses a different Windows directory than 2000 or NT. Other programs will be updated to accomodate these changes. 62 05/11/04 Modified how long the NAME DROP can be. It was previously set to a limit of 20, it is now set to 70. The programs changed were OE CHANGE LINE and ERROR ADD 1. The ERROR ADD 1 program is used for other programs and will still allow 70 characters which may skew output for that data. Notify System Designs for any problems. * 61 05/10/04 Added an option to the SCREENING TICKET for form size. The default is set to regular paper (8«x11). The other option is for 8«x7. As other length options arise, we will update this. INVENTORY TRANS I SCREENING TICKET FORM * 60 05/10/04 Added a new option in the DISK MAINTENANCE CENTER. The new option allows for REMOTE BACKUPS. This can be used with an optional service provided by System Designs - Disaster Recovery Backup Service - which stores your data files on a remote system in case of your system failure. This program can be set to run automatically on a set schedule. For Windows based systems a reboot will occur 5 minutes before the scheduled backup. On UNIX/ systems this will modify the userdef file to reboot the computer 15 minutes before the scheduled backup. The program will auto- matically transfer the compressed backup to a remote site. COMPANY TRANS I LS REMOTE BACKUP I REMOTE BU SETTINGS 59 05/10/04 Added SHIP REQUEST DATE to the SCREENING TICKET. 58 05/10/04 Modified the SCREENING TICKET for silk screeners. Moved the NAME DROP to a line by itself, bolded the name drop only. 57 05/09/04 Fixed a bug when creating the web password file in UNIX. It will now create the file in web/ instead of web\. This only happened under certain circumstances. *#56 05/09/04 Fixed the CGI file. The programs had been turned to garbage from a previous update. Programs are as of 5/1/4. CGI ******************************************************************************* N 05/08/04 VERSION = VOCAB.EXE ******************************************************************************* * 55 05/08/04 Updated the CUSTOMWARE UPDATE for UNIX systems programs. CGI *#54 05/08/04 Added a CGI INQUIRE program to view or print the files. Also modified the batch file for windows for CustomWare Updates. CGI 53 05/08/04 Added 2 new options to update INVENTORY SELLING PRICES. You may change selling price of all inventory based on SIZE. You may have exceptions for colors and styles OR only specified colors and styles OR everything. You may ADD a FIXED dollar amount to the existing price OR set the price to a fixed amount, i.e., if your current price for a size is variable by color or style, you can add $X to the current price or set the price to $X. 52 05/08/04 Modified standard program OCEN for screen. Now using F SPACE instead of BLANK SPACE and if the color combination is white on magenta, attribute set to bold. 51 05/07/04 Modifed the security program that verifies a valid CustomWare license to accommodate legacy devices. 50 05/07/04 Modified the CUSTOMWARE UPDATE program within CustomWare to check UNIX/Linux systems for permissions so that the update program may be created and run. 49 05/07/04 Fixed an error when invoicing from order entry and the option to invoice everything in the file is used. Sort A was not set in the program and so it would work intermittently. It will now always work. 48 05/06/04 Costmetic changes to the INQUIRE WORK ORDER program. 47 05/06/04 Fixed the RECEIVE WORK ORDER program to store the SERVICE TIME (on site time/job time). * 46 05/06/04 Modified the WORK ORDER HISTORY file to use an "extra" noun (now named WO PO) to store the PURCHASE ORDER NUMBER (if any) when receiving work orders. 45 05/06/04 Modified the SET UP WARRANTY menu to place all options in order and highlighted the warranty code options. 44 05/04/04 Fixed payroll reports to properly print, with spooler. EMPLOYEE INQUIRE HISTORY, EMPLOYEE INQUIRE CHECKS 43 05/04/04 Fixed PAYROLL MISCELLANEOUS DEDUCTIONS REGISTER. 42 05/04/04 Fixed PAYROLL DEDUCTION register printing problems. 41 05/04/04 Changed the PAYROLL JOURNAL ENTRY description to include period beginning, end and check dates 40 05/04/04 Fixed the PAYROLL REGISTER to print correctly on laser printers. 39 05/04/04 Fixed set up of CAFETERIA account numbers. It will now change the correct item if the F2/F3 keys are hit for GL account look ups. 38 05/04/04 Fixed the abort key option (F10) in CORRECT PAYROLL. * 37 05/03/04 Added a TYPE field to the CGI FILE. Added a CGI CENTER in the WWW SET UP center. You may list, import and export any of the CGI files. CGI 36 05/01/04 Cosmetic changes to the AP HANDWRITE CHECK program. 35 05/01/04 Modifed CASH DISBURSEMENTS to use a new noun for computing total cash disbursed - TOTAL CASH. The programs were changed to utilize this noun for accurate cash totals. A program was also added CASH DISB INIT which asks all the initialization questions and if re-entering the program with items in the temp file the questions will not be asked twice. 34 05/01/04 Modifed GTN CHECK to ask if you want to compute the next available check #. 33 05/01/04 Modified EMPLOYEE INQUIRE CHECK to use the ASF program for print spooling. 32 05/01/04 Modified PAYROLL and PAYROLL INIT programs to ask all standard questions in the PAYROLL INIT program. 31 05/01/04 Modified PAYROLL CHECKS to use the print spooler files ASF and PSF as well as skip the alignment question if the spooler is in use. There is now a question if you wish to print the alignment characters if the spooler is not in use. 30 05/01/04 Modified CASH DISB CREATE to use the print spooler files ASF and PSF. Added several F10 abort options in the check writing program process in the standard check program as well as skip the alignment question if the spooler is in use. There is now a question if you wish to print the alignment characters if the spooler is not in use. 29 04/28/04 Modified CASH DISB REGISTER TOTAL, CASH DISB REGISTER G TOT to align properly. 28 04/28/04 Modified AP HAND ENTER to use correct noun (TN1 iso N1) when storing the vendor number in the TEMP 1 FILE. 27 04/28/04 Modified CASH DISB CORRECT to delete the check # from the TEMP 1 FILE so that a check may be re-entered without deleting all invoices for that vendor. 26 04/28/04 Modified CASH DISB CORRECT to show correct headings for regular and handwrites. 25 04/28/04 Modified AP HANDWRITE CREATE to copy 0 to the HDGS FLAG when aborting the program. 24 04/27/04 Added the entry of VOID AP INVOICE explanation in the VOID AP INVOICE program. This is stored under the explantion of the voided invoice and in the discount explanation in the CASH DISB FILE. 23 04/27/04 Added the entry of VOID CHECK explanation in the VOID CASH DISBURSEMENTS program. This is stored in the CASH DISB file under the voided invoice. 22 04/15/04 Fixed bug in CASH DISBURSEMENTS when using the spooler in windows. It now prints! 21 04/15/04 Fixed bug in PRINT ORDER ACKNOWLEDGMENTS when using the spooler in windows and printing all unprinted orders. It only printed one and quit the program. Program modified to hold place in file. # 20 04/13/04 Added an option in SET UP ACCOUNTS PAYABLE for a shortened PURCHASE ORDER format. The new format does not print your part # but only the vendor's part number and the description is shortened so that the overall print will be larger. I AP I PO FORMAT 19 04/13/04 Modified PRINT PURCHASE ORDER use UNDERLINE instead of BORDER. 18 04/08/04 Modified PRINTER SELECT PORT to test for the PRFILES directory when the spooler file may be used. 17 04/08/04 Modified SET UP PERIPHERALS to show PRINTER DEVICES, SPOOLER # and SELECT NEW TERMINAL # in the menu. These items were previously only shown on UNIX/Linux systems but it is preferable on Windows systems as well. 16 04/08/04 Modified AR INVOICE ENTER OE 1 to properly destroy screens upon exit. 15 04/08/04 Fixed a cosmetic error in INVENTORY CHANGE to properly show the SIZE VARIANCE and SIZE DESCRIPTION, SIZE. *#14 04/08/04 Added the option in SET UP to update CustomWare. An active internet connection is necessary. A backup (disk to disk, disk to disk compressed or floppy compressed) must be done on the same day as the update. On UNIX/Linux systems there should be NO other users logged into CustomWare. CGI 13 04/07/04 Modified FLEET system for cosmetics and how the maintenance schedules store data. Now the scheduled maintenance will have miles AND months for each maintenance item. # 12 04/07/04 Added new program VERIFY TERMS which will verify the information in the TERM file. The format of the NOM field (Number of Months) has been changed to a fixed length of 4 digits (allowing for the possibility that an invoice is not due for 11 or more months). Also modified the GET TERMS program to comply when adding new terms. Added to CUSTOMER MAINTENANCE CENTER. 11 04/07/04 Added new program in the INVENTORY MISCELLANEOUS MAINTENANCE center to CHECK INVENTORY ACCOUNT NUMBERS. 10 04/07/04 Modified SET UP WEB SCRIPT FILES (WWW Set Up, Option 6) to provide options by operating system. This option generates programs to run from within CustomWare to auto log in to your ftp site and upload data files or auto login for manual uploads. New options added for auto uploading CGI programs, data files (such as the INVENTORY files) and the PASSWORD file. ! 09 04/07/04 Added RECORDS JPG file for the records system. This file will contain all the images for each file record. It is designed to store, by record RID, up to 10,000 images for each file. RECORDS JPG 08 04/06/04 Modified AR CENTER to include the INVENTORY CENTER. Also changed the INTERNET CENTER to use INSTRUCTION HEADING colors. 07 04/06/04 Fixed PL QTY COMPUTE in order entry to correctly use the proper quantity column when a customer has a fixed column and orders more than the fixed column. 06 04/06/04 Modified INVENTORY MATRIX LIST to have option to show all styles, colors and sizes for each matrix part number. 05 04/06/04 Modified INVENTORY REPORT CENTER to show MATRIX LIST for Distribution and Retail versions of CustomWare. 04 04/06/04 Modified ORDER ENTRY programs. Cosmetics to use standard color settings (user definable). Changed the INQUIRE PART (F5) to keep the part number inquired like the AR INVOICE ENTER program. Added option for the F7 key to show column pricing on the price field like AR INVOICE ENTER. 03 04/05/04 Modified INVENTORY UPDATE SELLING PRICES to add a COLOR option. The color option is available only with options 2 if selecting style and options 3 and 4 (first option when running the program). Note: If you are going to update using colors and only one color if different (like WHITE for example), you should update all colors the same and then go back and do just white with a different price. 02 04/05/04 Modified INVENTORY UPDATE SELLING PRICES to correctly get all inventory for selected parameters. 01 04/05/04 Modified GET MATRIX to destroy the window if the matrix part is entered without the partial lookup. ******************************************************************************* R 04/05/04 VERSION VOCAB.EXE ******************************************************************************* ******************************************************************************* R 04/05/04 VERSION CWMFG.EXE ******************************************************************************* ******************************************************************************* R 04/05/04 VERSION CWDIST.EXE ******************************************************************************* ******************************************************************************* R 04/05/04 VERSION CWPOS.EXE ******************************************************************************* ******************************************************************************* R 04/05/04 VERSION.CHG, VERSION.LOG, UPDATE.HTML ******************************************************************************* ******************************************************************************* U 04/05/04 VERSION 2004.5.1.00 ******************************************************************************* 99 04/05/04 Modified the INVENTORY CHANGE SIZE program to show error messages if a get, delete or save function is not successful. 98 04/03/04 Added an option to AR INVOICE ENTER HANDWRITE if you use quantity pricing. You are asked if you want to compute the prices based on quantity which overrides the amount entered for any inventory item. 97 04/02/04 Modified AR INVOICE ENTER HAND to NOT compute prices based on quantity or fixed column pricing. MATRIX entering should NOT be used in the handwrite as it is painful to modify the prices. If you do use matrix entering you must use the UP arrow to modify the prices manually. Also nulled out various nouns for proper functioning. 96 04/01/04 Modified GET PART to use a screen and pause the selection between full screens. There are now four columns and the selection option # was updated from 3 digits to 4. 95 04/01/04 Modified the INVENTORY RECONSTRUCT USAGE to null out the 5 standard files: DEPARTMENT, CATEGORY, SIZE, COLOR, STYLE. 94 04/01/04 Modified the INVENTORY POST USAGE program to correctly zero usage and save correct reference in the files. 93 04/01/04 Modified AR INVOICE ENTER HAND for MATRIX using QUANTITY PRICE BREAKS to compute correct pricing. 92 04/01/04 Modified AR INVOICE ENTER OE and AR INVOICE ENTER OE 1 (invoicing from order entry) to copy SHIP TERMS to CREDIT TERMS. 91 03/31/04 Modified the GET MATRIX PART program to pause after the screen for selecting a matrix part number is full. The F8 key will allow selection from the existing items. Also modified the counter so that 3 digits are displayed instead of 2. This allows for over 99 matrix part numbers. 90 03/31/04 Modified ORDER ENTRY ADD LINE to have option for MATRIX ordering. 89 03/31/04 Modified ORDER ENTRY CHANGE LINE to show price override if using column/quantity pricing. Took out option of changing a price if the override is not on and the item is a valid inventory item. Renumbered the options - there was no option 3 so items 4 through 9 were reunumbered 3 thru 8. 88 03/31/04 Modified ORDER ENTRY CHANGE (master screen) to use 0 for Back Order Column Price if column 1 is selected. 1 forces column 1 no matter what quantity is ordered whereas 0 computes the price based on total quantity ordered and other quantity pricing options. Also modified to show column desription. 87 03/23/04 Modified WO EDI SELECT - the program that shows and allows selection of EDI files - to use the "./" on the file name edifiles when using SCO UNIX. Also added an error message if the file cannot be opened. 86 03/17/04 Modified GL JE PRINT to check if the End Of File Marker is present when the terminal # is the deferred terminal #. This will ensure that the TEMP JE and TEMP 1 FILE will be deleted after posting the journal entry with the deferred A/R Invoice option. 85 03/11/04 Modified the inventory pricing updates for quantity break pricing (INVENTORY COL PRICE 1). 84 03/11/04 Modified GET MATRIX part number to put 5 columns of choices for easier selection. Took out GET PART MATRIX in all programs and replaced it with GET MATRIX. *#83 03/10/04 Modified the INVENTORY AUDIT FILE to have a larger unit size (increased from 256 to 512) and a longer significant length (increased from 30 to 40). This is to accommodate the larger inventory part numbers and so that while posting inventory the system does not have to wait up to 10 minutes between part numbers. INVENTORY AUDIT 82 03/10/04 Modified Auto Invoice Order Entry to check if the invoice is already in the Temp AR Invoice file. 81 03/10/04 Modified GET TEMP AR INVOICE to use an object whether or not the invoice was printed on a register. 80 03/10/04 Modified the Order Entry and A/R Invoicing program when using quantity break pricing. The changes have to do with the display screen on Order Entry Change and in forcing columns from the customer file. An order may be changed from the customer file standard by changing the column price on that order. 79 03/09/04 Added FREIGHT to the WORK ORDER REGISTER. 78 03/08/04 Modified GL TRIAL BALANCE (screen & paper) to show the out of balance amount in the column that it needs to go to for the GL to be balanced. 77 03/08/04 Modified the SET UP ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE MENU. Added several sub menus for DATES, SHIPPING and INVOICES. Removed the SET USER OPTIONS because they were integrated into the new menus. 76 03/08/04 Correct TRANSFER YEAR END BALANCES for final step in closing the year's books. * 75 03/08/04 Added an option to SET UP WORK ORDERS. There is a new type of input screen for RECEIVING WORK ORDERS which is cursor based and everything is on one screen. Default on new systems is the new type. On an update that does not set the option, the old or original option will be used. I AR TRANS I WORE TYPE 74 03/06/04 Finally found the bug when reprinting deferred invoices in reguard to the deferred terminal #. 73 03/05/04 Added an error message to the entering AR INVOICE program which will abort you to START if the current terminal number is the same as the deferred invoice terminal #. This should not effect those that are not using the deferred invoicing system. 72 03/05/04 Modified GET SHIP TO. The F10 key has always been used as an abort key. This single program caused confusion to use the F10 to keep the bill to and ship to information the same. F10 has been changed to F8 (to select from existing list) and F9 to keep the ship to the same as the bill to. 71 03/04/04 Modified the PSF (Print Spooler File) to use the dev port and cat the printer file instead of using the lp system. This option works if the PRINTER DEV is ./FILE. 70 03/04/04 New inventory maintenance programs. One rebuilds the inventory USAGE for the last 3 years. The other rebuilds the 6 inventory cross reference files for the current year. 69 03/04/04 Cosmetic changes to the INVENTORY MAINTENANCE CENTER. A NEW center was created to put all miscellaneous maintenance including YEAR END CLEANING. 68 03/04/04 Fixed errors when reprinting deferred AR invoices. 67 03/04/04 Cosmetic change in GET TEMP AR INVOICE. This program was destroying SCREEN CUST PART when it shouldn't have thereby screwing up the screens. 66 03/04/04 Verified installation program for POINT OF SALE in DOS/WINDOWS. The executable zip files were rebuilt. DOSWIN.EXE will now properly expand. Several system files were taken out of CWPOS.EXE but PRMSG* was kept. VOCAB.EXE was rebuilt so it now expands. The transaction files were reset and verified. 65 03/04/04 Verified installation program for MANUFACTURING in DOS/WINDOWS. The executable zip files were rebuilt. DOSWIN.EXE will now properly expand. Several system files were taken out of CWMFG.EXE but PRMSG* was kept. VOCAB.EXE was rebuilt so it now expands. The transaction files were reset and verified. 64 03/04/04 Verified installation program for DISTRIBUTION in DOS/WINDOWS. The executable zip files were rebuilt. DOSWIN.EXE will now properly expand. Several system files were taken out of CWDIST.EXE but PRMSG* was kept. VOCAB.EXE was rebuilt so it now expands. The transaction files were reset and verified. 63 03/04/04 Modified SAVE JE REF - the program save checks the validity of an account number when making a journal entry - to allow a chart of account listing, full or partial, if the F2 (full) or F3 key (begin at starting place) is hit when entering an account number. The F10 key may be hit during a listing to abort the rest of the list. 62 03/04/04 Modified the QUANTITY PRICING option to use SHIPPED QUANTITY when compute the INVOICE AMOUNT but the ORDERED QUANTITY when computing the pricing column. ORDER ENTRY still uses the QUANTITY ORDERED in all cases. If a negative quantity is mixed amoungst positive it will increase the overall quantity (incorrectly) but if all the quantities are negative it will compute a return price based on the total quantity returned. 61 03/03/04 Modified the QUANTITY PRICING option to treat negative quantities as positive when computing the quantity break. 60 03/03/04 Modified the CEN HDGS program (used on most screens) to show whether or not a spooler file is in use. This is shown in black and green after the printer port and will be a Y or N. 59 03/03/04 Fixed the UPDATE.BAT program (used for DOS/WINDOWS based updates) to set the terminal type for pragma to run. 58 03/03/04 Fixed the DOS RENAME (DREN.BAT) function in the WEB BUILD program. For DOS based systems this will now rename the files for proper web functioning. 57 03/03/04 Fixed the SET UP MATRIX OPTIONS in SET UP ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE to keep the PRINT 0 option (last one). * 56 03/03/04 Added options to ORDER ENTRY INVOICING. A new option to invoice for ALL open orders. If this option is set to YES, when you invoice for Order Entry you will be shown the open orders and asked if you want to invoice for all of them AS IS. If you answer NO you will be asked for each order to process, same as usual. If you answer YES all orders will be invoiced for quantity ordered, tax and shipping that comes from the order file. The F10 will kick you out of the program. I AR TRANS 55 03/03/04 Added options to the EXPORT INVENTORY program. New option to write a header or description row for each column chosen. Added option (99) to export everything on the list. Changed the screen colors to attribute normal for better reading. 54 03/02/04 Cosmetic change to INQUIRE VENDOR INFORMATION on the GL ACCOUNT NUMBER line. 53 03/02/04 Cosmetic changes to the DISK MAINTENANCE CENTER. *#52 03/02/04 MAJOR CHANGE to the INVENTORY FILE. The file "significant lengths" has been expanded as well as the UNIT SIZE from 526 to 2048. This will take more disk space for the inventory file but should work faster. Also re-arranged some nouns so that they are in a more logial order. Also renamed SALES to SALES ACCT. The short name has been changed from INVENTOR to INVENT. 51 03/01/04 Modified CUSTOMER INQUIRE. Cosmetic for EEL on web login/pass. 50 02/29/04 Modified cosmetics for BANK RECONCILLIATION. *#49 02/27/04 Added CREDIT CARD VERIFICATION to the web program CWAR.CGI. This checks the length (number of digits), checksum (all the digits added up) and if it has invalid characters. It does NOT verify that the card is actually good, just that the normal parameters for the differing types of cards are correct. Also modified the valid YEARS by taking out 2003 and adding 2011. CGI.PFM 48 02/26/04 Corrected BILLING ADDRESS/SERVICE ADDRESS on WORK ORDER invoices. *#47 02/26/04 Added SHIP TO information to the WORK ORDER HISTORY file. WORK ORDER HISTORY 46 02/26/04 Modified GET OE (get an Order Entry #) to force use of key 0. 45 02/26/04 Cosmetic change to GET IP PART to erase to end of line after entering a part number. 44 02/26/04 Modified CHANGE INVENTORY PLACEMENT to abort program after entering a valid part # but an exit key (.) for serial # * 43 02/24/04 Modified several files for the noun JPG. Each file now has a separate name for the picture file, i.e., CAT JPG, DEPT JPG, etc. DEPARTMENT CATEGORY SIZE FILE STYLE FILE COLOR FILE 42 02/24/04 Modified OE PRINT HDGS 1, which prints this like request date, salesman and ship terms, etc., to shorten the ship terms to 42 characters (from 44) and the customer po # to 26 (from 28) so that the SALES ORDER # does not scroll to the next line (or drop the last character) 41 02/24/04 Modified the entering of PURCHASE ORDERS when receiving AP INVOICES. Cosmetics such as new screen, showing all line items, highlighting items received in full. If all items are received as is, will properly pack the WARR PO LINE. Fixed bugs in posting AP INVOICE WARRANTY PURCHASE ORDERS. 40 02/21/04 Modified AR STATEMENTS, INQUIRE CUSTOMER INFORMATION and AR AGED ANALYSIS to show the last payment amount, date and check #. The STATEMENTS were also changed to show this information if no check was received during the statement month. 39 02/21/04 Fixed a bug in AR STATEMENTS for options 4 and 5 - printing statements for customers with only past due invoices. 38 02/21/04 Modified MISC CASH RECEIPTS (DEPOSITS) to only print a single page for all deposits entered at the same time. In the past a separate page was entered for each miscellaneous deposit. 37 02/21/04 Corrected ASF to store the current "reference" and then restore the value after assigning a printer file number. 36 02/21/04 Took out skipping of form feed for SDI on registers. 35 02/21/04 Modified CASH DISB CHECKS 2 (Laser checks) to use ASF and PSF on each check. 34 02/21/04 Corrected AP INVOICE FIXED CHECK to properly check for correct month when the computed month is greater than 13. 33 02/21/04 Modified PRINTER SELECT PORT. When selecting the FILE option you are asked if you want to use the print spooler system. Answering YES will use the spooler system. ASF and PSF have been changed to accomodate using a file for WINDOWS based systems. A new device may be added to assign a terminal this option by default: ./FILE If you add this device you may assign a terminal # the device and that terminal will use the printer spooler system. *#32 02/20/04 Modified the WEB STATEMENT program to reflect changes in the paper modifications, specifically, added a DUE DATE column. Previous .ars files will need to be updated in the web/stmt directory. CGI CWAR.CGI 31 02/20/04 Modified AR STATEMENTS to print INVOICE DUE DATE on open invoices. Also took out the PSF (printer spool file form feed) in regular and One Time Customer statements to avoid double form feeds. This was needed because an invoice may be aged at 30 days but have an invoice date that is more than 30 days because of aging based on DATE DUE. 30 02/19/04 Modified all AR programs that use either COMPUTE DATE DUE or COMPUTE INTEREST (which uses compute date due) to use CUSTOMER TERMS instead of TERMS. 29 02/18/04 Modifed AR AGED ANALYSIS to add an option for aging based on either INVOICE DATE or DATE DUE. The default is DATE DUE. 28 02/18/04 Modified AR STATEMENTS. The options for invoices older than 30 days has been changed to invoices past due within 30 days. Any invoice that is due within 30 days will print a statement for all of the customer's invoices. This will not only pick up the past due invoices but those that are due before the next statement is printed - basically giving the customer notification that invoices are due before the next statement period. 27 02/18/04 Modified the AR AGED ANALYSIS program to more accurately show the last received payment date. This will effect only those CustomWare users that have data going back to 1999 and before. 26 02/18/04 This is a MAJOR CHANGE. IF YOU REQUIRE AN OPTION TO SET THE AGED ANALYSIS AND STATEMENTS TO SHOW THE AGE FROM THE INVOICE DATE PLEASE ADVISE!!! The method to COMPUTE INTEREST has been modified to use the TERM file. The age is computed based on the DATE DUE instead of the INVOICE DATE. This effects the AR AGED ANALYSIS and STATEMENTS programs. The aging columns will now reflect the age PAST DUE instead of the actual age from the invoice date. To be in the 31-60 day column the invoice is 31-60 days PAST DUE. IF YOU WISH TO CHARGE INTEREST AS SOON AS THE INVOICE IS PAST DUE, CHANGE YOUR INTEGRATION VALUE FOR CHARGING INTEREST TO 1 DAY. Examples: The INVOICE DATE is 01-01-04 The setting for charging finance charges is 30 days TERMS DUE DATE AGE INTEREST? Net 01-01-04 February 1 31 Y Net 30 01-31-04 February 15 15 N 10th Proximate 02-10-04 February 15 5 N Net 90 04-01-04 April 15 15 N Net 90 04-01-04 April 30 30 N Net 90 04-01-04 May 1 31 Y * 25 02/16/04 Added a new program for SCO UNIX auto ftp login. Some ISP's do not support the KERBEROS authentication that SCO UNIX uses when implementing the .NETRC file. The new file, FTPUNX will login with any user and perform the uploading/downloading automatically. It may need to be tweaked for specific ISP's. CGI *#24 02/14/04 Modified the web perl script CWAR.CGI and CWSEARCH.CGI to sub-total order line items. CGI 23 02/13/04 Modified BUILD WEB SCRIPTS (set up - web) to create a 2nd script file for manual ftp connections. This will change your working directories to webs (local) and public_html (remote). Modified WEB to use the script. The new script is "ftpman.txt". 22 02/10/04 Fixed a bug in the fleet maintenance due report. Zeroed out N3 when saving in the TEMP file. 21 02/10/04 Modified AR INVOICE REGISTER to correctly hold the REFERENCE to print the correct data (sans terminal #) on the invoice register line. *#20 02/06/04 Modified the perl scripts for standardization for getting customer information. Modified the web files to use SHIP TO information. Added a SELECT LIST to the ORDER ENTRY web program to list all ship to addresses (default is same as bill to) as well as add a new ship to address. NOTE: The new address will NOT be added to the customer's data base. CGI.PFM CWAR.CGI CWOE.CGI CWIP.CGI CWSRCH.CGI 19 02/02/04 Modifed the temp files delete programs to delete the end of file marker (~) if the terminal # is the deferred terminal. DL TEMP JE, DL TEMP, DL TEMP 1 18 02/01/04 Modified the perl program CWAR.CGI. 17 01/29/04 Modified AELC (computation of GL distribution for AR invoices) to not use the noun PRODUCT but to copy the value to nouns and use the nouns for adding and storing into the DIST noun. # 16 01/26/04 Modified CWAR.CGI to correctly show multiple invoices paid on a single check in the STATEMENTS section. 15 01/24/04 Added a program for web integration that lists all CASH RECEIPTS. The CWAR.CGI program will be changed to list deposits with deposit detail. 14 01/23/04 Modified AR INVOICE REPRINT to copy Y to REGISTER PRINTED. The program will now delete the temp file after re-printing invoices 13 01/23/04 Modified AR INVOICE REPRINT DEFERRED to correctly get the correct reference after printing and print the correct number of copies. 12 01/21/04 Modified the CGI perl creation program to create a "web" directory instead of just web/cgibin as well as changing the mode (UNIX/LINUX systems) to 777. 11 01/20/04 Modified M ECR and M EMP to correctly begin at the correct place when in LAST YEAR. 10 01/20/04 Modified PAYROLL CLEAN to force Current Year (1) for updating the EMPLOYEE file and the EMPLOYEE CHECK REGISTER file. 09 01/20/04 Modified the AR INVOICE DEFERRED program to check if the reference is already in the TEMP AR INVOICE file before saving. It will delete the reference in any case. Also modified it to check if the terminal # is the same as the DEFERRED TERMINAL #. This should not happen but if it does, it will show where the bug is. 08 01/20/04 Modified the PAYROLL REPORT CENTER to destroy the correct screen when changing the YEAR END FLAG. 07 01/20/04 Modified OE CHANGE LINE to check for the * character when entering a NAME DROP. * 06 01/20/04 Modified the TEMP AR INVOICE file by adding a noun for PRINTED ON REGISTER. In the DEFERRED AR INVOICING option it is possible for an invoice to be posted-with or without coming up on the journal entry - that was not printed on the register. This modification will prevent any invoice that is not printed on a the register to be computed in the journal entry or posted to the AR INVOICE file. All programs except the DEFERRED AR INVOICE program is terminal specific which has prevented this type of error in the past. TEMP AR INVOICE 05 01/18/04 Modified the WORK ORDER FORM for better logistics in writing times. Added 2 lines for Service Performed. Changed the line spacing from 1/6th to 1/8th on the top portion. 04 01/18/04 Various changes to WOCD, AELC, CALC TAX WARRANTY, CALC TAX. This fixes some of the out of balance journal entries when invoicing from WORK ORDERS. *#03 01/17/04 Added INVOICE TYPE to the web programs. CGI 02 01/17/04 Modified GET CUSTOMER to set key back to 0 when entering a valid customer # or other item that is a non-zero key. 01 01/17/04 Modified the WEB WO program to correctly build a CCCCC.WOP file when the customer has no open work orders. ******************************************************************************* U 01/07/04 VERSION 2004.5.0.00 ******************************************************************************* 99 01/17/04 Modified the web build programs to use DREN if using Windows/ MS-DOS based programs. 98 01/17/04 Added a new program for web users working under Windows/MS-DOS: DREN.BAT. This program will rename all the files that are created in DOS from upper case to lower case names. 97 01/16/04 Modifed GET IP PART for colorizing columns for easier selecting of serial # 96 01/16/04 Modified ADD INVENTORY PLACEMENT HISTORY to null out customer when adding a new serial # to inventory. 95 01/13/04 Modified GET IP CUST to correctly allow creating a new serial # when receiving a WORK ORDER. 94 01/13/04 Modified COMPUTE DUE DATE to correctly pad the year, i.e., it now reads "04" instead of "4". 93 01/13/04 Modified RECEIVE PACKING SLIPS (PO) for serialized inventory. The WARRANTY DATE will now be computed and asked for and comments may be entered or nulled. *#92 01/13/04 Took out of all other CGI web programs the SEARCH ENGINE sections as they all use the SEARCH.CGI program. CGI *#91 01/12/04 Modfied the WEB SEARCH ENGINE to highlight the keywords hit when displaying the detail of the search results. CGI 90 01/12/04 Modified AP INVOICE POST PO to correctly get the WARRANTY item from the INVENTORY WARRANTY file. 89 01/12/04 Modified AP INVOICE POST to check for balance due when getting the reference from the invoice or paid invoice file for updating the AP INVOICE FIXED file. 88 01/11/04 Modified RECEIVING WORK ORDERS to properly save the correct customer name in the TEMP AR INVOICE file. 87 01/11/04 Modified the MANUALLY ADD INVENTORY PLACEMENT HISTORY to not hang due to invalid arrival time. *#86 01/11/04 Modified the WEB SEARCH ENGINE for the "ANY" option on search. Added qualifiers. The default is to search all, all dates. May be used in any combination. Options added: A/R Invoices: No, All, Open Only, Closed Only Dates: All dates, between selective dates Order Entry Files: No, Yes Work Order (Open and Closed): No, Yes Statements: No, Yes Inventory Placement: No, Yes CGI 85 01/10/04 Modified the color scheme in INQUIRE VENDOR USAGE. 84 01/10/04 Modified RECEIVING WORK ORDERS to compute the times for travel and on site labor and plug them to the quantity field when entering parts. If no travel time or arrival time (no labor) the description will not automatically change the description of the first part you enter. 83 01/10/04 Changed RECEIVING WORK ORDERS to not ask for a serial # if the serial # was entered when the work order was created. 82 01/10/04 Changed RECEIVING WORK ORDERS to input the status of the order first. If an order is cancelled it no longer gives error codes and the cosmetics on the first part of the program were changed. 81 01/10/04 Corrected the display of the technician in inquire work orders. 80 01/10/04 Fixed the WORK ORDER INQUIRE program to properly get open work orders. * 79 01/09/04 Updated the UPS rate files and programs. Rates will need to be re-uploaded from the .CSV files (an annual necessity to obtain correct UPS rates). Surcharges and other options have been modified to keep in line with the current method for UPS billing. UPS SURCHARGE UPS SURCHARGE APPLY R 78 01/08/04 Modified WORK ORDER LISTING, WORK ORDER READ, WORK ORDER RESEND by creating new programs (GET EDI 1, WO EDI SELECT, WO EDI INIT) that are standard for getting, selecting and choosing EDI Work Order files. All programs will now have an option for all or selective date. Standardized the programs. 77 01/08/04 Modified the WORK ORDER LISTING to have a new option: Selective dates. 76 01/08/04 Modified the SET VALUES program to correctly set the TRANSACTION YEAR DESCRIPTION to the correct year. This was a cosmetic change only - no data was posted incorrectly. 75 01/08/04 Modified the UNIX STRIP LINE program to correctly determine the year of file creation/modification. 74 01/08/04 Created a standard noun DEFERRED TERMINAL which has the “ (ALT 147) character in it which is copied to it in SET VALUES when CustomWare is started. 73 01/08/04 Added a new program in the WORK ORDER CENTER to RESEND EDI work orders. The menu was also re-arranged for logical sequencing. *#72 01/07/04 Created a new search engine for the web which encompasses all data files instead of just the A/R invoices. The new program is CWSEARCH.CGI. The following programs should be re-created and uploaded to the web for program continuity: CWAR.CGI CWIP.CGI CWOE.CGI 71 01/07/04 Modified the WORK ORDER EDI FILE LISTING to correctly show the date in UNIX systems. *#70 01/06/04 Modified the web program CWIP.CGI. Added an option for viewing open work orders. CGI 69 01/06/04 Modified the WEB WORK ORDER program to build two files for Work Orders - one for those with model & serial # and not completed and one for completed work orders (CCCCC.wop). The WOP file is for pending work orders while the WO file is for finished work orders. 68 01/06/04 Modified CREATING WORK ORDERS to null out the AR INV WO noun so that the field is blank until it is invoiced. 67 01/05/04 Modified the EDI TABLE LISTING program to show headings for TECH REASON and FAILURE CODES 66 01/05/04 Modified the WORK ORDER RECEIVE ENTER program to verify that the model used has a valid EDI SUPPLIER and to use the correct table. 65 01/05/04 Fixed the OUTPUT EDI TABLE program which shows the TECH FAILURE CODE and TECH REASON CODE. The correct reference will now show without going into DEBUG. 64 01/05/04 Modified the WO EDI TABLE CREATE program to show the table #'s when adding new tables. Also modified it to get the next available number instead of going to debug. Also checked for already on file for non-numeric table numbers. ******************************************************************************* U 01/01/04 VERSION 2004.4.9.63 ******************************************************************************* 63 12/31/03 Corrected the short name of GL PY2 from GLPY1 to GLPY2. 62 12/31/03 Modified ADD INVENTORY PLACEMENT to enter multiple serial #'s using same information on subsequent serial #'s. 61 12/31/03 Modified CHANGE INVENTORY PLACEMENT to verify the A/R invoice # 60 12/31/03 Modified the GET IP PART program to NOT add the serial # if the serial # is not on file - it will go into a partial look up. 59 12/31/03 Modified the INVENTORY PLACEMENT LIST for new options. The EXTENDED LISTING shows all information. Corrected some of the fields that printed (date and invoice #). 58 12/31/03 Modified AR INVOICE ENTER SERIAL when invoicing ORDERS. If the serial # is not on file it will now save it in the inventory placment file, correctly compute the warranty date and correctly update inventory placement. NOTE: if the invoice is NOT correct, the serial # will still be saved in the inventory placement file. 57 12/31/03 Modified GET ORDER ENTRY look up to show type of order, i.e., Order Entry, Work Order or Web Order. 56 12/30/03 Modified ORDER ENTRY input. The noun SERIAL is now set to N before entering a part number. If the previous part entered was serialized and the next part entered was non-inventory it would set up/ask for a serial number. 55 12/30/03 Modified the GL CLEAN program to only pack PY11+ if PY10 has data. 54 12/30/03 Modified the GL CLEAN program to reverse the order of data stored after 10 years. It was taking year 10 and adding to the end of previous years. It not puts the previous years in order. That is, P10 = 10 years ago, P11+ = 11 years 12 years ... 53 12/30/03 Modified the WORK ORDER printing program to print a line of 79 instead of 80. 52 12/30/03 Modified GET IP PART to save a new serial # if not in the INVENTORY PLACEMENT file. !#51 12/29/03 Added a "fun" program for anlysis which computes relative value of an amount from a specific year due to inflation. The range of years is from 1666 through 2002. The analyis tool is number 9 in the General Ledger Center. For example, a dollar in 1776 is now worth $23.88. This tool was designed for analyzing pricing and budgets based on prior years. INFLATION 50 12/29/03 Modified the M GL GT and BG programs which gets references and begins at specified in the General Ledger file, to use the prior year files GLPY11 and 12. 49 12/29/03 Modified print layout in the Bank Reconciliation program. 48 12/29/03 Corrected GL ACCOUNT INQUIRE TRANS. When viewing transactions and F2 is hit to view a journal entry the noun ACCT was being lost so that only one journal entry could be viewed and no further transactions could be viewed without re-entering the account number. 47 12/28/03 Modified the GL JOURNAL ENTRY PRINT CREDIT program to end in column 79 instead of column 80. 46 12/27/03 Modified the CALC F DATE program to correctly pad the year to 2 decimal places. 45 12/27/03 Modified the AR TOTAL program to destroy the correct screen if the program is terminated at the first option window. 44 12/20/03 Modified entering ORDER ENTRY serialized inventory. It now shows the blank description with part number S/N for future input (during invoicing) of the serial number. 43 12/17/03 Modified the PO LIST program to correctly show the WORK ORDER # 42 12/16/03 Added a program to manuall ADD INVENTORY PLACEMENT HISTORY. * 41 12/16/03 Modified the web perl program CWIP.CGI to show INVENTORY PLACEMENT dates on the first screen and added a table for easier viewing. CGI * 40 12/15/03 Modified the web perl program CWIP.CGI to show INVENTORY PLACEMENT COMMENTS on the main menu and on the detail. CGI 39 12/15/03 Fixed a bug in INVENTORY PLACEMENT CHANGE to allow you to enter an option greater than 9. * 38 12/15/03 Added a comments field to the INVENTORY PLACEMENT file. This can be used for a person's name or some other descriptive data that makes it easier to find the right serial #. The maximum is 40 characters and the first 5 is shown on a serial # look up. INVENTORY PLACEMENT *#37 12/15/03 Modified the web perl program CWAR.CGI to show the actual ship to city on A/R invoice detail instead of "shipcity". CGI 36 12/15/03 Modified PRINT PURCHASE ORDERS and PRINT WORK ORDERS to print through telnet (print spooler - UNIX/Linux only) ******************************************************************************* N 12/15/03 VERSION = VOCAB.EXE ******************************************************************************* ******************************************************************************* R 12/15/03 VERSION CWMFG.EXE ******************************************************************************* ******************************************************************************* R 12/15/03 VERSION CWDIST.EXE ******************************************************************************* ******************************************************************************* R 12/15/03 VERSION CWPOS.EXE ******************************************************************************* ******************************************************************************* R 12/15/03 VERSION.CHG, VERSION.LOG, UPDATE.HTML ******************************************************************************* 35 12/15/03 Modified the GL YEAR END CLEAN program to check for last known backup. If you did not take a backup, you will be warned. Based on Disk To Disk backup data. 34 12/15/03 Fixed and error in GL YEAR END CLEAN. This program was changed this year to allow for a 3rd type of year end processing. The "IF" statement was backwards for operating systems. 33 12/14/03 Modified some standard verbs (programs). The "D" program has been renamed "D1". The "O" program has been renamed "O1". New programs "D" and "O" were created to be 2 object verbs which will cut down on program lines. Customer Inquire was modified to use the new programs. As time goes on, these programs will be implemented when appropriate. 32 12/12/03 Modified cosmetics in INQUIRE WORK ORDER. 31 12/11/03 Modified the QUICK AR & AP TOTAL program to pull up the balance from the general ledger and show if it balances or by how much it is off. 30 12/11/03 Corrected AR INVOICE PRINT PLAIN to print the part number. 29 12/10/03 Modified cosmetics on changing financial statement notes. 28 12/09/03 Modified the GL ACCOUNT PROOF program for cosmetics. 27 12/09/03 Modified the CHECK REGISTER to eliminate the 3 spaces before the line, abbrevieated the "ACCT" heading on non-check cutting programs to be just "A", to print just the last digit of the bank account number less department, took out the _M when printing the vendor name. This should help with certain laser printers. 26 12/09/03 Modified the GL ACCOUNT ADD & CHANGE programs to allow up to 32 characters for the description. 25 12/09/03 Modified the JOURNAL ENTRY printing program. Eliminated the 3 space indent. Expanded the Account # field from 10 to 15. Aligned the headings so that the numbers are aligned with them. 24 12/09/03 Modified the alignment on the NAME, AMT PD line on LASER CHECKS 23 12/08/03 Modifed the CASH DISBURSEMENTS POSTing program to save a DEPOSIT in the deposit file WHEN AND IF the A/P invoice was distributed to an alternate bank account. You can have multiple bank accounts set up (set up in GL Center for bank reconcilliation accounts) and you may cut a check from one bank account to another. If this is used, the ENTIRE INVOICE MUST be coded to the bank account. 22 12/06/03 Modified the OE PRINT HDGS 1 program which is used in many AR INVOICE printing programs as well as the ORDER ACKNOWLEDGMENT program (this prints the ship via, salesman, ship dates, etc.) 21 12/06/03 Modified the ASF (assign printer spool file) to always print the DESKJET INIT CODE for spooled files. 20 12/06/03 Modifed the SET UP AR FORMS for different INVOICE DESCRIPTION LENGTH for the Blank and Custom1 forms. When using the SHOW RETAIL COLUMN option the length was reduced. 19 12/06/03 Modified the AR INVOICE BLANK form and the AR INVOICE CUSTOM 1 FORM to eliminate all carriage returns (_M). With HP LaserJets the carriage return was being applied AFTER a line feed messing up the alignment. 18 12/06/03 Modified the REPRINT SPOOLER FILE program to search correctly. 17 12/06/03 Modified the customer A/R invoice form C1 for headings printing 16 12/05/03 Modified the PSF file to change the mode to all read/write. This is normally only used in UNIX/Linux systems and will make re-printing of spooler files work more smoothly. * 15 12/05/03 Modified the SET UP AR FORMS program to use standard menu display program. Added option # 6 to state whether or not to print your company's internet home page address on the statement as well as the customer's login name and password (if they have one). Until this option is set to Y, the default will be N. I AR TRANS I WWW INFO 14 12/03/03 Modified the WEB program. This program is the auto upload/down- load program for interaction with the web. The program was changed to not delete or move files except the deletion of orders after processing. The .netrc file (UNIX/Linux) or the ftpcom.txt file (Windows/DOS) should have all the appropriate commands in them for downloading and web deletion of transferred files. * 13 12/03/03 Modified the ORDER ENTRY web program to put new orders in the cgibin/data/orders directory. CGI * 12 12/03/03 Modified the ORDER ENTRY and ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE web programs (cwar.cgi, cwoeo.cgi) to not display headings for a successful login when there is a login error. CGI * 11 12/02/03 Modified the internet ORDER ENTRY program (cwoe.cgi) to allow for a "chart" image file that goes onto the ordering page (last page for any inventory sort option). This "chart" image can be used for any image, however, the default description is quantity break chart. CGI I COMPANY TRANS I WWW CHART JPG * 10 12/02/03 Modified the SET UP WEB IMAGES program to have two more options for matrix ordering and 2 options for a single image file for styles and colors. I COMPANY TRANS *#09 12/02/03 Modified the interenet ORDER ENTRY program (cwoe.cgi) to have images links for styles, colors and matrix (pattern) parts for the matrix method of ordering inventory. CGI 08 12/02/03 Modified the INVENTORY BUILD FOR WEB program to skip all styles, colors, departements, categories, matrix part numbers that have "DELETED" in the description. 07 12/01/03 Modified the GET NET TERMINAL to get terminal # "0" if no terminal is found. This had problems with the color settings. 06 12/01/03 Modified the GET TERMINAL program to not get a network terminal if the device is a Hostess serial port. 05 12/01/03 Modified the TERMINAL CHANGE program to not require a specific device found in a UNIX system. Whatever you type, that is what the terminal device will be. For Hostess, this should start with "/dev/". 04 12/01/03 Modified web programs to be placed in separate directories. All data files EXCEPT statements will be in the default directory of WEB. Statements will be created/updated in WEB/STMTS. Programs (Perl scripts - ending with "cgi") will be created in WEB/CGIBIN. E-Mail masks (used for Order Entry and Accounts Receivable Statements) will be in WEB/PUBLIC. This makes it easier in one respect and more difficult in another. On auto upload/download the WEB/STMTS directory will need to be added to the FTP SCRIPT. However, when uploading programs and set up masks -- a manual upload -- it will remind you where the files go. This also enables the deletion of newly generated customer data files. Statements will be created and updated in the WEB/STMTS directory but the copied to the WEB default directory so the upload command will be mput *.*. 03 11/28/03 Various changes to style and color listings and change programs to accomodate images. 02 11/27/03 Added a program to update the inventory image file for all part numbers by MATRIX/PATTERN. This can be found in the STYLE/COLOR/DEPARTMENT/CATEGORY MAINTENANCE CENTER. ******************************************************************************* N 11/26/03 VERSION = VOCAB.EXE ******************************************************************************* ******************************************************************************* R 11/26/03 VERSION CWMFG.EXE ******************************************************************************* ******************************************************************************* R 11/26/03 VERSION CWDIST.EXE ******************************************************************************* ******************************************************************************* R 11/26/03 VERSION CWPOS.EXE ******************************************************************************* ******************************************************************************* R 11/26/03 VERSION.CHG, VERSION.LOG, UPDATE.HTML ******************************************************************************* 01 11/26/03 Maintenance on the programs. Selective Save, Merge to have the effect of a defragmentation. ******************************************************************************* U 11/26/03 VERSION 2003.4.9.00 ******************************************************************************* ******************************************************************************* F 11/26/03 VERSION = 34900.EXE ******************************************************************************* *#94 11/26/03 Modified the INTERNET (WWW) Set Up Menus for easier reading/ navigation. Added an option for image displaying. Previously There was only an image per part number in the inventory and style. The color file has been modified to store color sample pictures, the department file has been modified to store an image. Also changed RECORD SIZES so this is a REQUIRED UPDATE. Moved the SCREEN COLORS from the COMPANY TRANS FILE (one setting for all terminals) to the TERMINALS file so that each terminal may have their own color settings. This can only be done in set up so if security is used, required clearance will be needed to make the changes. I COMPANY TRANS COLOR FILE DEPARTMENT CATEGORY STYLE FILE TERMINALS PRINTERS 93 11/25/03 Correction to the CWOE.CGI program. Minor changes for varying ISP requirements for cgiemail, success page added upon completion of order. 92 11/25/03 Correction to the WEB STATEMENTS program. It should now correctly show the invoice number. *#91 11/25/03 Minor modification to the CWAR.CGI program. Added clarification for credit card and check payments on the information lines. 90 11/25/03 Fixed the GET OE (get order entry) program to correctly get the order number if the F3 key is hit. 89 11/25/03 Modified the WORK ORDER LISTING to abort if F10 is hit at the pause page prompt when listing is on screen. 88 11/25/03 Modified the UPDATE program for continuity. 87 11/25/03 Modified the technician code program used when receiving work orders for failure code and resolution codes to show an error if there are no tables for the selected EDI Supplier. 86 11/25/03 O/S changes to EDI Work Order as well as some cosmetic changes. 85 11/24/03 Modified the WO EDI file (Taylor Company) to only check for the reorder vendor on the work order machine instead of checking all parts used. There may only be labor on the work order and this is not the correct criteria. Also eliminated use of the TEMP file. ******************************************************************************* N 11/22/03 VERSION = VOCAB.EXE ******************************************************************************* ******************************************************************************* R 11/22/03 VERSION CWMFG.EXE ******************************************************************************* ******************************************************************************* R 11/22/03 VERSION CWDIST.EXE ******************************************************************************* ******************************************************************************* R 11/22/03 VERSION CWPOS.EXE ******************************************************************************* ******************************************************************************* R 11/22/03 VERSION.CHG, VERSION.LOG, UPDATE.HTML ******************************************************************************* 84 11/21/03 Added an option to select a different TERMINAL #. This option can be selected in the PERIPHERAL CENTER in the SET UP CENTER. It was also added to PRINTER SELECT. This allows a single terminal (UNIX/Linux systems only) to run more than one screen at a time and not have a terminal conflict. 83 11/21/03 Modified the TERMINAL CREATE program to take out all auto- populate "/dev/" on UNIX/Linux systems. Whatever you key in will stay that way. Also expanded the LOCATION DEV field from 20 to 40. 82 11/21/03 Cosmetic changes to various menus but the program most effected is WCEN. The attribute command to set it to BOLD was taken out and defaults to the screen defaults. * 81 11/21/03 Added an option to the compressed (PKZIP or ZIP) backup. This lets you decide whether you want each backup taken with or without a date for the file name. The default is what it has been - without a date (CW.ZIP). The new option will give you a separate ZIP file for each date you perform a backup. The format is yymmddCW.ZIP. If a backup were taken today the file name would be 031121CW.ZIP. If it were taken yesterday there would be a different file with the name of 031120CW.ZIP. This option is set in the COMPRESSED BACKUP MENU, option # 9. I COMPANY TRANS I PKZIP BU DATE ******************************************************************************* N 11/20/03 VERSION = VOCAB.EXE ******************************************************************************* 80 11/20/03 Removed the SHIP FLAG from GET SHIP TO. In essense this did nothing except blank out the SHIP TO information when set and there was nowhere it was needed. Modified the GET SHIP TO to show that F10 will keep the Bill To address as the Ship To address. Modified the IN SHIP TO program to not add a new address - this is done in GET SHIP TO. The difference between GET SHIP TO and IN SHIP TO is that there is no question of "Is the ship to same as bill to?". GET SHIP TO assumes you want a new ship to address (either select or add new) 79 11/20/03 Added a description on the function option line in GET STORE to specifiy that you are being asked for an inventory location. 78 11/20/03 Put in RELEASEs in PRINTER SELECT PRINTER and PRINTER SELECT PORT. While this was not a reported inconvenience, it could have caused systems to record lock. 77 11/20/03 Took out DL TEMP from PRINTER SELECT PORT. This program was deleting some data to be printed when the F9 key was hit to change printers before a print job. The DL TEMP program was was not needed and was a leftover before the PRINTER DEVS file was in place. 76 11/20/03 Changed printing details in AR INVOICE PRINT, AR INVOICE PRINT PAPER, AR INVOICE PRINT C1. It should now print the correct number of invoices. Also took out PSF in AR INVOICE PRINT PAPER and AR INVOICE PRINT C1. 75 11/16/03 Modified the CHECK REGISTER and INQUIRE CHECK DETAIL reports to use the standard GET ACCOUNT program for easier look up and entry of bank account numbers. !#74 11/09/03 Added 2 prior year files for the General Ledger - 11 and 12. Exchanged all with GL 2Y with GL PY2. All PY files are non-key files. GL PY11 GL PY12 73 11/08/03 Re-arranged the printing format for printing AR Invoices. ASF and PSF will be used on each invoice (for spoolers, this means a different file for each invoice and faster printing). 72 11/08/03 Properly stored reference from Order Entry invoicing. 71 11/08/03 Modified the Screen Headings program to show printer number. 70 11/08/03 Took out all Get Wait Lock, Get NoWait Lock First, Get Wait Lock First commands in all programs. These programs were causing "duplicate reference" errors where no error existed. 69 11/07/03 Modified the AR INVOICE PROCESS program, which assigns invoice numbers, to not return a "duplicate reference" error when computing the next available invoice number. This is new due to the change in record locking (GWLF). Modified all programs that use GWLF. ******************************************************************************* R 11/07/03 VERSION CWMFG.EXE ******************************************************************************* ******************************************************************************* R 11/07/03 VERSION CWDIST.EXE ******************************************************************************* ******************************************************************************* R 11/07/03 VERSION CWPOS.EXE ******************************************************************************* ******************************************************************************* U 11/07/03 CWDEMOT.EXE (Taylor Demo) ******************************************************************************* ******************************************************************************* R 11/07/03 VERSION.CHG, VERSION.LOG, UPDATE.HTML ******************************************************************************* ******************************************************************************* N 11/07/03 VERSION = VOCAB.EXE ******************************************************************************* 68 11/07/03 Modified the OE PRINT SCREENING TICKET to properly print the variations in Style and Color within a specific name drop. 67 11/07/03 Modified the STORE LIST to check for External Echo in case there is no EOF (~). 66 11/07/03 Modified the SET UP menu. The WWW Set Up has been removed from Set Up Company and put into the main Set Up menu. The account number for over/short/inventory shrinkage has been added to the A/R General Ledger Set Up Options. The Set Up Check Accounts has been modified to not use the _N and _O display codes as well as not checking the End Of File (EOF) marker for the State Information file. The WWW Set Up defaults have been changed to not show and ending "/" mark for path to images. 65 11/07/03 With the advent of LASER and INKJET printers combined with DOT MATRIX printers, the PRINTER CODES have needed a change. In the past codes such as condensed (15 characters per inch) could be combined with expanded (1/2 the characters per inch) but that is not always possible with lasers and inkjets. The combination of CONDENSED and EXPANDED has been eliminated. The PRINTERS file will need to be changed for dot matrix printers (and others that are effected) to change the EXPANDED code to combine condensed. For IBM Proprinters, the expanded code should be: ^O^N Standard programs which have an effect in many, many programs: CEN OT SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS REC CEN Specific programs that were changed: AR Invoice forms 9042, 9047 9059 9318 9331, C1 Statements Inquire History (paper chosen) Customers & Vendors Packing Slips Screening Tickets Purchase Orders Work Orders Revenue Ratios California Unemployment Report UPS World Wide Waybill AR Notes Inquire Labels 64 11/06/03 Modified the AR INVOICE REPRINT program for Deferred Invoices. 63 11/05/03 Modifed the GET SHIP TO program to not show the 2nd address and if Sales Reps are used to show the Sales Rep # 62 11/05/03 Modified the WO EDI program (used for TAYLOR) to correctly: 1. Change modes of the files (UNIX/Linux only) 2. Move the files from edisX to edisX/sent 3. Move the consolidate file from upload to edisX/sent 61 11/05/03 Modified the SCO UNIX/LINUX update program to SET VALUES before running the update. The updateu program has also been changed to use a different pragma.des file which writes nouns. 60 11/05/03 Changed the AR INVOICE REPRINT program when using the DEFERRED INVOICE option. It should now print the correct quantity and correct invoices. 59 11/04/03 Changed the question default from a Yes to a No when printing the commission report and asked if you want to delete the file. 58 11/04/03 Added cursor movement in WORK ORDER CREATE. The F10 key on the ship to question will abort the order. Using the UP ARROW key will take you up one field to change the information. The F10 key will ONLY work on the SHIP TO question. * 57 11/04/03 Added integration values for FTP SITE LOGIN and PASSWORD. This will allow auto-generation of ftpcom.txt files and .netrc file but the .netrc file will require user intervention as the permissions and ownership will have to be manually changed and moved to the correct user directory. I COMPANY TRANS I FTP LOGIN I FTP PASSWORD 56 11/03/03 Added FTP Instructions to the web processing program. # 55 11/03/03 Modified the internet payment program to use the options in set up. Also modified the program and payment mask to use secured http addressing. The following should be re-created and uploaded: cwar.cgi cwarpmt.txt # 54 10/31/30 Modified all web integration programs and export programs to use the TAB character (_I) instead of the colon (:) as the field delimiter. The CGI.PFM file needs to be updated in this update. All programs and data bases must be re-written and re-sent to the web. 53 10/30/03 Cosmetic changes to ENTER SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS, INVERSE CCY, INVERSE RED and OUTPUT SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS. * 52 10/30/03 Added REQUEST # to the AR TRANS file for RECORDS MANAGEMENT. I AR TRANS I REQUEST 51 10/30/03 Many changes in the RECORDS MANAGEMENT system. Files modified and renamed, revamped method of retrieving & storing rates. Set up rates & services all working. 50 10/29/03 Changed the PO RECEIVE program to verify the PO COST if it is 0. Since the column pricing is updated from the PO COST in this program, a cost of 0 will make all selling prices 0. You will be told it is 0 and asked to enter a price even if you answered that all the prices are correct. 49 10/29/03 Changed the program SV IA which saves items in the INVENTORY AUDIT file to use "KEY" instead of "HEAD" when saving. 48 10/24/03 Modified the SET UP INVENTORY for WWW for pricing columns. You will now only be asked for quantity price breaks if your inventory pricing option is set to quantity breaks. 47 10/24/03 Implemented the WEB OE PROCESS program to create orders coming in from the web. 46 10/24/03 Fixed a bug when creating orders - the customer quantity is updated in the inventory file. 45 10/24/03 Modified the Perl program CWOE.CGI for changes needed in processing web orders. 44 10/24/03 Modified the WEB program to be active. This is the auto-import/ export program for data to the web. Current it will download order files but not process them. It also rebuilds the password file on every upload. 43 10/24/03 Modified the WEB program to use all the standard fields for START/STOP times and Suspend or not on Saturday/Sunday. 42 10/24/03 Modified the DELAY program to fill the field LK with F10 if DELAY is aborted. * 41 10/24/03 Modified the COMPANY TRANS file to store internet suspend times. This stores the Starting time in the morning and the suspend time in the evening in military (24 hour) format. The option to suspend Saturday and/or Sunday is set as Y or N. I COMPANY TRANS I WWW SUSPEND 40 10/23/03 Renamed WWW SDI to FTP. Previously System Designs hosted its client's inventory and data on its site. This is no longer in use because of the growth of the internet. FTP will now be the ftp command used in conjuction with auto export/import to/ from the web. !#39 10/23/03 Added new file for knowing which customer's data needs to be updated on the web. When a customer is put into this file and the automatic program is running, the password file, all invoice files, cash receipts, work orders and inventory placement files will be re-loaded to the web. TEMP WEB *#38 10/23/03 Made new option for printing the LAST DATE OF WARRANTY on invoices. I INVENTORY TRANS I PRINT WARR DATE 37 10/23/03 Modified the CHECK DEV program to allow for IP addresses when creating or changing terminals. 36 10/23/03 Modified the BUILD ALL CUSTOMERS DATA for web exports to build all customers with logins correctly. 35 10/23/03 Modified the BUILD PASSWORD file for web exports to build correctly. ******************************************************************************* R 10/23/03 VERSION.CHG, VERSION.LOG, UPDATE.HTML ******************************************************************************* ******************************************************************************* N 10/23/03 VERSION = VOCAB.EXE ******************************************************************************* 34 10/23/03 Modified the INVENTORY EXPORT TO WEB program to not export the EOF (end of file marker) if there is one. 33 10/23/03 Modified the Perl program for online ordering. All 5 options have been tested. * 32 10/22/03 Modified the Perl program for online ordering. There are 5 options for viewing the information, only 2 have been tested: Department and Matrix. 31 10/22/03 Switched the order in which the NEWCUSTADD and NEWCUSTADD2 are replaced out when creating a Perl Program. This should no longer give the same address twice and skip the real 2nd address (if there). 30 10/22/03 Fixed a bug when creating PURCHASE ORDERS for a drop ship address. 29 10/22/03 Modified the EXPORT INVENTORY TO WEB program to create a new file - matrix.txt. This file will be used for the web when the matrix option is set for ordering. * 28 10/22/03 Added a field for a picture in the STYLE FILE. STYLE FILE * 27 10/22/03 Added a field for a picture in the DEPARTMENT and CATEGORY files. DEPARTMENT CATEGORY 26 10/22/03 Modified the EXPORT INVENTORY TO WEB program to create 2 new files: dept.txt and cat.txt. The CWOE.CGI program will be modified to use these two new files for most options used in creating the Perl programs. For inventories with over 1,000 parts, using the department and category files for pre-select screens will greatly speed up the selection and ordering process. * 25 10/22/03 Added INVOICE TYPE to the TEMP AR INVOICE file. This should have been added on version 4.7.39. TEMP AR INVOICE 24 10/21/03 Miscellaneous cosmetic changes in CUSTOMER INQUIRE INVOICE/ HISTORY regarding windowing. 23 10/21/03 Added invoice detail and history look up for vendors and customers in MISCELLANEOUS CASH DEPOSITS. 22 10/20/03 Allowed the entry of a manual work order number (pre-numbered) when creating a work order. If this is used, there should be no secondary work order number entered when receiving the work order (it won't hurt if you do, but it is unnessary). *#21 10/20/03 Added field to the COMPANY TRANSACTIONS file to store where CustomWare is installed. This should contain full drive path in 8.3 format (for non-UNIX/Linux). Example: J:\PRAGM~1\SDI or /u/cw I COMPANY TRANS I CW DIR 20 10/20/03 Modified the DISK TO DISK MAINTENANCE parameters to use "cw" instead of "pragma". 19 10/17/03 Modifications made to creating Perl scripts - they may not be created in demo mode. 18 10/17/03 Changes to WEB WO and cwip.cgi to store correctly. 17 10/17/03 Added WEB WO to web building programs. 16 10/17/03 Correct the WEB WO program to use KEY instead of CUST 15 10/17/03 Corrected the WEB OE program to build the correct name. Instead of CCCCC.oefweb it will be correct as web/CCCCC.oef 14 10/17/03 Added the WEB IP build program to WEB BUILD ALL. You would only get inventory placement if you selected a single customer. Now when you build for all customers with logins, the inventory placement file will be built. 13 10/17/03 Added a report in the WEB (INTERNET) CENTER to list customers with web logins or customers who are in the password file. 12 10/17/03 Changed the directory where Perl programs are created - changed from the current directory to the "web" directory. 11 10/17/03 Modified the menu choice descriptions in the WEB CENTER. 10 10/17/03 Changed all web building programs to use _J instead of _M for all data files. (M vs DOWN) 09 10/16/03 Modified the updateu (for SCO UNIX) to delete the files it will update before uncompressing and then use the mv (move) command instead of the cp (copy) command. *#08 10/16/03 Added Perl programs for the web to the CGI file for Inventory Placement, Inventory Placement History, Work Order History. These programs are titled: cwip.cgi cwwo.cgi CGI * 07 10/16/03 Modified the CGI file for the web Perl programs for AR, OE, STD CGI 06 10/16/03 Modified the WEB Work Order program to include Tech Code descriptions and various other changes due to web programs. 05 10/16/03 Added WORK ORDER HISTORY to web export programs. (not the Perl programs yet). File extension is ".wo" 04 10/16/03 Added INVENTORY PLACEMENT and INVENTORY PLACEMENT HISTORY to customer web export programs. File extension is ".ip" (not the Perl programs yet) 03 10/16/03 Modified the WO EDI READ program to view correct file. 02 10/16/03 Modified the WO EDI READ program to have the F2 key skip the remainder of the record being viewed. 01 10/16/03 Various changes to the work order EDI programs. ******************************************************************************* U 10/16/03 VERSION 2003.4.8.00 ******************************************************************************* 99 10/16/03 Changed the PRINTER TEST to use ASF so it will work with spooled printers. ******************************************************************************* N 10/09/03 VERSION = VOCAB.EXE ******************************************************************************* 98 10/09/03 Cosmetic change to the CASH RECEIPTS REPORT. If screen output is chosen, colors have been added if the unbalanced amount is 0 or something other than 0. Also the check mark (û) has been added if the amount is 0. 97 10/09/03 Exchanged the UPDATE FILE NEW with the UPDATE FILE (old) in the update programs for resetting flag. 96 10/09/03 Modified the UPDATE programs to reset the UPDATE FLAG to 0 after running the program. (11 programs). 95 10/09/03 Modified the WO EDI create programs to use only a line feed (_J) instead of carriage return/line feed (_M_J). 94 10/09/03 Cosmetic changes to the WORK ORDER CENTER. Also added EDI LISTINGS and EDI INQUIRE DETAIL 93 10/09/03 Several changes to the WORK ORDER EDI program. Changes include: 1. If there is a SERVICE PHONE #, you will be asked if you want to automatically ftp the combined file to the EDI SUPPLIER. 2. Converted the program to use the TEMP file for storing which files were created. 3. Showed which files are being combined as well as the name of the combination file. 4. Corrected the moving of the newly created files from the edis* directory to the edis*/sent directory. Depending on the operating system and the ".netrc" files, the FTP transfer may or may not be automatic. For UNIX/Linux systems there is a .netrc file which should contain (CAPS are variables): machine ftp.EDISUPPLIER login LOGINNAME password PASSWORD macdef init (these two items should be on line 1 after password) cd TRANSFERTODIRECTORYNAME lcd upload prompt ascii mput *.* quit For internet FTP TRANSFERS, the EDI SERVICE PHONE # should be: ftp.nameofsite 92 10/08/03 New listing for WORK ORDER EDI FILES. This report will be modified greatly in the future depending upon customer feedback as to what more is wanted. 91 10/08/03 Modified the WORK ORDER CREATE program to null out the model serial # and part # if the part # is ".". Also nulled the SECONDARY WO noun. 90 10/07/03 Modified the DELETE CUSTOMER program to check the RS INVOICE FILE, WORK ORDER HISTORY, INVENTORY PLACEMENT, AR INVOICE FIXED files. 89 10/07/03 Modified the CUSTOMER CONSOLIDATE program to update the WORK ORDER HISTORY, RS INVOICE and INVENTORY PLACEMENT files. May have found a bug in one of the existing programs. 88 10/07/03 Modified GET OE program to properly look for the Order # or Work Order # when hitting the F3 key. # 87 10/06/03 Changed the upload directory for Work Order EDI Files from "download" to "edis?" where ? is the EDI number. ******************************************************************************* R 10/06/03 VERSION CWMFG.EXE ******************************************************************************* ******************************************************************************* R 10/06/03 VERSION CWDIST.EXE ******************************************************************************* ******************************************************************************* R 10/06/03 VERSION CWPOS.EXE ******************************************************************************* ******************************************************************************* N 10/06/03 VERSION = VOCAB.EXE ******************************************************************************* ******************************************************************************* R 10/06/03 VERSION.CHG, VERSION.LOG, UPDATE.HTML ******************************************************************************* 86 10/06/03 Modified SET UP AR to properly show WARRANTY LABOR & PARTS if the TAX WARRANTY LABOR is set to Y. 85 10/06/03 Modifed the WORK ORDER READ EDI FILE program to delete the temporary system file "edifiles" after getting the necessary info from it. 84 10/06/03 Modified WO SV WARRANTY to verify that the work order has "manufacturer pays" on the invoice before creating a PO. 83 10/06/03 Modified WO EDI OPEN (writes EDI opener) to use SHIP TO information instead of BILL TO. 82 10/06/03 Work Order Register modifications. Includes proper alignment of fields, totals lines, added total line for invoice amount, sales tax payable. 81 10/06/03 Modified the WO SV WARRANTY when creating a PURCHASE ORDER to negate the quantity for WARRANTY SALES TAX. 80 10/06/03 Modified WO EDI LABOR to separate sales tax from charged and warranty. 79 10/04/03 Modification to manually creating placed inventory. Model #, secondary work order #, etc. nouns filled. 78 10/04/03 Made cosmetic changes to the GET INVENTORY PLACEMENT CUSTOMER program. Also found a bug using the noun SERIAL instead of SERIAL #. 77 10/04/03 Fixed a bug when receiving work orders. If the work order was created WITHOUT knowing the Model & Part #, it will now not ask for them again after selecting them from the customer placement list. 76 10/04/03 Modified the standard ENTER OE noun to tell the operator to enter NULL for a listing. 75 10/04/03 Made cosemtic changes to the INVENTORY PLACEMENT LISTING report. 74 10/04/03 Modified the WHO PAYS FLAG on serialized inventory when receiving a PURCHASE ORDER. The flag is set to DEALER PAYS. 73 10/04/03 Added an option to list SALES REPS when asked for one. This was not necessarily needed as entering a partial name would put you into a partial look up but it will help if someone doesn't know to enter a partial name. 72 10/04/03 Modified the AR INVOICE ENTER SERIAL program for the F2 look up key to work properly and then show the serial # selected. 71 10/04/03 Modified the program that looks up serial numbers for placed inventory by part #. A new screen is created and destroyed when using this program. 70 10/03/03 Fixed a bug in the SCO UNIX update program - updateu. This should be overwritten the next time an update is done so that the update will work. 69 10/03/03 Corrected bug when cancelling a work order - the order will now correctly be deleted from the OE MASTER file. 68 10/03/03 Modified the ENTER WORK ORDER RECEIVED program to allow the F10 KEY to abort input and start at the beginning. 67 10/03/03 Modified the GET IP CUST program used to look up Placed Inventory by customer to fill the MODEL noun. 66 10/03/03 Modified the GET OE (order entry item) to allow you to enter the Order # instead of the customer name first. The Order # is also the Work Order #. 65 10/03/03 Fixed terminal not on file error on SCO systems where the port does exist in the terminal file. 64 10/03/03 Fixed the path for creating AR Invoices for the Web. ******************************************************************************* N 10/01/03 VERSION = VOCAB.EXE ******************************************************************************* 63 10/01/03 Fixed a bug when entering invoicing for serialized inventory and the serial # is entered correctly, not using the look up option. 62 09/30/03 Added an INQUIRE COMMISSION program in the PAYROLL REPORT center. This shows what is in the file, not how it was computed. 61 09/30/03 Fixed an error in the REBUILD COMMISSION program when the commission option is pay commission after invoice is paid in full. 60 09/30/03 Cosmetic changes to the WORK ORDER REGISTER 59 09/30/03 Moved the COMPANY ADDRESS 2 field over 3 spaces on the Purchase Order. Also aligned the FAX # to the SHIP TO column. 58 09/30/03 Modified the INVENTORY PLACEMENT INQUIRY program to who the who pays flag. Also the name on from the reference in the file. 57 09/30/03 Change in format on Purchase Order. The quantity was always assumed to be an integer (whole numbers) but with labor on warranty purchase orders fractions are possible. It will now print digits with no decimal for whole numbers or 7.2 with quantities that have fractions. ******************************************************************************* R 09/29/03 VERSION CWMFG.EXE ******************************************************************************* ******************************************************************************* R 09/29/03 VERSION CWDIST.EXE ******************************************************************************* ******************************************************************************* R 09/29/03 VERSION CWPOS.EXE ******************************************************************************* ******************************************************************************* N 09/29/03 VERSION = VOCAB.EXE ******************************************************************************* ******************************************************************************* R 09/29/03 VERSION.CHG, VERSION.LOG, UPDATE.HTML ******************************************************************************* 56 09/29/03 Various changes in creating a Work Order Purchase Order, Work Order Register line items, Work Order Register Totals. 55 09/27/03 Moved the entering of the WARRANTY DATE from entering the PO to AR Invoicing and put the date of last warranty as a line item on the invoice. 54 09/27/03 Bug fixes when posting serialized purchase orders when receiving AP Invoices. 53 09/27/03 Cosmetic changes in the CHANGE INVENTORY program. 52 09/26/03 When entering a new inventory item the pricing will now compute correctly. 51 09/25/03 Cosmetic changes to the ENTER JOURNAL ENTRY program. ******************************************************************************* N 09/25/03 VERSION = VOCAB.EXE ******************************************************************************* 50 09/24/03 Fixed the SET UP GENERAL LEDGER ACCOUNTS programs to not lose what account you were setting up. 49 09/23/03 Added a list option when entering Warranty Codes. 48 09/23/03 Added cosmetic display option for selecting a cash account in cash disbursements. ******************************************************************************* R 09/23/03 VERSION CWMFG.EXE ******************************************************************************* ******************************************************************************* R 09/23/03 VERSION CWDIST.EXE ******************************************************************************* ******************************************************************************* R 09/23/03 VERSION CWPOS.EXE ******************************************************************************* ******************************************************************************* N 09/23/03 VERSION = VOCAB.EXE ******************************************************************************* ******************************************************************************* R 09/23/03 VERSION.CHG, VERSION.LOG, UPDATE.HTML ******************************************************************************* 47 09/23/03 Added a Work Order Listing *#46 09/22/03 Added default warranty methods to the INVENTORY TRANS file. These will come into play if a vendor does not have a method set up. I INVENTORY TRANS I P METH (parts) I L METH (labor) I F METH (freight) I T METH (sales tax) 45 09/22/03 Added all the warranty accounts in the Set Up Inventory GL screen. The accounts are still in the Set Up Warranty screen but were added for ease of use. *#44 09/22/03 Added 2 new options for WARRANTY. To keep separate, if desired, accounts for Sales Tax and Labor were added to the system. I INVENTORY TRANS I LABOR WARRANTY I TAX WARRANTY I PARTS WARRANTY (renamed from I INVENT WARRANTY) 43 09/22/03 Modified the Purchase Order look up by vendor program to show in two columns, pause if more than one screen and allow input for a 3 digit choice. 42 09/22/03 Modified the showing of AR Invoice line items to show "who pays" on Work Order generated invoices (type 5). 41 09/21/03 Added the option for multiple PURCHASE ORDERS on a single AP INVOICE. *#40 09/21/03 Added warranty detail to the AP INVOICE file. This is tied to the PURCHASE ORDER and INVENTORY WARRANTY files. AP INVOICE AP INVOICE HISTORY AP INVOICE ARCHIVE TEMP AP INVOICE TEMP CASH DISB PO WARR LINES *#39 09/18/03 Added an INVOICE TYPE field to the AR INVOICE files. Type 1= Normal, 2=Handwrite, 3=Order Entry, 4=Cash Rec Credit Memo, 5=Work Order, 6=Record Storage, 7=Fixed Receivables, 8=Notes Receivable, 9=Recurring Sales AR INVOICE AR INVOICE HISTORY AR INVOICE ARCHIVE TEMP AR INVOICE TEMP AR INVOICE FIXED 38 09/18/03 Various fixes in the WORK ORDER system. Journal entries, clean up of programs, etc. 37 09/16/03 When entering received Work Order parts used, hitting the F3 key will show all the current lines in the order. Helpful if you are lost as to what is there or not. *#36 09/16/03 Added a "badge" field to the salesman file. This is used with the work order system as the technician will be a salesman. The format is vendor # of manufactuer * badge # Badge would be the manufacturer's ID for this technician. SLSMN FILE BADGE 35 09/16/03 Changed the technician from getting an employee to getting a sales rep when receiving work orders. 34 09/16/03 Changed the naming convention of Work Order EDI files. It is now EWOxxxxx.vvv where xxxxx is the secondary work order # (if used) or the work order number 33 09/16/03 New program READ WO EDI which retrieves and breaks down a Work Order EDI file. * 32 09/16/03 Added a field to the WORK ORDER HISTORY file for knowing when an EDI file is created and sent. WORK ORDER HISTORY EDI SENT 31 09/16/03 Bug fix for web AR Statements. Previously trying to create in a non-existen file. * 30 09/16/03 WORK ORDER HISTORY file now has a field for SECONDARY WORK ORDER number. This can be used when a work order is printed but a pre-printed, pre-numbered form is used for the actual paperwork. WORK ORDER HISTORY SECONDARY WO !#29 09/16/03 Added WARRANTY CODE file. This file contains up to a 3 digit code which has the number of days for the inventory item's warranty. Warranty codes are set up in the Warranty Set Up screen (Set up, Inventory Set up, Warranty Set up). INVENTORY WARR CODE ! WARRANTY CODES 28 09/16/03 Work orders may now have more than one technical resolution code and failure code. 27 09/16/03 Eliminated the SALES REP EMPLOYEE option. Sales reps may now be either a vendor or employee. This is in anticipation of using the sales rep file for technicians for work order EDI files. 26 09/16/03 Changed WORK ORDER REGISTER to show correct WHO PAYS FLAG. Fixed the company totals line. ******************************************************************************* R 09/15/03 VERSION CWMFG.EXE ******************************************************************************* ******************************************************************************* R 09/15/03 VERSION CWDIST.EXE ******************************************************************************* ******************************************************************************* R 09/15/03 VERSION CWPOS.EXE ******************************************************************************* ******************************************************************************* N 09/15/03 VERSION = VOCAB.EXE ******************************************************************************* ******************************************************************************* R 09/15/03 VERSION.CHG, VERSION.LOG, UPDATE.HTML ******************************************************************************* 25 09/15/03 Fixed bug when getting an existing serialized inventory item and assigning it to a customer. GET IP CUST * 24 09/15/03 Added the field AR INV in the WORK ORDER HISTORY file. This will tie all information together specifically, distribution for warranty labor. 23 09/15/03 Fixed a bug when cancelling a WORK ORDER. 22 09/15/03 When receiving a work order, if no tecnician is entered, a bug has been fixed to correctly store no technician data. 21 09/15/03 Changed the SALES TAX REPORT to compute sales tax based on WARRANTY LABOR SALES (no actual sale). When warranty sales tax is computed only the DISTRIBUTION is effect. The sales tax payable is first in the distribution array immediately followed by the WARRANTY INVENTORY account. If this account is not the warranty inventory account or if the amount is not negative, the item is skipped. If it is the warranty inventory account a second line for this invoice will be printed with the taxable amount computed by dividing the tax amount by the tax rate. The customer name, invoice number and date are replaced with the description that it is warranty labor. 20 09/15/03 When using the WORK ORDER system and receiving a work order with TAX LABOR = Y and the manufacturer pays for labor (labor will be 0), a WARRANTY SALES TAX will be computed based on the RETAIL price for labor. The journal entry will be coded to SALES TAX PAYABLE and WARRANTY INVENTORY. As yet, the SALES TAX REPORT is not updated. 19 09/14/03 When using the WARRANTY INVENTORY system, a bug is fixed when changing the warranty account number in CHANGE INVENTORY. 18 09/14/03 Work order inquiry will now show the customer's name with whom the machine is placed instead of just the customer # 17 09/14/03 Fixed a bug if using the TERCIARY CUSTOMER LOOKUP KEY. Previously if you were using this option and changed the customer's city, state & zip code information it would lose the terciary look up. 16 09/13/03 For the Work Order EDI program, when labor is warrantied by the manufacturer, the RETAIL price will be used for the charge amount. 15 09/13/03 Modified the number of digits allowed to select from the INVENTORY PLACEMENT look up screen. Changed from 2 digits to 3 14 09/13/03 Changed the SALES TAX REPORT to skip CREDIT MEMOS. Credit memos are identified by the CUSTOMER PO field which is forced to "CREDIT MEMO" in CASH RECEIPTS. 13 09/12/03 Various changes to the work order EDI SEND program 12 09/12/03 Changed the WORK ORDER EDI program to use "EWO" as the beginning 3 characters of the transfer file, followed by a 5 digit counter followed by and extension of the first 3 letters of the EDI SERVICE name. Example: if the EDI SERVICE name is SYSTEM DESIGNS, the file names will be: EWO00001.SYS * 11 09/12/03 Added two fields to the EDI FILE for automatic logins: COMM TYPE which tells if the service is via FTP, DIAL UP or FLOPPY DISK. LOG IN which is the login name for the service. EDI FILE COMM TYPE LOG IN 10 09/12/03 Added the INVENTORY PLACEMENT CENTER to the WORK ORDER CENTER. Added the WORK ORDER CENTER to the INVENTORY PLACEMENT CENTER. This was done for ease of use. Please note that windows will be corrupted if you go into the INVENTORY PLACEMENT CENTER from the WORK ORDER CENTER and then select the INVENTORY PLACEMENT CENTER again and vice versa. 09 09/05/03 Modified the COMMISSION REPORT to print the computed commission as well as the stored commission if they do not match. 08 09/04/03 Modified adding new inventory when using fixed column pricing. Program will now compute various column prices based on markup percentages. * 07 09/04/03 Deleted extra fields in the STATE INFO file - not needed. STATE INFO 06 09/04/03 Modified the setup for adding a state to the payroll system. Used the GET ACCT verb so a look up can be done. Zeroed all fields for new state. ! 05 08/29/03 Added files for RECORDS STORAGE MANAGEMENT. ! RECORDS REQUEST ! RECORDS BILLING ! RECORDS BILLING HISTORY ! RECORDS SERVICE * 04 08/29/03 Added a field in the INVENTORY TRANS file for RID number. This number is a unique identifier for each box and file in the RECORDS MANAGEMENT system. I INVENTORY TRANS I RID !#03 08/29/03 Added option to exporting inventory for web programs - may exclude various matrix (pattern) items. ! INVENTORY WEB EXEMPT ! 02 08/28/03 Added 4 files for RECORD STORAGE. Various programs have been written to commence this system. ! BOX INVENTORY ! FILE INVENTORY ! CUSTOMER RATES ! BOX FILE * 01 08/26/03 Added an option to the ORDER ENTRY PACKING SLIP to print 0 or not when printing in MATRIX mode. I INVENTORY TRANS I PS PRINT 0 ******************************************************************************* U 08/25/03 VERSION 2003.4.7.00 ******************************************************************************* 99 08/25/03 Changed the default directory where the INVENT.TXT file for web export is built. Was the current directory, now is sub directory WEB ******************************************************************************* R 08/25/03 VERSION CWMFG.EXE ******************************************************************************* ******************************************************************************* R 08/25/03 VERSION CWDIST.EXE ******************************************************************************* ******************************************************************************* R 08/25/03 VERSION CWPOS.EXE ******************************************************************************* ******************************************************************************* N 08/25/03 VERSION = VOCAB.EXE ******************************************************************************* ******************************************************************************* R 08/25/03 VERSION NEW.EXE ******************************************************************************* ******************************************************************************* R 08/25/03 VERSION.CHG, VERSION.LOG, UPDATE.HTML ******************************************************************************* 98 08/25/03 Added a web program for order entry. Updated the CGI file. Tied the accounts receivable web program to the order entry program and vice versa. One login is all that is needed. May go from one program to another, keeping any existing order and login information. Programs created to build UPS files for freight computation. CWOE.CGI UPSZ.TXT (UPS zone file) UPSR.TXT (UPS rate file) 97 08/14/03 Added to the RECURRING SALES program the ability to abort with the F10 key in: CORRECTING REGISTER and when entering the default freight amount (if option is selected). 96 08/13/03 Modified the STYLE CREATE program to use standard input verbs. 95 08/13/03 Added new option to CUSTOMER PARTS USAGE REPORT to report by MATRIX part number. 94 08/13/03 Fixed the CUSTOMER PARTS USAGE REPORT to show the parts per input options. 93 08/13/03 Modified the TERMINAL CREATE and CHECK DEV programs to be sensitive to the differences in SCO UNIX and Linux. 92 08/13/03 Fixed the log in bug for SCO UNIX and Linux for assigning terminal numbers. * 91 08/13/03 Changed the CGI file. Added a description field, changed the significant length and changed the format of the reference. Transferred all exisiting to new file. CGI * 90 08/13/03 Added the field ST PRINTED (screening ticket) to the OE MASTER file. This flag is used to tell if a screening ticket has been previously printed and if so, will be skipped on the option to print all unprinted orders. No update is needed as the test is if the field is not equal to "N". Exisiting orders will have NULL in it, new orders will have "Y" and after printing it will have "N". OE MASTER ST PRINTED * 89 08/13/03 Added the field JPG to the INVENTORY file. This will be a name of a picture file (graphic) which will be used for web programs. INVENTORY JPG 88 08/12/03 Modified AR RECONSTRUCT AGED ANALYSIS to add in bad debts. 87 08/12/03 Modified AR RECONSTRUCT AGED ANALYSIS regarding voided invoices. Invoices with a "V" as the last character of the invoice number will be skipped. All invoices with a balance due of 0 will be checked to see if they were voided. If they were voided AFTER the posting month of the reconstruct, they will be UNvoided. If voided in the same month the will be skipped. 86 08/12/03 Modified the SCREENING TICKET print program to shorten the amount of data printed. If the order # & matrix part is the same, it will only reprint the new style and color (with size headings) instead of re-printing the entire information. 85 08/12/03 Fixed Recuring invoice frequency for semi-annual - changed CHECK FREQ from sm=st month to sm=month 84 08/07/03 Added build/export programs for transferring files to the web for customer login, accounts receivable. Builds 4 files - pwar.txt - Password file for login xxxxx.cif - Customer information file containing all information in the customer file. "xxxxx" = customer # xxxxx.oef - File containting all open orders for a given customer xxxxx.arf - File containing all invoices including invoice detail and payment history. xxxxx.ars - File containing all statements * 83 08/07/03 Added 2 fields to the CUSTOMER FILE for web access. CUSTOMER WEB LOGIN WEB PASSWORD 82 08/07/03 Added 2 programs to the CGI file. This file, found in COMPANY SET UP/WEB SETUP, creates Perl programs for use on the web. The three programs are: CWAR.CGI - this program allows for customer login and allows the customer to view Statements, open orders, and invoice history. It also contains a search engine. CWRCRDS.CGI - handles all programs for Record Storage management including making an email mask for online orders. 81 07/25/03 Highlighted the Point Of Sale system in the Master Center with yellow on blue to better see the option. 80 07/25/03 Put the SET UP POINT OF SALE back into the A/R set up. There is the option (#10) to use the POS system or not. 79 07/25/03 Added Miles Per Gallon display when entering fuel usage in the Fleet Center. * 78 07/23/03 Added a field to the Work Order History file to charge for travel time both ways or just one way. Default is No. WORK ORDER HISTORY 77 07/14/03 Linux security values added. 76 07/14/03 Various changes relating to specific package options. Values for Point Of Sale will no longer show up in SET UP AR if it is not a POS system. 75 07/11/03 The DATE IN on SERIALIZED inventory will be correct now due to changing how the PO receipt date is handled. 74 07/11/03 When receiving a Purchase Order the REC DATE will no longer have 2 dates when it has only been received once. 73 07/09/03 Allow for account look up when setting up the 401K account number in set up payroll. 72 07/09/03 Nulled out the bank account and bank route numbers when setting up new employees. 71 07/09/03 Nulled out the bank account and bank route numbers when setting up new vendors. 70 07/09/03 Fixed GL set up so if you look up the account number by hitting the F2 or F3 key, retained earnings will not change by default. 69 07/09/03 Fixed the default (new customer set up) for GL clean status to be 0 instead of 1, which sets it to normal 68 07/08/03 Added to the MASTER CENTER an option for viewing either the Pragma security block serial # or, in Linux, the Pragma security key #. This is not listed in the menu but instead of hitting the '.' in the Master Center, hitting the F3 key will show the information. 67 07/07/03 Modified IN BANK ACCOUNTS used for vendor & employee auto bank deposits. If routing number is not 9 digits, will allow re- entry. Took out limit of 12 for bank account as different banks have different lengths - maximum of 20. 66 07/07/03 Changed the entry programs for 401K and Cafeteria to use standard screen options - INSTRUCTIONS. 65 06/28/03 Modified the A/R INVOICE (default) form properly align the 2nd address line if there is one (moved in 3 spaces) !#64 06/27/03 Added a perl script file with the scripts for web programs. Added programs to create the cwrcrds.cgi script file. ! CGI *#63 06/27/03 Added fields for creating Perl scripts for the web. Changed the WWW set up program to separate between regular inventory and records inventory I COMPANY TRANS I WWW CGIPATH I WWW CGI EMAIL I WWW LOGO IMG I WWW PERL PATH 62 06/27/03 Modified the DISK TO DISK MAINTENANCE program for different commands between Linux and SCO UNIX. *#61 06/26/03 Added a field in the company transaction file to determine if a UNIX operating system is SCO UNIX or Linux. I COMPANY TRANS OSN1 60 06/26/03 Fixed a bug when getting a salesman and a salesman list was used. This was a potential, if not actual problem when creating an A/R invoice and the F2 key was hit to get a listing of all salesmen. Then NAME changed to the last salesman in the file. 59 06/26/03 Modified the CHANGE programs for CUSTOMER, VENDOR, EMPLOYEE INVENTORY and GL as well as the SET UP TRANS program which gets the transaction # for journal entries to use a locking "get". Other changes will be made as found to ensure that when a record needs to be locked, it will be, preventing a problem with 2 users updating the same record at the same time. 58 06/25/03 Modified the CustomWare security program to test for OSN. If the OSN is UNIX, the program will test for the encrypted security file used in Linux. In SCO, if there is no block you cannot get this far (no demo mode in SCO) so different tests will be performed for UNIX and Linux. 57 06/25/03 Added new type to PURCHASE ORDER - Warranty Purchase Order. If this type is selected, the INVENTORY WARRANTY file will be checked for parts needed for this vendor. A warning will be given if there are no warranty parts but the PO can be made anyway. There are several ways to make the PO - Everything that this vendor has, parts only, labor only, freight only sales tax only or manual. Manual is the default. The work order number will appear on the purchase order if the part comes from the Inventory Warrant file. 56 06/24/03 Added an option to abort TERMINAL LIST by hitting the F10 key when listing on the screen. 55 06/24/03 Cosmetic and ease of use changes to the Fleet Maintenance programs. 54 06/23/03 Fixed receiving purchase order when the part is serialized and the quantity received is 0: will no longer ask for a serial #. 53 06/23/03 Added the option to inquire detail (each check) on INQUIRE DEPOSITS. 52 06/23/03 Modified RECEIVE PURCHASE ORDER for INVENTORY PLACEMENT when the quantity received is negative. This would be for shipment to another company or factory return. 51 06/18/03 Added the MATRIX DESCRIPTION to screening tickets. 50 06/18/03 When receiving a Purchase Order, if the previous quantity received is equal to the amount ordered, the line item is now skipped. 49 06/18/03 When receiving serialized inventory on a Purchase Order and the serial # is already in the placement file, it is tested for an existing PO #. If there is no PO it is assumed that the item was pre-sold. If the PO is not null, the operator is asked if there was an input error. 48 06/17/03 Fixed the INVENTORY PLACEMENT REPORT to properly sort by selective customer. 47 06/17/03 Modified the INVENTORY PLACEMENT REPORT to allow for the F10 key to abort the listing if screen is chosen. 46 06/15/03 Fixed bug in computing NET in PAYROLL when CAFETERIA deductions are used. 45 06/15/03 Added 2 reports to the payroll: MISCELLANEOUS DEDUCTION REGISTER and GARNISHMENTS REMITTANCE. The MISC DED REGISTER lists the detail of Health Deduction, the Miscellaneous additions/deductions entered on the payroll and Garnishment detail. The GARNISHMENTS REMITTANCE report is designed to act as an Accounts Payable Voucher and a mask from which to fill out any paperwork needed to complete legal requirements and a sheet to put into the employee's personnel folder. *#44 06/13/03 Added GARNISHMENTS to the payroll system. They can be court ordered or volunteer; a flat amount or % of net with a no limit on the net (net can be -0- but not less than -0-) or a percentage of net as the limit (how much net to leave). 2 new GL account number integration have been added. A service fee can be deducted each time the garnishment is taken out. The default account for GARNISHMENT will be plugged to A/P. The default account for the SERVICE fee will be INTEREST INCOME. The default fee will be -0-. Also added descriptions for MISCELLANOUS DEDUCTIONS and ADDITIONS. The PAYROLL DEDUCTION REGISTER now has more detail. EMPLOYEE GARNISHMENT I PAYROLL TRANS I GARNISH (account #) I GARNISH FEE ACCT I SERVICE FEE ($ amount) TEMP PAYROLL GARNISHMENT GARNISH DED GARNISH DED ACCT GARNISH DED DESC MISC T DED DESC MISC NT DED DESC MISC T ADD DESC MISC NT ADD DESC EMPLOYEE CHECK REGISTER GARNISH DED GARNISH DED ACCT GARNISH DED DESC MISC T DED DESC MISC NT DED DESC MISC T ADD DESC MISC NT ADD DESC EMPLOYEE CHECK REGISTER LY GARNISH DED GARNISH DED ACCT GARNISH DED DESC MISC T DED DESC MISC NT DED DESC MISC T ADD DESC MISC NT ADD DESC 43 06/13/03 Added 2 options to EMPLOYEE INQUIRE. On the YEAR TO DATE page (the last page) you may INQUIRE CHECK by hitting the F2 key, or you may view this INQUIRE HISTORY by hitting the F3 key. 42 06/13/03 Bug fix when adding a new commission only (type 5) employee. The previous RATE was included in the employee's data and paid incorrectly. Now the rate is zeroed out correctly. 41 06/13/03 Various fixes in defaults in PAYROLL - particularly when setting up new employees. 40 06/13/03 Added employee type, marital status & exemptions to the EMPLOYEE LIST. ******************************************************************************* N 06/13/03 VERSION = VOCAB.EXE ******************************************************************************* ******************************************************************************* R 06/13/03 VERSION NEW.EXE ******************************************************************************* ******************************************************************************* R 06/13/03 VERSION.CHG, VERSION.LOG, UPDATE.HTML, INDEX.HTML ******************************************************************************* 39 06/12/03 Cleaned up and standardized the CLEAN ALL program to properly clean all files and set the default values for all transaction files. 38 06/12/03 Added ENTER FUEL USAGE to the FLEET CENTER. A standard maintenance item, FU, was added to record FUEL USAGE. Reports and other information will be added/update later. * 37 06/12/03 Added 2 fields to the FLEET FILE. FLEET FILE OWNER PLATE # 36 06/12/03 Fixed a display problem when looking up serialized part numbers - only valid placement customer names will now display. 35 06/12/03 Added a serial # lookup when entering AR Invoices and a serial # is required. 34 06/11/03 When manually entering serialized inventory a total quantity received (or to be entered) is now asked for. Any information such as vendor invoice number and warranty dates can be confirmed by hitting the ENTER key rather than keying in each piece of information separately. 33 06/09/03 Changed the CHANGE PART NUMBER in ORDER ENTRY CHANGE to not accept the * character for a part # ******************************************************************************* N 06/12/03 VERSION = VOCAB.EXE ******************************************************************************* ******************************************************************************* F 06/07/03 VERSION = 34600.EXE ******************************************************************************* * 32 06/07/03 Standardized this VERSION.CHG file for importing information to facilitate updates. VERSION.CHG 31 06/07/03 Fixed display bug in DS SPEC INST. Replaced object with ob3 *#30 06/06/03 Added an option flag in the I INVENTORY TRANS file for whether or not to use the INVENTORY WARRANTY system. I INVENT TRANS I WARR USE = N !#29 06/06/03 Changed the UPDATE program. Versions previous to 4.5.00 will not be able to use CustomWare(R) until the upgrade using the 43500.EXE file. Each change that needs to run an update will be on its own as opposed to the old update that ran the entire thing. This will allow for using the same file for updating on the web with only the information on the web being used to determine if someone should download and update. The UPDATE FILE NEW will have all the previous updates in it and transfer to the UPDATE FILE only those that are not in the customer's file. The first update will be to delete the entire old UPDATE FILE. ! UPDATE FILE NEW *#28 06/06/03 Added a WARRANTY SET UP center in the INVENTORY SET UP center. Added fields for handling of inventory. These fields will be the default in case a vendor is not set up. INVENTORY WARRANTY ACCT = INVENT ACCT I INVENTORY TRANS WARRANTY PARTS METHOD = NULL WARRANTY LABOR METHOD = NULL WARRANTY FREIGHT METHOD = NULL WARRANTY SALES TAX METHOD = NULL VENDOR WARRANTY PARTS METHOD = NULL WARRANTY LABOR METHOD = NULL WARRANTY FREIGHT METHOD = NULL WARRANTY SALES TAX METHOD = NULL ******************************************************************************* P 06/05/03 VERSION 4.43 ******************************************************************************* * 27 06/05/03 Updated to Logical Business Systems' Pragma version 4.43.00 PRAGMA.EXE PRMSG.PFM *#26 06/05/03 Added two new fields to the GL TRANSACTION FILE. They are used in conjuction with year ending processes in the General Ledger The options are: 1. Closing Journal Entry 2. Use Month 13 processing (recommended) 3. Use 2 GL files A new flag has been added so that you cannot clean or move or make errors with your General Ledger Year End processing. I GL TRANS I GL CLEAN TYPE = 2 I GL CLEAN SS = 0 25 06/05/03 Added labor part numbers to the SET UP AR program. This facilitates set up if the work order is not used. 24 06/05/03 Updated all invoicing programs for calculating sales tax. If you tax labor, the part numbers will be compared for the LABOR PART #s set up in the WORK ORDER SET UP. If a part matches the labor part # and you do not tax labor, the part will be skipped for sales tax computation. THE EXCEPTION to this is in ORDER ENTRY. When INVOICING order entry the tax will be computed correctly but when entering, changing or inquiring order entry the tax will be computed on the entire order entry amount. *#23 06/05/03 Added a default answer for getting a SHIP TO ADDRESS in Accounts Receivable. Previously the question was always defaulting to a "Y" answer. I AR TRANS I SHIP ANS = Y *#22 06/05/03 Added a default number of Accounts Receivable invoices to print. I AR TRANS I INV QTY = 2 21 06/04/03 Fixed the TAX LABOR set up option to correctly switch between Y and N. 20 06/01/03 Fixed AR DOC HDGS to properly indent 2nd billing and shipping address. 19 06/01/03 Fixed PAYROLL JOURNAL ENTRY to get the PAYROLL STATE in order to use the correct GL DEPT when creating journal entries. PAYROLL JE 18 06/01/03 Changed the SALESMAN LIST to include HOUSE if its set up. 17 06/01/03 Fixed name convention on Utah Unemployment Report. It now shows as LAST, FI MI where FI = first name initial, MI = middle name initial. 16 06/01/03 Added total number of employees to EMPLOYEE LIST. Also fixed paging up after printing. 15 06/01/03 Fixed INQUIRE EMPLOYEE HISTORY when selecting all employees with no summary - it now shows the employee's name correctly. 14 06/01/03 Moved the PAYROLL CHANGE YEAR flag from the PAYROLL CENTER to the PAYROLL REPORT CENTER. 13 06/01/03 When running the CHECK REGISTER, the End Of File (EOF) marker will no longer be displayed. 12 06/01/03 Cosmetic changes in INQUIRE EMPLOYEE CHECKS. Saved (and deleted) the temporary terminal # check mark. 11 06/01/03 Cosmetic changes to CASH RECEIPT REPORT. 10 06/01/03 Changed the PURCHASE ORDER printing format. Moved the signature line above the terms and conditions. Fixed the line count to not print to 2nd page (was printing 1 line on 2nd page). Fixed the printing so that if the terms and conditions cannot be printed on the same page, a new page will print with the authorization line. *#09 06/01/03 Updated fields in the I AR TRANS, I AP TRANS, I EDI TRANS, I PAYROLL TRANS for new set ups. I AR TRANS I INV DESC LT = 65 I INV RET COL = 1 I INV SHOW RET = N I ZIP KEY = N I DISC = N I DISC TYPE = 1 I INVOICE LOC = N I TAX LABOR = Y I AP TRANS I PO PRICE = Y I OVERDRAFT ACCT = NULL I OVERDRAFT VEN = NULL I OVERDRAFT LIMIT = 0 I EDI TRANS I USE PMT FLAG = N I LABOR PART 1 = NULL I LABOR PART 2 = NULL I LABOR PART 3 = NULL I LABOR PART 4 = NULL I LABOR PART 5 = NULL I LABOR PART 6 = NULL I LABOR PART 7 = NULL I LABOR PART 8 = NULL I PAYROLL TRANS I 401K = N I CAFET 1 = N I CAFET 2 = N I CAFET 3 = N *#08 05/22/03 Added 2 new fields to WORK ORDER HISTORY: Depart time from office, depart time from site. These times are used to compute travel time and job time. The SERVICE TIME (job time) is now computed and not asked for. Changed to printing the work order to accommodate these changes. WORK ORDER HISTORY 07 05/21/03 Fixed a bug in invoicing RECURRING SALES when checking for the frequency. 06 05/20/03 Modifications to the FIND INVOICE # program. The program now uses the AR INVOICE NUMBER file. If the invoice # is not in that file, you are asked if you want to search the actual files - AR INVOICE, AR INVOICE HISTORY, AR INVOICE ARCHIVE. Also, the correct cash receipts information will be displayed. Also, if the invoice is ONE TIME CUSTOMER, the correct information will be displayed. 05 05/20/03 Changed RECEIVING PURCHASE ORDER to allow you to enter a date of receipt instead of using the Posting Date as the default. 04 05/19/03 Added a "protected" part number - "S/N". This is used for identifying serialized part numbers and is auto-added in the invoicing program. 03 05/19/03 Fixed a bug in changing line items in Purchase Orders. The finished goods and raw material on order quantities were not being updated correctly. This has been fixed if the line gets deleted or the quantity changed. 02 05/19/03 Added RECALCULATE ON ORDER QUANITIES to the PURCHASE ORDER CENTER. 01 05/18/03 Added the FLEET MAINTENANCE CENTER to the MASTER CENTER. The Fleet Center allows for vehicle maintenance history, maintenance needed as well as keeping track of parts used, service performed. ******************************************************************************* U 05/18/03 VERSION 2003.4.6.00 ******************************************************************************* 99 05/18/03 Modified the manual entry, change, inquire and history listings for INVENTORY PLACEMENT. Modified the placement of serialized inventory through Order Entry, AR Invoicing, receiving Purchase Orders and AP Invoices, Work Orders. *#98 05/18/03 Modified the INVENTORY PLACEMENT file to include a warranty date, vendor invoice # and purchase order # the item came in on. Changed nouns for customer AR invoice and placement date. INVENTORY PLACEMENT 97 05/18/03 Modified the DS MENU program to center the window and set the window display area to correspond to the longest menu item. 96 05/16/03 1 cosmetic change to the SET UP WORK ORDER center. Set the input to match the screen options for part numbers. If the part number is the exit key (.), a null will be replaced. 95 05/16/03 Fixed an intermittent error when viewing customer history where it did not show the cash receipts history. 94 05/02/03 Modified GET VENDOR that if there is not an End Of File Marker (EOF - "~") the operator may still add a new vendor if they select "~". 93 04/29/03 When reprinting deferred, unposted AR invoices, the screen will display properly. 92 04/29/03 Screen will properly display when deleting AR or AP customer/ vendor terms. 91 04/29/03 For Custom AR Invoice Form 1, the invoice headings program was exchanged out for the custom invoice headings program. 90 04/29/03 If there are no company terms for accounts receivable, the invoice will not page up. 89 04/28/03 Changed ACCOUNT ACTIVITY DETAIL to allow master account number entry only if selecting a specific account #. 88 04/28/03 Changed ACCOUNT ACTIVITY DETAIL report to properly show the period beginning balance. 87 04/28/03 Fixed bug when entering SERIAL # - the original customer number of the current invoice will now be retained. 86 04/28/03 Fixed AR INVOICE ENTER when using serialzed inventory. The default value for SERIAL will now be N. Bug was if entering a miscellaneous part # and the previous part # was serialized. 85 04/28/03 Fixed error in SALES TAX REPORT with a sort varible (A). This will now print the correct invoices by the date requested (invoice or post date). 84 04/24/03 Changed deleting inventory item to use stored inventory account number instead of default account number 83 04/12/03 Changed the screen colors for enter BUDGETS in the General Ledger. 82 04/03/03 Changed *3 with *4 (qty ordered vs qty shipped) in AELC which computes the cost of inventory and sales when entering A/R and O/E invoicing. *#81 04/03/03 Added option to charge sales tax on labor in the Work Order System. This may be used in the future in regular A/R and O/E systems. I AR TRANS I TAX LABOR = Y 80 04/03/03 Added option to ADD/CHANGE/DELETE/LIST EDI WORK ORDER TABLE. 79 04/03/03 Changed the screen colors when setting up EDI parameters. 78 04/03/03 Standardized the window sizes in the set up programs. 77 04/03/03 Consolidated the peripherals in the SET UP CENTER to a new SET UP PERIPHERAL CENTER. The EDI default set up is in this new center. *#76 04/03/03 Added a SET UP WORK ORDER center in the SET UP CENTER. This consolidates all the work order system parameters into one center. The I COMP TRANS was moved from the I EDI TRANS file to the EDI FILE and can be changed by EDI Service Provider. I EDI TRANS EDI FILE ! 75 04/02/03 Added system for WARRANTY INVENTORY PARTS. This uses the WORK ORDER SYSTEM. Assumption is that the manufacturer does not send replacement parts but credits future invoices. Items on work orders that are charged to the manufacturer do NOT debit Cost Of Goods Sold, but a new required account: Warranty Inventory - an asset account. Added 2 new labor part numbers - 1 for local and 1 for travel. You must have the option for USE WORK ORDER SYSTEM set to Y. ! WARRANTY INVENTORY I EDI TRANS I INVENT WARRANTY I INVENTORY TRANS 74 03/31/03 Cosmetic changes to CUSTOMER USAGE SEARCH to be able to see the data. These colors are not user definable. ! 73 03/31/03 Added file for EDI tables for specific industry - Freezer/ Ice Maker. Modified Work Order Receive to ask for applicable items needed to send the file. Added options to SET UP EDI to use/not use certain inputs and set up fields for labor part numbers. ! EDI TABLES I EDI TRANS 72 03/14/03 Fixed SET UP A/R FORMS when switching between Blank Forms and any other to set description length correctly if using discounts. 71 03/14/03 Fixed lining up and correct columns for showing discounts on AR INVOICES. *#70 03/07/03 Added 2 fields in the AR TRANS file to show suggested retail and discount columns on the BLANK INVOICE form. You may select which column price you use for the discount or, if you do not use column or quantity pricing, the suggested retail price will be used. If used, the description length will be reduced by 22 characters or, from 65 to 43 characters for the part number description. I AR TRANS *#69 03/07/03 Added a field in the AR TRANS file to store the length of the description on inputting AR Invoices. This is in anticipation of using 2 new columns on the BLANK INVOICE form. I AR TRANS 68 03/03/03 Cosmetic changes to AR INVOICE PREVIEW. Will not show ship via or box information if the option in set up is set to off. 67 03/01/03 Added error message when deleting ORDER ENTRY orders if the status of the delete was not OK. Copied 0 to key after the inquire. 66 02/27/03 Added option in SALES TAX REPORT to use either Invoice Date or Post Date 65 02/27/03 Fixed DISCOUNT in A/R Invoicing - journal entry was wrong. Changed from credit to debit. 64 02/27/03 Fixed customer payroll checks to use NET and not T1. 63 02/27/03 Fixed SALES TAX REPORT to use AR archive instead of AP (bg). 62 02/27/03 Fixed terciary key for customer look up. 61 02/27/03 Fixed display of INVENTORY PLACEMENT HISTORY. 60 02/27/03 Fixed partial look ups for INVENTORY PLACEMENT. 59 02/27/03 Fixed Quick A/R Total program to work with correct DUE DATE, and to work when selecting Summary by customer. 58 02/25/03 Fixed COMMISSION REPORT to use COMMISSIONABLE items 57 02/25/03 Fixed AR SALES REPORT (needed due to conversions) 56 02/25/03 Added INVENTORY PLACEMENT CENTER to the INVENTORY CENTER. 55 02/12/03 Fixed bug in OPERATOR CHANGE. 54 02/06/03 Fixed GL CLEAN to force month 12 when cleaning the GL. Previously, if the posting date was NOT a 12, the beginning balance would be computed erroneously. 53 02/06/03 When entering CASH RECEIPTS under SELECTIVE INVOICE, if the invoice number belongs to a different customer you may switch the cash received to that customer. This is helpful when receiving a single check from a chain that pays invoices to different customers. If you select the OLDEST INVOICES option and run out of invoices but have remaining cash, you will be asked if you want to make a credit memo. If you say "NO" you will be asked for an invoice number. If the invoice number is not known or is not in the open AR INVOICE file, a credit memo will be made. !#52 02/06/03 Added AR INVOICE NUMBER file. This will store as a reference the invoice number for quicker lookup of invoices by number. This is a prelude to a change in CASH RECEIPTS. This is also a "stop gap" measure until a massive change in the AR INVOICE files (open, paid, archive) are converted to multi-key. ! AR INVOICE NUMBER 51 02/05/03 Added option to print or not print a work order when creating. 50 02/05/03 Fixed bug in MESSAGE CREATE for sending messages to operators 49 02/04/03 Updated the GET CUSTOMER program to properly get the correct customer when different keys are valid options. Fixed CUSTOMER CHANGE to not allow the TERCIARY key to duplicate the CUSTOMER # AND CUSTOMER PHONE keys. 48 02/04/03 Added a RELEASE to AR INVOICE PRINT 47 02/04/03 Updated location in AR INVOICE ENTER to use STORE NAME in stead of STORE. 46 02/04/03 Updated programs using the Deferred AR Invoice option for end of file (EOF) marker. AR INVOICE POST, AR INVOICE JE, GL JE POST, GL JE PRINT, DL TEMP AR INVOICE 45 02/04/03 Updated receiving Purchase Orders for serialized inventory. * 44 02/04/03 Added option to use LOCATION inventory usage when entering AR Invoices. If this option is used, handwritten invoices will ask for the location (store) the inventory for the invoice came from. If not using Deferred Invoicing, you will be asked only once when starting to invoice. If using Deferred Invoicing you will be asked for the location on each invoice. The default will be "floor" or main inventory. Order entry is presumed to be floor. Work Orders will ask. I AR TRANS I INVENT LOC TEMP AR INVOICE 44 02/04/03 Fixed reprinting of non-posted deferred AR Invoices. 43 02/04/03 Added INVENTORY PLACEMENT INQUIRE HISTORY, and added history option to INVENTORY PLACEMENT LISTINGS. 42 02/04/03 Fixed output of location in INVENTORY CHANGE ON HAND (missing object). 41 01/30/03 Fix A/R Statements for printing network printers - forms after each statement 40 01/23/03 Possible bug fix when consolidating customers: Checked for no record with multi-key files. *#39 01/23/03 Added a DISCOUNT option to AR INVOICING. This option has 3 Settings if used: 1. Ask if $ or % 2. % only 3. $ only This will total the invoice before tax and shipping and will ask for a discount %, fixed dollar amount or require a choice with the default being no discount. I AR TRANS I DISC = N I DISC TYPE = ASK 38 01/23/03 Added the option to print the Purchase Order at time of entering it. *#37 01/23/03 Added the option to print PURCHASE ORDER PRICES on the PURCHASE ORDER. If this option is set to No, no total will print. I AP TRANS I PO PRICE 36 01/23/03 Bug fix. The inquire customer balance program will now not hang if there is no end of file marker. 35 01/18/03 If the AR Invoice Deferred option is used, no error warning will be given when beginning to invoice. 34 01/18/03 Modified DL TEMP to not Delete All 33 01/18/03 Added REPRINT AR Invoices for Deferred Invoicing before posting. 32 01/18/03 Fixed possible bug in reprinting AR Invoices - when selecting specific invoices. 31 01/18/03 Bug fix when entering payroll tax files. (create hdgs). 30 01/18/03 Took out the DELETE ALL function from DELETING TEMP AR INVOICE file. This caused Deferred Invoices to not be posted. 29 01/18/03 Customized forms are now available. New menu for AR Invoices Cash Disbursement Checks and Payroll Checks. 28 01/18/03 Bug fix when security log ons are activated and security is breached for a non-specified access program. 27 01/18/03 Cosmetic changes in DEPRECIATION CREATE/CHANGE. Use standard GET ACCT program to allow account look up. 26 01/18/03 Added custom AR INVOICE FORMs option. 25 01/18/03 Bug fix when changing operator information. 24 01/18/03 Changed the brightness on INVERSE CCY (special instructions) *#23 01/18/03 New option to use the ZIP CODE key for a secondary customer look-up. If this option (default is NO) is used, mailing lists and other programs that sort by ZIP CODE will instead sort by this key. It is commonly used for Store #'s of chains. I AR TRANS I ZIP KEY = N 22 01/18/03 When entering invoices if COLUMN PRICES or QUANTITY PRICING is used, hitting the F3 key on the price will show the pricing column information. 21 01/18/03 Bug fix - if using FIXED PRICE COLUMNS for AR Invoicing, program will not compute price based on Quantity. *#20 01/18/03 Added option for Sales Reps - rep is fixed to a customer or, a rep is entered for each invoice. I PAYROLL TRANS *#19 01/17/03 Added a Starting Month field to the Recurring Sales file. Instead of being forced to calendar quarter, etc. you may now implement a starting month. For example, if you want to invoice quarterly but start in February, your invoices will go out in February, May, August and November. The update will force all staring months to January. RS INVOICE FILE *#18 01/17/03 Added Cost of Goods Sold (COGS) and Inventory Asset accounts to the inventory file. Previously there was only the Sales account and the COGS was computed by adding 1000 to the Sales account and only one inventory account was used. On update, you will be asked for these default account numbers. INVENTORY COGS ACCT INVENT ACCT *#17 01/16/03 Added option to INVENTORY when using commissions. Each item in the inventory may now be flagged as being used or not in the computation of commissions. The update will set all items to YES. To facilitate the entry of new inventory, in set up there is a default setting which will allow all inventory to be used for commissions without a question or the default YN option can be set to N or Y depending on whether most of the inventory is or is not used in commissions. INVENTORY COMMISSIONABLE I INVENTORY TRANS I INVENT COMM = N * 16 01/16/03 New user option for AR Invoicing - may turn on/off the showing the invoice distribution. I AR TRANS 15 01/14/03 Enhancement when O/S is UNIX - the printer device on each screen will not show "/dev/". 14 01/14/03 Enhancement when setting up salesmen - allows to set up HOUSE. 13 01/14/03 Enhancement when changing credit terms for customers. Does not automatically set the credit limit to 0. 12 01/14/03 Bug fix when audit option (security turned on) used in UP OP. This changed the EMPLOYEE noun to the operator which made adding new employees not possible. 11 01/10/03 Added a the report ORDER SCREENING TICKETS to the ORDER ENTRY center. This prints a screening ticket slip for each style, color and name drop for all orders or selective customers. *#10 01/08/03 Changed the BASE UNIT SIZE of some files for better disk managment/performance. THESE REQUIRE THE UPDATE PROGRAM TO BE RUN FROM THE COMMAND PROMPT (Windows=c:\pragma, UNIX = /u/pragma or wherever your CustomWare resides) TERM TERM TERMINAL TERMINALS OPERATOR OPERATOR FILE * 09 01/08/03 Changed the BASE UNIT SIZE of some files for better disk managment/performance. These are mostly TEMP files and require no update other than copying the files to the CustomWare directory. ASCII ASCII TABLE DEPR DEPRECIATION NUMBERS NUMBERS TEMPAP TEMP AP INVOICE TEMPAPF TEMP AP INVOICE FIXED TEMPAR TEMP AR INVOICE TEMPCD TEMP CASH DISB TEMPPAY TEMP PAYROLL TEMPPOS TEMP POS TEMPRECON TEMP RECON TEMPSTMT1 TEMP STATEMENT 1 TEMPSTMT2 TEMP STATEMENT 2 * 08 01/06/03 Added Order Entry Type to OE MASTER. This is in preparation for adding WORK ORDERS. Work orders can be used to update serialized inventory history- repairs, maintenance. Additional data is collected when receiving a Work Order and stored in a new file - Work Order History. This can be used with payroll as time logs are entered. OE MASTER I AR TRANS ! WORK ORDER HISTORY 07 01/06/03 Modified INVENTORY CENTER for easier navigation. * 06 01/06/03 Added Serial # option to INVENTORY file. This is in for INVENTORY PLACEMENT which will keep track of items with serial numbers as to where, who, when, etc. each serial number is sold to. Keeps movement, repair & maintenance history. Accessed through ENTER AR INVOICES and ORDER ENTRY Currently, assumes qty of part is 1 INVENTORY SERIAL I INVENTORY TRANS (option to use) I USE SERIAL = N ! INVENTORY PLACEMENT ! INVENTORY PLACEMENT HISTORY 05 01/03/03 Fixed ADDING NEW TERMS to allow partial percents. 04 01/03/03 Fixed M GL GT (get next in General Ledger File) to have correct external echo (was forcing "NO RECORD") * 03 01/03/03 Added NEW OPTION FOR TYPES OF TERMS - proximate terms for "x" number of months. In the past, proximate terms were assumed to be the next month. Now proximate terms may be a specified number of months, but still on a specified day. TERM 02 01/03/03 Cosmetic changes to the GET TERMS program. 01 01/03/03 Added the option to DELETE TERMS. Since the terms may be in use, they must be replaced with valid terms in the CUSTOMER, VENDOR, PURCHASE ORDER and ORDER ENTRY files. Because going through all these files will mess up data for whatever data is being entered, the programs are aborted and the operator is returned to the START message. ******************************************************************************* N 05/18/03 VERSION = 34600.EXE ******************************************************************************* ******************************************************************************* U 01/01/03 VERSION 2003.4.5.00 ******************************************************************************* ******************************************************************************* F 01/03/03 VERSION = 34500.EXE This is the last of this version. No update is allowed unless this update has run. ******************************************************************************* 47 12/31/02 Modified programs to use "file select" for the 12 GL files. *#46 12/30/02 Added 10 General Ledger files for prior years. When selecting prior years you will be given a choice between current year and up to 10 years ago. This only works from this date forward. ! GL PY1 - 10 LYGL = GLLY ! 45 12/20/02 Added RECURRING INVENTORY SALES center to AR INVOICE CENTER. This center allows recurring sales by frequency but is stored by customer # and part #. This allows quick maintenance on part numbers that may change. Pricing comes from the inventory file at the time of the invoicing. Sales tax is computed at the time of invoicing. ! RS INVOICE FILE *#44 12/19/02 Added DEFERRED AR INVOICING option. This option lets you create and print invoices without producing a register or journal entry until the end of the day. This option is only valid in the ORDER ENTRY CENTER. I AR TRANS 43 11/22/02 Corrected AR INVOICE FIXED RECEIVABLE CREATE to have blank lines when entering invoice detail. 42 11/31/02 Corrected HANDWRITTEN CHECKS for using the bank account number that was entered. 41 10/10/02 Added REPRINT POSTED CASH DISBURSEMENT CHECKS. This is used only if you've posted the checks and the checks did not print. 40 09/05/02 Added option to Accounts Payable and Accounts Receivable Quick Total program to show summary by vendor. The options are now: Detail (each invoice shown, in either alphabetical, invoice date or due date order), Grand Total only, Summary (one total for each vendor, alphabetically). 39 09/01/02 Added check re-printing to Cash Disbursements. This will ask for the last good vendor printed and the next good check number. Then it will assign new check numbers from the first bad vendor down, reprint a register, allow you to correct the register then reprint the bad checks only. 38 09/01/02 Corrected Payroll to abort without posting after aborting check writing. 37 08/31/02 Added new report: CASH RECEIPT APPLICATION in the A/R Report Center. This program shows how a check(s) for an individual customer for a specific date was applied. 36 08/29/02 Corrected CASH DISB JE program, used in Cash Disbursements and AP HANDWRITE CHECKS to use the bank account entered. 35 08/29/02 When entering cash account number in AP HANDWRITE CHECKS and CASH DISBURSEMENTS, now uses standard program to get GL account numbers. Allows for account number lookup and shows account description. 34 08/28/02 When inquiring account transactions, hitting the F2 key will allow you to view a journal entry. 33 08/07/02 Checked for duplicate check # to different vendor in AP HANDWRITTEN CHECKS. 32 08/04/02 Fixed a bug on matrix order entry caused from # 27 below. 31 07/25/02 Fixed a bug on UNIX network logins. It was getting the wrong terminal #. 30 07/17/02 Added a RELEASE to the programs that delete TEMP files. # 29 07/14/02 Changed naming convention for prior years' TRANSACTION files. Files are now TRANS?.PFM where "?" is the prior year number, i.e., 1-13. 28 07/11/02 Cosmetic changes to windows in matrix ordering - changed for color brightness/readability 27 07/11/02 Bug fixes to Matrix ordering - MHDGS would not show correct style IF there were two styles with the same beginning letter. Example: style "S" and "SV" would not show the "SV" style. 26 07/11/02 Efficiency changes to Matrix programs. 25 07/11/02 Added Erase Screen before menu. 24 06/08/02 Changed the program that calculates the next check number to be used in CASH DISBURSEMENTS. The last check # cannot be older than 60 days from the posting date. 23 04/27/02 When changing operator information and assigning an employee/ vendor to the employee, the name will show correctly and not abort. 22 04/27/02 Cosmetic change on menu screens when security log on is required and the date/time on the screen not showing correctly. 21 04/20/02 Added abort options/confirmation to PAYROLL, PAYROLL CHECKS LOAD DOC programs. 20 04/13/02 Added CASH BASIS CASH FLOW ANALYSIS to the General Ledger Center. This program asks for a beginning and ending date and then goes through the Cash Receipts and Cash Disbursements files for cash received and checks cut during the period. The cash starts with the period (should be the beginning of a month) and ends up with showing beginning cash balance, cash in, a total of all cash during the period, a total of all cash out and a net ending cash balance. It then goes through the AP INVOICE files and sums the account distribution for the checks cut. There are two bugs: 1. If an invoice were partially paid it distributes the entire invoice amount. 2. If two checks were cut on the same invoice during the selected period, it does NOT add the cash cut. These bugs should be fixed shortly. Screen or paper output. 19 03/22/02 Fixed the look up option for prior years in General Ledger. This was previously not working when hitting the F2 or F3 keys to get a chart of account listing 18 02/11/02 Changed the CEN HDGS program to show which years are being used in LAST YEAR for GL, TRANSACTION and EMPLOYEE files. 17 02/11/02 Changed most program to use the GL and TRANSACTIONS flags. 16 02/11/02 Set up option in GL YEAR END CENTER to set EMPLOYEE YEAR flag. The EMPLOYEE YEAR FLAG allows the use of last year's EMPLOYEE file. 15 02/11/02 Set up option in GL YEAR END CENTER to set TRANSACTION YEAR flag. The TRANSACTION YEAR FLAG allows the use of last year's TRANSACTION file. 14 02/11/02 Set up option in GL YEAR END CENTER to set GL YEAR flag. The GL YEAR flag allows the use of last year's GL file. 13 02/09/02 Cosmetic change on Bank Reconcilation statement page (1st page printed after entering data) 12 02/06/02 Added a carriage return/line feed to modem commands 11 02/05/02 Cosmetic change in entering AR INVOICES when inquiring history or invoice detail - screen no longer shows duplicate F key options 10 01/18/02 Added option for different PAYROLL CHECK types. Laser or "old" type. 09 01/12/02 Indented open checks by 10 on bank reconcilliation open register 08 01/12/02 Corrected printing of open Deposit date on bank reconcilliation 07 01/06/02 Changed formatting on comparative income statements. 06 12/23/01 Changed the General Ledger Chart Of Account List to indent the section headings and to change the line count check for headings from 62 to the standard 58. 05 12/11/01 Changed the CASH DISBURSEMENT REGISTER to allow one more character for the check # 04 12/04/01 Changed color combinations on ENTERING SHIP TO addresses 03 12/04/01 Changed GL INQUIRE ACCOUNT to highlight CURRENT YEAR net transactions for easier viewing. 02 11/19/01 Fixed possible bug in CUSTOMER INQUIRE for showing last check # and check amount 01 11/17/01 Changed most menus to start at top of screen. ******************************************************************************* N 01/03/03 VERSION = 34500.EXE ******************************************************************************* ******************************************************************************* U 11/17/01 VERSION 2002.4.4.00 ******************************************************************************* ******************************************************************************* F 11/17/01 VERSION = 02440.EXE ******************************************************************************* 72 11/07/01 Changed ASF (Assign Spooler File) to NOT use the terminal # as part of the file name to print. Some terminal #'s such as #, !, @, etc., will cause the print spooler in UNIX to not print. 71 11/05/01 Changed program that reads security block to allow for older CustomWare blocks. Now accepts both CustomWare codes. 70 10/30/01 Added Budget computation in GL Center 69 10/30/01 Changed color options in DS MENU 9 to same as DS MENU 68 10/03/01 AP TOTAL - Quick Accounts Payable listing - took out external echo check on ap invoice file. 67 09/18/01 Added option for Laser Checks for Accounts Payable Disbursements This uses CHECKS UNLIMITED form # 080971 66 09/01/01 Added DATE PARAMETER in CUSTOMER USAGE SEARCH 65 08/18/01 Fixed LABELS to print Address (line 1) 64 08/12/01 Fixed AR Notes Receivable invoicing to not invoice if note balance is 0. 63 08/11/01 Added option for using calculator: hitting the F9 key will paste the last result into the input field you're working on. 62 08/06/01 Added program AR INVOICE IMPORT to INVOICING and ENTERING HANDWRITTEN INVOICES. This program is used in conjuction with EXPORT AR INVOICE. 61 08/06/01 Added program to AR INVOICE CENTER - EXPORT INVOICE to text file. Exported all data to single file, all data on separate line. 60 06/19/01 Took out extra paper feed in: AR STATEMENTS AR INVOICES ! 59 06/04/01 Added FLEET MAINTENANCE CENTER. This is a maintenance system for cars, trucks, trailers, etc. with maintenance schedules. This center is not currently in the MASTER CENTER as visible option. However, typing # 17 in the master center will bring this center up. FILES ADDED: FLEET FILE (truck #, etc.,) FLEET SCHED (a preset maintenance program) FLEET MAINT ITEMS (individual maintenance items) FLEET HIST (maintains what maintance was performed on each truck) 58 06/04/01 Changed COMMISSION REPORT to not pay bad debts if option to commission is after company is paid. 57 05/30/01 Added option when inquiring customer invoice detail - F2 will skip the rest of the output and go to the next invoice. 56 05/30/01 Fixed OCEN (output and center) screen option to show foreground and background colors correctly 55 05/28/01 Took out input key when updating Order Entry from voiding AR Invoices 54 05/20/01 Added an F9 option to change printers in the standard output program where Paper or Screen is chosen for reports 53 04/08/01 Added a SALESMAN ONLY CENTER. This center is designed for sales reps to log on remotely and provides a limited menu system. All items in the menu are sales rep sensitive, meaning that a sales rep can only change or add orders, etc., for customers that are assigned to that sales rep. The only thing not controlled is the adding of new customers. To access this menu from the START message, type in: ... (3 periods) To change your auto login for users, the batch/script file should have the command line: pragma ... After exiting the menu, CustomWare aborts back to the operating system. Only sales reps or users with unlimited access can log into this center. 52 04/08/01 Changed screen color options in AUTO CASH DISBURSEMENTS 51 04/07/01 Added Bank Account Name to headings on BANK RECONCILLIATION 50 03/31/01 Deleted TERMINAL N file for telnet terminals. 49 03/21/01 Added a CLOSE ALL FILES to ORDER ENTRY CENTER 48 03/10/01 Fixed bug in BANK RECONCILIATION HISTORY LIST to show correctly all listings. Also added the account number to the headings. ! 47 02/10/01 Added a new file GL LY (Last Year General Ledger). This file should already exist on your system and is only available through the INQUIRE ACCOUNT INFORMATION program. Later updates will include using this file for printing out previous year's financials, etc. ! GLLY 46 01/30/01 Replaced all form feed commands (_L) with PSF for UNIX or other O/S spool printing. 45 01/30/01 Added ABORT to SV IA [SAVE INVENTORY AUDIT) used in posting AR INVOICES, etc. F9 will pause the program but continue trying to post to the audit file, F10 will ask to press a key and then abort the saving in the audit file but continue posting everything else. Problem may be related to too small significant length in the inventory audit file. 44 01/28/01 Made ACCOUNTS PAYALBE RECONSTRUCTIVE AGED ANALYSIS Y2K compliant and fixed problem of not totally as well as added option for condensed version. 43 01/28/01 Made ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE RECONSTRUCTIVE AGED ANALYSIS Y2K compliant. 42 01/25/01 Cosmetic changes to disk maintenance menus: Windows 9x/ME instead of "95", moved down the last 2nd floppy uncompressed backup data on first screen. CUSTOMWARE is NOT Windows 2000 compatible. 41 01/23/01 Added and option to INQUIRE EMPLOYEE HISTORY for YEAR TO DATE that is everything in the file. Previously, YEAR TO DATE was up to the posting date. A clarification was placed in the options menu. 40 01/17/01 Changed GET YTD BALANCE for general balance sheet accounts to add M13 (after year end postings) to the current balance. 39 01/16/01 When posting checks to the vendor VOID, checks will best posted in the check register as having been cleared on the bank statement. 38 01/15/01 Added to UPS CENTER the options for viewing/extracting downloaded files with ZIP/EXE/CSV extensions * 37 01/12/01 Added a person to report security breaches to in the COMPANY TRANS file. This option only shows if you use the operator login option. Anytime an operator attempts to access an area they are not cleared for, a message will be sent to this person telling them who, when, from what terminal and what program they were trying to access. I COMPANY TRANS *#36 01/12/01 Added a field for DESKJET INITIALIZATION STRING in the PRINTERS file. This will be sent to the printer when ASF (Assign Spool File) runs. ASF is for UNIX spool printing and is not yet in all programs. ASF also does maintenance on non-UNIX systems. PRINTERS 35 01/12/01 Changed the standard verb WCEN to not display inverse. This may make some window color combinations unreadable but it should make most more readable. 34 01/12/01 Cosmetic change to screen when entering a handwritten check and adding the invoice. 33 01/12/01 Cosmetic change to TRIAL BALANCE. 32 01/12/01 Modified GL ACCOUNT INQUIRE TRANS to correctly show M13 (after year end transactions) in proper years, etc. 31 01/11/01 Fixed LABELS to print correct quantity when printing Miscellaneous labels 30 01/09/01 Added options to REVERSE JOURNAL ENTRY to: 1. Run Normally 2. Reverse a transaction from last year into this year 3. Copy a transaction from last year into this year 29 01/03/01 Changed to GL CLEAN program (year end) to save previous year's TRANSaction file and GL files. 28 11/27/00 Fixed bug in printing acknowledgments where one would print and nothing but paper scrolling. 27 11/27/00 Fixed bug in printing matrix packing slip headings - size will now print over fill-in line. * 26 11/27/00 Added PHONE and FAX to TEMP AR INVOICE for correct printing on invoices. TEMP AR INVOICE 25 11/17/00 Added a program (non-accessible) for ACCESS FILE maintenance. 24 11/17/00 Changes to the UPDATE program in CustomWare for the variances in commands from MS-DOS to UNIX. 23 11/17/00 Changes to the UPDATE.BAT program for the variances in commands from MS-DOS to UNIX. 22 11/02/00 Fixed a bug in labels for numeric value N7 and printing null on the country line if pulling from the SHIP TO file 21 11/02/00 Fixed a flag problem in AR INVOICE ENTER HANDWRITES 20 10/26/00 Changed the default on LABELS to be SELECTIVE items from entire file. *#19 10/18/00 There is an option to add additional GL account numbers to compute a bank account balance. Previously this was set up for only one bank account. This change allows for multiple cash accounts to have multiple additional accounts. PROGRAMS EFFECTED: SET UP BRCA (bank rec cash accounts) BANK RECONCILLIATION INQUIRE CURRENT CASH BALANCE I GL TRANS ******************************************************************************* N 11/17/01 VERSION = 02440.EXE ******************************************************************************* ******************************************************************************* F 10/06/00 VERSION = 004306.EXE ******************************************************************************* 18 10/08/00 Changed BANK RECON POST to allow for more than one posting of the same date - i.e. when changes are made and then re-run. Changed BANK RECON INQUIRE to allow for multiple dates and to select from them. 17 10/07/00 Highlighted GL ACCOUNT DESCRIPTION in INQUIRE GL ACCOUNT 16 10/06/00 Took out certain control codes in the PS (choose paper or screen) program and replaced with displaying colors. * 15 10/06/00 Changed the BANK RECON HISTORY file: reference size to 45 from 15, unit size from 512 to 1024. Presumed that no one has yet used this file so no update was done. BANK RECON HISTORY 14 10/04/00 Changed the INVENTORY DELETE program to only print and post the journal entries after all inventory has been deleted. *#13 10/04/00 Added a new file CUSTOMER INVENTORY. This file keeps track of all parts sold to each customer. If a price is entered in AR INVOICING, HAND WRITTEN INVOICES or ORDER ENTRY is different than the computed price from the inventory file that part number will be stored in this new file and when that customer orders that part again, the last price will come up. You will be warned that this price comes from the CUSTOMER INVENTORY file. You also have the option in SET UP ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE whether or not to use this file. Maintenance on this file is found in the CUSTOMER MAINTENANCE CENTER. ! CUSTOMER INVENTORY I AR TRANS 12 10/01/00 Added option to QUICK A/P TOTAL and A/R total for due date order. Option only applies if detail is wanted. ******************************************************************************* N 10/02/00 VERSION = 004306.EXE ******************************************************************************* *#11 09/30/00 Added PRINTER DEVS file in preparation for network printing. Changed terminal selection programs, printer port selection programs, etc. PRINTER DEVS 10 09/30/00 Changed SCREEN HEADINGS to include printer device as well as printer port. 09 09/30/00 Fixed a bug in the CHECK REGISTER for the ENTIRE YEAR option. *#08 09/29/00 Added FREQUENCY to fixed receivables and payables. Fixed payments other than monthly (insurance, property taxes, etc.) may now be added. The update program makes monthly the default. Options are monthly, bi-monthly (every other month), quarterly, semi-annual, annual. AR INVIOCE FIXED AP INVOICE FIXED 07 09/20/00 Added the option to delete all entries in the MAILING LIST file by SOURCE. 06 09/20/00 In MAILING LISTS when asked for a SOURCE and given the option for F2 = source list, fixed the program to use the SOURCE LIST instead of the Mailing List. ******************************************************************************* N 09/19/00 VERSION = 004306.EXE ******************************************************************************* ******************************************************************************* F 09/19/00 VERSION = 004276.EXE ******************************************************************************* 05 09/19/00 Added to AUDIT CENTER (GL CENTER) an auditing program that checks the balance (net transactions) in the General Ledger against the actual Transactions. Options are for a specific month and/or specific account or year to date and/or all accounts. 04 09/12/00 Fixed CASH RECEIPTS REPORT. Some combinations of options did not work. 03 09/08/00 Fixed the MISCELLANEOUS DEPOSITS program to correctly save the date correctly. A Y2K fix. 02 09/08/00 Added BANK RECONCILLIATION HISTORY LIST program. Added to BANK RECONCILLIATION INQUIRE. Changed BANK RECON INQUIRE to work correctly with uncleared deposits and checks. 01 08/27/00 Changed CASH RECEIPTS on AR NOTES to not compute interest if the age of the payment is 1 day. ******************************************************************************* U 08/27/00 VERSION 2000.4.3.00 ******************************************************************************* 99 08/26/00 Added to the NOTE RECEIVABLE CENTER a program to recompute the note balance and interest charges, etc. 98 08/25/00 Corrected a bug in the DUPLICATE ORDER FROM INVOICE program. 97 08/25/00 Added the option to INSERT a line in the CHANGE ADDRESSES program. !#96 08/24/00 Added BANK RECON HISTORY file to the BANK RECONCILLATION Program. INQUIRE BANK STATEMENTS has been added to the GL CENTER. ! BANK RECON HISTORY 95 08/20/00 Labels - made printing the COUNTRY an option. 94 08/20/00 Labels - corrected problem of not printing 2nd address 93 08/04/00 In LABELS when selecting departments, the correct department file is used for set up - the one from the inventory, not the one from the general ledger. 92 08/04/00 Updated the POST INVENTORY program to update the CUSTOMER file with inventory department usage. This new field in the customer file is going to be used to sort customers by buying habits or by the type of products they purchase. This field will be updated when invoices are posted. 91 08/04/00 Y2K bug fix in INQUIRE DEPOSITS. 90 08/04/00 Some helpful shortcuts added to Entering Handwritten Checks. Online payments, direct withdrawals (electronic payment) and ATM withdrawals need to be entered into the cash system. If the invoice number starts with: ATM Automated Teller Machine DW Direct Withdrawal - electronic transfer EP Electronic Payment - online payment) the rest of the invoice number should be the date in this format : YYMMDD If you you enter the invoice number in this format, the check date and invoice number will be automatically inserted. An example of an invoice number would be: ATM000804 or DW001031 or EP000601 89 08/04/00 Fixed (I think) the description on the journal entry for Miscellaneous Cash Receipt Deposits. 88 08/04/00 Added CASH FLOW ANALYSIS to the General Ledger Financial Center. This program allows screen or paper output. It calculates the average number of days to pay for each customer that has an open invoice and then computes when you can expect to receive that money. It computes your accounts payable due dates and then totals that and then gives you the net difference in approximately 1 week intervals. This program will be enhanced in the future. 87 08/03/00 Changed the ADD TO MAILING LIST program to ask for the source first. If ARC or APS existing customers and vendors will be searched for and their information will be the default. 86 08/03/00 Added an option when entering a new source to list sources. 85 08/03/00 Fixed CLEAN ALL programs to delete the SOURCE file (used in the mailing list, collections and accounts payable) and to save the standard sources of ARC and APS (Accounts Receivable Collections and Accounts Payable System). For collections, the source code MUST be ARC and to use the system in Accounts Payable, the source code MUST be APS. 84 08/03/00 Added the option in CASH RECEIPTS to view the COLLECTIONS information. The collections system works with and is the same as the mailing list system. The mailing list system will be modified in the future to make collections easier as well as keeping track of conversations with vendors and then it will be tied into the CASH DISBURSEMENTS system. ******************************************************************************* N 08/03/00 VERSION = 004276.EXE ******************************************************************************* ******************************************************************************* R 08/03/00 NEW.EXE ******************************************************************************* ******************************************************************************* R 08/03/00 CWDEMO.EXE ******************************************************************************* ******************************************************************************* R 08/03/00 VERSION.CHG, VERSION.LOG, UPDATE.HTML, INDEX.HTML ******************************************************************************* 83 08/03/00 Added customer balance and last payment information to INQUIRE CUSTOMER information program. 82 08/03/00 Took out extra "PRESS GO" messages in INQUIRE CUSTOMER information program. Took out "hidden" program stop for customer departments input. 81 08/03/00 Changed INQUIRE VENDOR program to show correct amount of last check payment. Cosmetic changes on amount owing and last check amount. 80 08/03/00 Changed DEBUG screen prompt to show most common options. * 79 08/02/00 Added an automatic option to update the START message with the company name on NEW installations. If your START message does not have your company name above the START prompt, run PRMSG CHANGE from START. Select option to EDIT, select option 7 - set company name. I COMPANY TRANS 78 08/02/00 Changed the OUTPUT SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS program to be compliant with the INPUT SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS program. 77 08/02/00 Changed the update process. Before, your UPDATE FILE, which keeps track of your updates, was overwritten by my file each time. The program now saves the new update information and then runs the appropriate program - DO NOT expand (or run) the EXE update file. ONLY expand the UPDATE.BAT file from the EXE file and run the UPDATE.BAT program from your command prompt. 76 08/02/00 Changed the UPDATE program to work better. Added an UPDATE.BAT program to be run BEFORE expanding the update EXE file. This program should be BEFORE expanding the downloaded file. The process is: 1. Download the appropriate EXE file into your CustomWare (Pragma) directory. 2. key in (the file name will change): NON-UNIX: 004276 update.bat update UNIX: unzip 004276.exe update.bat chmod 777 update.bat ./update.bat This will prevent files from being accidentally overwritten. ******************************************************************************* N 08/01/00 VERSION = 004276.EXE ******************************************************************************* ******************************************************************************* F 08/01/00 VERSION = 004203.EXE ******************************************************************************* ******************************************************************************* R 08/01/00 CWDEMO.EXE ******************************************************************************* ******************************************************************************* R 08/01/00 NEW.EXE ******************************************************************************* 75 08/01/00 Re-designed Labels. Re-ordered the options. NOT ALL COMBINATIONS OF ALL OPTIONS HAS BEEN TESTED. PLEASE REPORT IMMEDIATELY ANY BUGS. Options added/corrected: 1. Sales Reps can now be printed. 2. Customers may have ship to address(es) with or without the bill to address. 3. Customers may be printed by selective departments 4. Non-inventory may be printed in alphabetical or zip code order 5. Inventory may be printed in part #, bar code or matrix part # order 6. Quantity to print has been corrected. 74 08/01/00 Fixed number of invoices re-printed on REPRINT A/R INVOICES to print the correct number entered. ******************************************************************************* N 08/01/00 VERSION = 004203.EXE ******************************************************************************* ******************************************************************************* R 08/01/00 CWDEMO.EXE ******************************************************************************* ******************************************************************************* R 08/01/00 NEW.EXE ******************************************************************************* 73 08/01/00 Fixed adding new General Ledger Department when adding for all accounts to check for account length instead of 3 digits. 72 08/01/00 Fixed INVENTORY UPDATE SELLING prices with manual update by style and size. ******************************************************************************* R 07/30/00 NEW.EXE ******************************************************************************* ******************************************************************************* R 07/30/00 CWDEMO.EXE ******************************************************************************* 71 07/30/00 Added option in ORDER ENTRY CHANGE to compute freight charges. Domestic and International with surcharges. Pressing F2 when on FREIGHT field will compute charges. You must have a UPS ship via option and box information entered. * 70 07/28/00 Added the UPS SURCHARGE file for zip codes and countries/cities that have a surcharge. UPS ZIP CODES *#69 07/28/00 Changed the I AR TRANS file to add UPS surcharge fields. I AR TRANS *#68 07/28/00 Added a ZONE TYPE to the UPS ZONES file for separating Regular, Alaska, Hawaii, Canada and International (other than Canada). An update program does NOT need to be run, however, the zone and rate files need to be re-downloaded from www.ups.com and imported. UPS ZONES 67 07/28/00 Updated programs to import UPS Zones and Rates 66 07/27/00 Bug fixed with saving markup % in SET UP INVENTORY. ******************************************************************************* R 07/26/00 NEW.EXE ******************************************************************************* ******************************************************************************* N 07/26/00 VERSION = 004203.EXE ******************************************************************************* 65 07/26/00 Updated the CLEAN ALL program to delete records in the appropriate files and save the correct End Of File and Beginning Of File markers for setting up new installations. 64 07/17/00 Added to ADDRESS CENTER the option to export the addresses to a text file. All options in the ADDRESS CENTER were renumbered starting at number 7. 63 07/17/00 Changed AR INQUIRE INVOICE and AR INQUIRE HISTORY to allow for a pause when inquiring from DUPLICATE AN ORDER FROM AN INVOICE. 62 07/17/00 Added new program to Order Entry Center: DUPLICATE AN ORDER FROM AN INVOICE. This program will create an order from a customer invoice and allow it to be assigned to the same customer or a different customer. * 61 06/30/00 Changed the DEBUG screen to show options of AEX or ENV PRMSG 60 06/30/00 Added the ASF/PSF programs to all ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE REPORT CENTER reports for UNIX network printer support. This option requires FacetWin installed on the UNIX system and on the Windows system that acts as the administrator. ******************************************************************************* N 06/21/00 VERSION = 004203.EXE ******************************************************************************* 59 06/21/00 Added the option in LABELS to print in ZIP CODE order for bulk mail. THIS OPTION IS NOT YET DEBUGGED AND WILL NOT CURRENTLY APPEAR. *#58 06/20/00 Added the noun DEPTS to the CUSTOMER file. This noun is used in the LABELS program to sort a specific type of customer. The DEPTS comes from the INVENTORY DEPARTMENT file. The UPDATE DEPTS program will update the exisiting customers from the AR INVOICE, AR INVOICE HISTORY and AR INVOICE ARCHIVE files from inventory they have purchased. If desired, departments can be set up in the inventory center to make departments for use with labels if the existing departments are not sufficient or desired. CUSTOMER 57 06/15/00 Various cosmetic changes to OT verbs so headings are easier to read. (OCEN, OHDGS, set to attribute BOLD), CENTER highlights (menus), time display 56 06/15/00 New program: SEARCH JOURNAL ENTRIES. This program was added to the AUDIT and JOURNAL ENTRY centers. You must have Journal Entry access to run this program IF you have the Security option enabled. This will list journal entries in an abbreviated format (one line per journal entry) and show debits, credits and the amount, if any that it is out of balance. Search by OUT OF BALANCE, SPECIFIC DESCRIPTION, EVERYTHING or FROM/TO TRANSACTION #, by YEAR TO DATE or SPECIFIC DATES. You can also view the detail of any journal entry listed as well as reverse any journal entry listed. 55 06/13/00 Made the INVENTORY AUDIT REPORT and SALES REPORT Y2K compliant. 54 06/13/00 When deleting an INVENTORY PART #, the AR INVOICE files and the INVENTORY AUDIT file will be updated if you MERGE the history with an existing part #. 53 06/13/00 When changing an INVENTORY PART #, the AR INVOICE files and the INVENTORY AUDIT file will be updated. 52 05/24/00 Added a REGISTRATION program and file for keeping track of internet registrations, log ins and passwords. Added to the ADDRESS CENTER. 51 03/28/00 New program added to GL ACCOUNT CENTER: GL REBUILD. This program will reconstruct the GENERAL LEDGER balances, monthly from the TRANSACTION file. 50 03/28/00 Changed CASH RECEIPTS POST for Y2K problems in DEPOSIT FILE when performing a BANK RECONCILIATION 49 03/23/00 Changed SET UP center to allow print spool file number change. 48 03/23/00 Changed SELECT PRINTER PORT to allow for network printer ports. This option will only show on UNIX systems. This option, when implemented will use the UNIX PRINT SPOOLER and individual file names for each job. !#47 03/23/00 Added TERMINALS N file for network terminals. Terminal numbers are currently 1 digit but when this change is fully implemented, terminal numbers will be 2 digits. ! TERMINAL N * 46 03/23/00 Added PRINTER FILE # to COMPANY TRANS file. This will be used for UNIX based systems printing to the print spooler in order to print via network instead of serial communications. I COMPANY TRANS 45 03/23/00 Y2K fix for AR CLEAN 44 03/23/00 Y2K fix for AP CLEAN 43 03/22/00 When selecting the printer to print to an OS file, the program checks to see if that file already exists. If it does, you are asked if you want to delete it. When printing to files, the information is APPENDED, not overwritten. 42 03/21/00 Various cosmetic changes to PAYROLL screens. ******************************************************************************* N 03/17/00 VERSION = 004203.EXE ******************************************************************************* 41 03/17/00 Y2K bug fix in BANK RECONCILLIATION DEPOSITS. 40 03/16/00 Processing CASH DISBURSEMENTS changes to computing invalid check amount. 39 03/15/00 Allowed for 3 digits in the number of SHIP TO addresses for customers - can now "see" 999 different ship to addresses 38 03/02/00 Y2K changes to CASH RECEIPT REPORT #37 03/02/00 Y2K changes to DEPOSIT FILE - rebuild DEPOSIT FILE 36 02/10/00 Y2K changes to the A/P CHECK REGISTER EXPORT program 35 02/10/00 Y2K changes to the ACCOUNTS PAYABLE CHECK REGISTER 34 02/10/00 Y2K changes for VENDOR INQUIRE CHECK 33 02/10/00 AR SALES REPORT - padded year to 2 32 02/08/00 Added STATEMENT DATE to the CASH DISBURSEMENTS file This is posted at time of entering a bank reconcilliation 31 02/04/00 Added 11 YEAR COMPARATIVE INCOME STATEMENT to the Comparative Financial Statement Center * 30 02/04/00 Added a field P11+ to store all subsequent years in the GL. No programs utilize this yet. GL 29 02/04/00 Bug fix in UPDATE 0042 that did not transfer or rebuild the CASH REC file. * 28 02/04/00 Added fields to the GL file to store financial data for 5 additional years - current year plus 10 years of history. GL 27 02/04/00 Bug fixes for Comparative Financial Statements calculations 26 02/04/00 Cosmetic changes for Y2K for Financial Statements 25 02/04/00 Cosmetic changes for Y2K for GL ACCOUNT INQUIRE PREVIOUS YEAR 24 02/04/00 Added DATE LAST PAID to INQUIRE VENDOR INFORMATION 23 02/03/00 Added DATE LAST PAID to the ACCOUNTS PAYABLE AGED ANALYSIS #22 02/03/00 Changed the 2nd "key" in CASH DISB to include the century. An update must be run to convert that one key. This allows for the next change (#23) 21 02/03/00 AR Notes List made 20 02/03/00 Screen cosmetic changes to AR NOTES INQUIRE 19 02/03/00 Added BAD DEBT RECOVERY program. * 18 02/02/00 Added option to print COMPANY E-MAIL address on ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE/ORDER ENTRY forms. I AR TRANS 17 02/02/00 Saving of PAYROLL in the EMPLOYEE CHECK REGISTER was not working. The M PCR program, which is used for all file operations for the employee check register was incorrect because of an anticipated change in the EMPLOYEE CHECK REGISTER to make it multi-key. 16 02/02/00 When adding new inventory the DESCRIPTION is not always saved but gets set to the description of the GL Account number. 15 02/02/00 Added to printing PAYROLL CHECKS an alignment function as what is similar to CASH DIBURSEMENTS. 14 02/02/00 Updated the PRMSG CHANGE program for UNIX systems. The COMPANY NAME is not necessarily stored in the "open" area of CustomWare so retrieving the COMPANY NAME from the I COMPANY TRANS file is necessary. 13 01/24/00 When correcting or reprinting AR INVOICES, the program will look through the TEMP AR INVOICE file for names instead of the Customer file. This is because ONE TIME CUSTOMERs do not pull up correctly. ******************************************************************************* N 01/23/00 VERSION = 004203.EXE ******************************************************************************* 12 01/23/00 Updated the UPDATE programs for past updates. Updated Web pages and FTP site to consolidate updates. Now there are only 4 updates. One for updates before converting to 4.40b, One for converting from Pragma version 4.22 to 4.40b, one for converting from Pragma version 4.40b to 4.41.1 and for all other updates since the 4.41.1 update. All updates are now standard and run from within CustomWare and all files have been converted to EXE if they were only ZIP files before. All update programs are in a file and can be re-run by typing in UPDATE at the START prompt. 11 01/14/00 Fixed AR PRINTing to print the actual number of invoices selected. * 10 01/13/00 Made changes to the update programs and renamed them for consistency. Certain files and directories must be made for certain updates and options. Added version changes to the UPDATE FILE and all version information All ZIP and EXE update programs as well as the NEW installation program. UPDATE FILE *#09 01/12/00 Added explanation to CASH DISBURSEMENT FILE for discount. Explanation can be seen in INQUIRE VENDOR INVOICE and INQUIRE CHECK DETAIL. CASH DISB TEMP CASH DISB 08 01/20/00 Updated AR INVOICE Reprint for correct # of quantity to be printed. Also made reprinting Y2K changes. ******************************************************************************* N 01/11/00 VERSION = 004203.EXE ******************************************************************************* 07 01/11/00 Updated DEPOSIT INQUIRE for Y2K 06 01/11/00 Updated CUSTOMER PURCH LIST for Y2K 05 01/11/00 Updated AP INVOICE FIXED CHECK for Y2K 04 01/11/00 Updated AR INVOICE FIXED CHECK for Y2K 03 01/11/00 Changed AR STATEMENTS for Y2K 02 01/10/00 Changed ENTER DATE that if the default of "." is used for TODAY'S DATE, that the nouns MONTH, DAY and YEAR are changed. 01 01/10/00 Changed IN SORT and SORT SELECT for using the 4 digit year number. Effects ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE/PAYABLE ******************************************************************************* U 01/01/00 VERSION 2000.4.2.00 ******************************************************************************* * 46 12/20/99 Changed PRINTER W in the PRINTERS file to PRINTER LASER. This is used for form feeding instead of line subtracting on forms other than 8"x11. PRINTERS 45 12/19/99 Address List - printing. When a single alpha character exceeds 50 lines, the printing will put the two pages together. This is only valid on the continuous form option. The address list is designed to print on the Frankly Planner blank sheet - classic size. 44 12/17/99 Added option to INQUIRE VENDOR CHECKS for showing invoice description. Other cosmetic changes. Added amount of discount applied on invoice. 43 12/01/99 Added option in printing CASH DISBURSEMENT CHECKS to print stubs only - 2 per page. Assumes using 8"x11 paper. 42 12/01/99 Changed default answer on reprinting AR INVOICES from "Y" to "N" 41 12/01/99 Changed default number of invoice copies on AR INVOICE CREATE from 1 to 2 * 40 11/24/99 Added EMAIL to the CUSTOMER file CUSTOMER 39 11/19/99 Changed order in which the version change file is read. Most recent changes will now be at the top of the list. 38 11/18/99 Changed search sequence for next printable check in cash disbursements. 37 11/01/99 BANK RECON POST - copied 0 to key at program end 36 10/18/99 Changed CALC F DATE (computing future dates) to be Y2K compliant. * 35 09/14/99 Added the option to use or not use inventory MIN/MAX on hand quantities. I INVENTORY TRANS 34 09/14/99 Inventory Create - usage of standard GET GL ACCOUNT program for sales account 33 09/14/99 Inventory Create - if not using the MFG CustomWare version, nulls out MATRIX PART and MATRIX DESCRIPTION 32 09/11/99 Adding GL Account bad loop - fixed 31 09/11/99 Inventory Count Sheet Center - cosmetic change to menu 30 09/05/99 Changed CASH RECEIPTS REPORT to use new CASH REC FILE key, making the program run considerable faster 29 08/27/99 Changed the CASH REC posting program. The first "key" was not being stored properly. !#28 08/26/99 Added the file UPDATE FILE. This will keep track after you update programs if you have run the UPDATE program. It is necessary because of UNIX based systems. If there is a record (1) in the file, an update has NOT been completed. If the file is empty, the update is completed or does not need to be run. ! UPDATE FILE 27 08/21/99 Added to AP INVOICE ENTER and CASH DISB ENTER the option to view the LAST CHECK written *#26 08/21/99 Changed CASH DISB file to be multi key - second key is by Check Date/Check #/Invoice # CASH DISB *#25 08/14/99 First part of changes due for initiating ELECTRONIC PAYMENTS. Added to the EMPLOYEE and VENDOR files fields for bank route and account numbers. Employee's accounts may be SAVINGS or CHECKING. Vendor accounts are CHECKING only. The COMPANY TRANSACTIONS integration file is also changed to set up all the necessary information. This program is tested but only for ZION'S BANK with only one client. Please call 801-463-1110 for assistance when setting this up with your bank. Because of all the programs that are needed, the programs may be uploaded for installation/update when all the necessary additions have not been completed. New version numbers will be added as the system progresses and there will be a version number for the final (tested) programs. I COMPANY TRANS VENDOR CASH DISB CHECK REGISTER EMPLOYEE EMPLOYEE LAST YEAR EMPLOYEE CHECK REGISTER EMPLOYEE CHECK REGISTER LAST YEAR TEMP PAYROLL TEMP CASH DISB ! EP LOG FILE ! MODEM FILE A new center has been added to the ACCOUNTS PAYABLE INVOICE CENTER and the PAYROLL CENTER that will allow the setup and maintenance of the EP system. In order to use this feature you must: 1. Set up the values in SET UP/ELECTRONIC PAYMENT OPTIONS 2. Go to either the AP INVOICE CENTER or the PAYROLL CENTER and set up a modem. 3. For Accounts Payable, you must have the bank routing number and bank account number of your vendor. 4. For Payroll, you must have the bank routing number, account number and know whether the account is a checking or savings account. 24 08/14/99 Added network capability to the terminal numbering system. UNIX systems only at this time. 23 08/13/99 Changed all (or almost all) inputs for a general ledger account number to use the GET ACCT program which allows for: F2 = complete General Ledger Listing F3 = General Ledger listing from a starting point ~ = Create a new account. 22 08/12/99 When entering distribution, may create a new general ledger account number. Also, see 19. 21 08/12/99 Allow creation of a new general ledger account number when changing vendor information - GL ACCOUNT # field. See 19. 20 08/12/99 Added an option in PRMSG CHANGE to add the COMPANY NAME to the START message. PRMSG CHANGE must be run from START. It is HIGHLY recommended that you do NOT make any other changes. At the START message the steps are: 1. key in PRMSG CHANGE 2. select option 2 - Edit file 3. select option 7 - Add Company Name to START message. 4. after reviewing the change and hitting any key, select the "." and return to start. The COMPANY NAME added comes from SET UP/COMPANY VALUES. It is the same name that appears on all reports, etc. If you want to change what the START message says, change the COMPANY NAME value. For example, if you have CustomWare installed in 2 different directories and one of them is a practice directory, go to SET UP (8), COMPANY VALUES (7), COMPANY NAME (2) and change the company name to PRACTICE SET. Then go back to START and perform the operation above, then go back and reset your company name to what it was before. 19 08/12/99 If there is only one department in the GENERAL LEDGER DEPARTMENTS file, only the account number need be entered when entering Journal Entries. 18 08/12/99 Added options in ENTER JOURNAL ENTRY to: 1. Pull up full listing of Chart of Accounts (F10) aborts. 2. Pull up partial listing of Chart of Accounts 3. Create a new account (enter ~ for the account #) 17 08/12/99 Added an abort (F10) option to the REVERSE JOURNAL ENTRY program. Note that any journal entries that were entered will remain in the TEMP JE file and the next time a journal entry is printed and posted, those entries reversed will be included. The change was made so that journal entries may be reversed, then additional or correcting entries may be made in the same "batch" or on the same sheet of paper. 16 08/12/99 Fixed BAD DEBT bug for notes receivable - zeroed out LATE FEE CHARGE 15 08/10/99 Changed disk to disk and Windows backups - noncompressed and compressed to include the VERSION.LOG and VERSION.CHG files. *#14 08/10/99 Consolidating CASH REC and CASH REC PMT HIST files. Eliminated the CASH REC PMT HIST file, the CASH REC file is now 3 keys. An UPDATE MUST be run for anything with cash receipts to work. CASH REC CASH REC PMT HIST (deleted) 13 08/06/99 Cosmetic changes on disk maintenance menus (backups) to show updated date/time stamp when backing up/restoring 12 08/06/99 Bank reconciliation - added option on deposits to view only those deposits that are not entered to be cleared. Cosmetic changes made with regards to listings, etc. 11 08/05/99 Changed Screen and options in Bank Reconcilliation. Can view uncleared checks listing. Added windowing. 10 08/05/99 Added option for exporting the check register 09 07/29/99 All programs to the EMPLOYEE file were changed for the LAST YEAR FLAG 08 07/29/99 All programs to the EMPLOYEE CHECK REGISTER file were changed for the LAST YEAR FLAG 07 07/29/99 Changed PAYROLL HANDWRITTEN CHECK ENTER to show FEDERAL and FICA GROSS amounts. 06 07/29/99 Changed DL TEMP to not DELETE ALL if operating system is DOS 05 07/29/99 Corrected EMPLOYEE INQUIRE HISTORY to check for External Echo 04 07/29/99 Changed OCEN output 03 07/29/99 Completely revamped EMPLOYEE INQUIRE CHECK output 02 07/29/99 Fixed EMPLOYEE INQUIRE CHECK program to work properly 01 07/29/99 Updated CLEAN ALL programs to include LAST YEAR PAYROLL files !#00 07/29/99 Added 2 new payroll files: EMPLOYEE LY and EMPLOYEE CHECK REGISTER LY for saving last year's payroll information. First program to be changed was PAYROLL CLEAN which will move the information over to these new files at year's end. Future changes will include making all payroll programs use either set of files (this year or last year) from setting a flag. THE FLAG IS SET IN THE PAYROLL CENTER. If the SECURITY OPTION is used, only someone with TOTAL ACCESS will have the option to use the LAST YEAR flag. ! EMPLOYEE LY ! EMPLOYEE CHECK REGISTER LY ******************************************************************************* U 07/29/99 VERSION 99.4.1.00 ******************************************************************************* 99 07/29/99 Changed disk maintenance backups to include the VERSION.LOG and VERSION.CHG files. * 98 07/29/99 Deleted from dos EXCEPT file the exceptions of PRAREF, PRSTD PRMSG so that customized versions of these files will be valid on backup. EXCEPT (dos) 97 07/27/99 Added COMMON INVOICE SEQUENCE to VENDOR SPLIT 96 07/27/99 Fixed SPLIT VENDOR bug 95 07/22/99 Changed screen title on AR NOTES INQUIRE 94 07/22/99 Check Register Line fixed to show employee name instead of arbitrary vendor name on payroll checks. 93 07/22/99 Payroll Deduction Register - line 90 - fix the NAME on the register if HDGS FLAG = 0. This produced an arbitrary vendor name on the register. 92 06/15/99 The detail of this change was lost 91 06/15/99 The detail of this change was lost 90 06/15/99 The detail of this change was lost 89 06/15/99 The detail of this change was lost 88 06/15/99 The detail of this change was lost due to not backing up the VERSION.CHG and VERSION.LOG files. The actual changes were saved, just no record of what they were. SO TAKE BACKUPS! 87 05/28/99 Added the symbol for the repective year on the bottom line of General Ledger Graph ! 86 05/21/99 Added a stocks center. This is not available from the menu. It allows you to track stock investments or "what if". Allows for entering current value of stocks, buying/selling/ splitting of stocks, entering of additions to broker account, cash out of broker account. Also graphs the current values. Allows for different brokers and keeps track of current values, gains/losses and cash balance with broker. To use this, you must first perform the following at the START message: CPF STOCK FILE To access the center, key in: STOCK CENTER ! STOCK FILE 85 05/09/99 Program to compute overdraft balance - used in GL CASH BALANCE and CASH DISB CREATE/AP HANDWRITE CREATE 84 05/09/99 Changes to Bank Reconciliation printout 83 05/06/99 Added cash reserve balances to GL CASH BALANCE program 82 04/13/99 On AR NOTES history, compute cash received correctly 81 04/13/99 Added totals to AR Notes Inquire *#80 04/09/99 Added option for automatic cash transfer for overdrafts from CASH DISBURSEMENTS and AP HANDWRITTEN CHECKS. Payroll cash is not effected. No program errors will occur if the SET UP ACCOUNTS PAYABLE program is not run to set it up. No UPDATE program is required to be run. When CASH DISBURSEMENTS or AP HANDWRITTEN CHECKS is run, after the posting of the General ledger and cash disbursement information an invoice with applicable registers and journal entries is automatically created and posted, bringing the cash account to a balance of zero. To find the current amount outstanding on the OVERDRAFT ACCOUNT, currently, you must run a VENDOR HISTORY of Open Invoices for the OVERDRAFT VENDOR. Programs changed: CASH DISB JE, SET UP AP If all the information is valid, the following occurs: 1. A journal entry is set up for the OVERDRAFT ACCT and AP CASH, bringing the cash account balance to 0 2. An A/P invoice is set up for the OVERDRAFT VEN, transferring the OVERDRAFT ACCT amount to ACCOUNTS PAYABLE with a due date of today. The invoice number generated will be today's date with the hour and minutes: YYMMDDHHMM 3. An A/P Invoice Register is printed 4. An A/P Invoice Journal Entry Register is printed, backing out the amount in the OVERDRAFT ACCT, and posting the journal entry. 5. The A/P Invoice is posted to open invoices to the OVERDRAFT VENDOR. I AP TRANS I USE OVERDRAFT = Y or N of whether you use this option I OVERDRAFT ACCT = GL Account number for posting overdraft I OVERDRAFT VEN = Vendor to set up AP Invoice for. I OVERDRAFT LIMIT = Amount of credit line. Only a warning is given when over this limit, based on open balances of cash account I OVERDRAFT VENDOR 79 04/08/99 Added options in correcting cash disbursements and handwritten checks to delete all invoices for that vendor or view all invoices for that vendor in the temp file 78 03/26/99 Added an UPDATE FLAG to the programs to ensure that if running UPDATE is needed, it will be run before CustomWare can run. The normal state for this flag is 0. To set it to 0 to bypass the warning, at the START message, type in: DEBUG ENV UPDATE FLAG 1 (takes you back to START) This procedure may need to be done twice. Also, added options for running past update programs for the 2 previous version - run UPDATE. * 77 03/25/99 Add option to print customer's phone number and fax on AR invoices and Order Entry Acknowledgments I AR TRANS *#76 03/24/99 Added PHONE and FAX to OE MASTER file for printing on orders. This is a bug fix. To make this change without performing an update: at the START message type in: AL OE MASTER to end of file add two nouns: PHONE FAX press OE MASTER * 75 03/21/99 Added DATE MODIFIED to ADDRESSES file. Adding/changing programs are all that are effected. No update needed. ADDRESSES * 74 03/21/99 Added DATE MODIFIED to CUSTOMER file. Adding/changing/ inquiring customer are only programs effected. No update needed. CUSTOMER 73 03/11/99 Add comment on Bank Reconcilation for debiting/crediting to cash if there is a difference. * 72 01/07/99 Added option to CASH DISBURSEMENT checks to print distribution on check stub. TEMP CASH DISB, AP TRANS 71 12/16/98 Added to INVENTORY COUNT SHEET CENTER an option to zero all on hand fields (including LAY OVERS for the POS system) with NO General Ledger Integration. 70 12/15/98 Added remote online center for sales reps (...) 69 12/14/98 Deleting commission report deletes but didn't quit program. Fixed. 68 12/03/98 Swapped instructions on Address List for individual letter about indentation (it was backwards) 67 12/02/98 Added a search inquiry to the ADDRESSES center 66 12/02/98 Changed to EXPRESS from EXPEDITE on printing UPS waybills 65 11/21/98 Added LATE FEE to Inquire Customer Invoice Payment and Inquire Customer History 64 11/21/98 Add to A/R Notes Inquire the current amount due *#63 11/19/98 Added the use and posting of LATE FEES to the cash receipts programs and files for use with Notes Receivable. TEMP CASH REC CASH REC 62 11/09/98 When changing 401K or CAFETERIA options (to go from NOT using them to using them), the EMPLOYEE file is updated with 0 amounts if something was not already there. 61 11/09/98 When processing payroll with 401k deductions, if the value of the 401k information is not valid, sets it automatically to 0 so the program won't hang. This happens when orginally setting up the employee the company does not have a 401k plan and then later changes to use a 401k plan. This does NOT update the employee information in the employee file - each employee should be changed (option 20 in employee change) even if it is to set them to 0. 60 11/06/98 When EXPORT CUSTOMER delete comments, add Country to options. Add option to write headers (field names) as first line. 59 11/05/98 Deduct the 401K deduction from the net payment amount. Payroll process line 83. Cafeteria deductions are not deducted from net. 58 10/07/98 Fix bug of not printing special instructions on packing slips 57 10/01/98 Inquire Employee History report - fixed bug where option 6 (between 2 dates) works. 56 10/01/98 Updated SALES DETAIL REPORT for new options and printouts Added paging/page up on printed option. 55 10/01/98 Updated DELETE COMMISSION to work for deleting all paid commissions. * 54 09/30/98 Added UNIX CSAVE to I COMPANY TRANS file for determining if CSAVE is the unix command for backup/format/etc. I COMPANY TRANS 53 09/30/98 Add MATRIX PART # option to INVENTORY SALES DETAIL REPORT 52 09/30/98 Changed the PAYROLL POST program to check for valid name in EMPLOYEE before posting checks, etc. It should now never have a missing EMPloyee #. 51 09/30/98 Added to the PAYROLL CENTER the lines to always save the "~" (EOF) in the EMPLOYEE FILE to keep reports from never ending. 50 09/30/98 Changed TERMINAL CREATE program to allow for device (unix) changes and saves. The CHECK DEV program released the controlled record not allowing an update. 49 09/28/98 Commissioned salesman - check for SHIP TO SALESMAN when moving/changing salesman - see change 43 * 48 09/27/98 Added security codes for ACCOUNTS PAYABLE REPORT CENTER and ACCOUNTS PAYABLE INVOICE CENTER. This allows access to the VENDOR CENTER without giving access to any other center. Update needs ACCESS.PFM file. ACCESS 47 09/25/98 Add the option to change vendor number in the SALESMAN file 46 09/25/98 Do not form feed A/R invoice if printer is laser 45 09/19/98 If printing only 1 A/R invoice, will not print 2 44 09/09/98 Added A/R COLLECTIONS to A/R Report Center. Uses the Mailing List file to keep track of collections conversations, etc. If source of "ARC" (Accounts Receivable Collections) is not set up, will add it and all customers will be added to the mailing list with that source. *#43 09/02/98 Added COMMISSION MOVE to I PAYROLL TRANS. This option allows a commission to either stay with the sales rep that made the sale or move to the current sales rep for the customer at the time the commission is paid. "N" means that who ever the sales rep was at the time of sale keeps the commission. "Y" means that the current rep for the customer at time of commission payment gets the commission. Commission report changed. I PAYROLL TRANS 42 08/29/98 Span disk program (backup) was changed from "-&" to "-&wv" to wipe the disk and make sure that DOS VERIFY was ON. This eliminates the task of needing to format or erase a disk set before doing a span disk backup. 41 08/21/98 Commission Report - fixed headings for correct salesman and "duplicate reference" error in TEMP file 40 08/21/98 Commission Report - added summary for all commissions on option 1 for all salesman report and added total sales on commission type 1 (percent of net sales) 39 08/19/98 Commission Report - added * if slsmn is paid on net sale 38 08/19/98 BUG fix - commission calculation. POST INVENTORY - if part was not on file, commission was not computed. Stored selling and qty but cost is 0. ******************************************************************************* N 08/19/98 VERSION = 004203.EXE ******************************************************************************* ******************************************************************************* F 08/19/98 VERSION = 984037.EXE ******************************************************************************* ******************************************************************************* P 08/19/98 VERSION 4.41.01 ******************************************************************************* *#37 08/19/98 Added WEIGHT and QTY PER CARTON to INVENTORY file for WWW options. Changed only CREATE, CHANGE, INQUIRE, WWW EXPORT INVENTORY 36 08/10/98 Added late fee charges to statements for AR Notes *#35 08/07/98 Added to COMPANY TRANS file 16 fields for WWW options I COMPANY TRANS 34 08/02/98 Fixed VIEW LOG/CHANGES screens to display properly on Master Screen 33 08/02/98 Fixed EXPORT INVENTORY on manual export to not include field delimeter on last field 32 08/02/98 Added EXPORT INVENTORY to INVENTORY MAINTENANCE CENTER 31 08/02/98 Moved EXPORT GL BALANCES to GL MAINTENANCE CENTER * 30 08/02/98 Added to COMPANY TRANS file EMAIL ADDRESS and WWW HOME PAGE ADDRESS I COMPANY TRANS 29 07/22/98 Change START message and startup screen - updated to version 4.41.01 28 07/21/98 Selective save & Merge *#27 07/12/98 Resized TEMP, TEMP 1 FILE and TEMP 2 file TEMP TEMP 1 FILE TEMP 2 FILE 26 07/04/98 Export Inventory program set up for web data files. Quick program for building data file using SDI's standard clothing CGI program. 25 07/01/98 New program to zero all budgets in general ledger. 24 07/01/98 Add option to CUSTOMER USAGE REPORT for which types of files to search - Open, History, Archive or all. *#23 06/14/98 Added ACCRUED INTEREST to AR NOTES file. Did NOT integrate into payment program yet, but Create & Inquire (P & S) are working. AR NOTES ******************************************************************************* F 06/19/98 VERSION = 984037.EXE ******************************************************************************* ******************************************************************************* F 06/14/98 VERSION = 984022.EXE ******************************************************************************* ******************************************************************************* P 06/14/98 Version 4.40b ******************************************************************************* * 22 05/03/98 Added PKZIP SPAN option to Floppy backups - Windows 95 does not support BACKUP - added last backup to COMPANY TRANS file I COMPANY TRANS 21 05/03/98 New compute interest program to show payment information on simple interest from specified dates, amounts and rates. 20 05/03/98 Redesign Note Inquire with Paper Output * 19 01/17/98 Added COUNTRY to customer file, oe master, ar invoice files CUSTOMER OE MASTER AR INVOICE AR INVOICE HISTORY AR INVOICE ARCHIVE 18 01/16/98 CALC UPS FEE INTL added, CANADA not accounted for *#17 01/16/98 Add import of canada, international rates, new rates rate file index changed UPS RATES *#16 01/16/98 Add import of UPS zones. zone file index changed to 30. added hawaii, alaska, canada, INTERNATIONAL. CALC UPS FEE, CALC FRT OE changed for new 5 digit zip code but not for international, canada UPS ZONES 15 01/14/98 PRMSG CHANGE program to change prompts/view them/search them * 14 01/14/98 changed START prompt to "98" PRMSG 13 01/14/98 changed address list - selective letter, indenting, forming 12 01/14/98 added delete inventory by matrix part #, changed inventory maint center 11 01/14/98 added number of copies of ar invoices to print * 10 01/14/98 added Notes Receivable Center ARNOTES ******************************************************************************* P 01/14/98 VERSION 4.30 Conversion necessary with Merge to get new indicies ******************************************************************************* ******************************************************************************* N 01/20/97 VERSION = 974070.EXE ******************************************************************************* ******************************************************************************* F 01/20/97 VERSION = 973999.EXE ******************************************************************************* ******************************************************************************* P 01/20/97 VERSION 4.22 ******************************************************************************* *#08 01/20/97 Added Vendor Phone # and Fax # to Purchase Order Master File PO MASTER *#07 01/20/97 Added option for printing AR Terms I AR TRANS *#06 01/20/97 Added option for number of days for cancellation date on order entry I AR TRANS *#05 01/20/97 Added options for screen colors in CustomWare I COMPANY TRANS *#04 01/20/97 Added 401K and Cafeteria Options to Payroll I PAYROLL TRANS *#03 01/20/97 Added FICA and FEDERAL Gross to Employee file, rearranged nouns EMPLOYEE (dump employee - dumpemp) *#02 01/20/97 Change key sizes in Inventory INVENTORY (dump inventory - dumpinv) *#01 01/20/97 Added Prior Year Beginning Balance to GL file GL ******************************************************************************* N 12/10/96 VERSION = 973999.EXE ******************************************************************************* ******************************************************************************* P 12/10/96 VERSION 4.21 *******************************************************************************